US20020150539A1 - Ultrasound imaging and treatment - Google Patents

Ultrasound imaging and treatment Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20020150539A1
US20020150539A1 US10/113,577 US11357702A US2002150539A1 US 20020150539 A1 US20020150539 A1 US 20020150539A1 US 11357702 A US11357702 A US 11357702A US 2002150539 A1 US2002150539 A1 US 2002150539A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
liposomes
gaseous precursor
gas
filled
lipid
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US10/113,577
Inventor
Evan Unger
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Individual
Original Assignee
Individual
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US07/569,828 external-priority patent/US5088499A/en
Priority claimed from US07/581,027 external-priority patent/US5149319A/en
Priority claimed from US07/717,084 external-priority patent/US5228446A/en
Priority claimed from US07/716,793 external-priority patent/US5209720A/en
Priority claimed from US08/076,239 external-priority patent/US5469854A/en
Priority claimed from US08/160,232 external-priority patent/US5542935A/en
Priority claimed from US08/159,687 external-priority patent/US5585112A/en
Application filed by Individual filed Critical Individual
Priority to US10/113,577 priority Critical patent/US20020150539A1/en
Publication of US20020150539A1 publication Critical patent/US20020150539A1/en
Priority to US10/983,406 priority patent/US7078015B2/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/10—Dispersions; Emulsions
    • A61K9/127—Liposomes
    • A61K9/1277—Processes for preparing; Proliposomes
    • A61K9/1278—Post-loading, e.g. by ion or pH gradient
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K41/00—Medicinal preparations obtained by treating materials with wave energy or particle radiation ; Therapies using these preparations
    • A61K41/0028—Disruption, e.g. by heat or ultrasounds, sonophysical or sonochemical activation, e.g. thermosensitive or heat-sensitive liposomes, disruption of calculi with a medicinal preparation and ultrasounds
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K41/00—Medicinal preparations obtained by treating materials with wave energy or particle radiation ; Therapies using these preparations
    • A61K41/0052—Thermotherapy; Hyperthermia; Magnetic induction; Induction heating therapy
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/69—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the conjugate being characterised by physical or galenical forms, e.g. emulsion, particle, inclusion complex, stent or kit
    • A61K47/6905—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the conjugate being characterised by physical or galenical forms, e.g. emulsion, particle, inclusion complex, stent or kit the form being a colloid or an emulsion
    • A61K47/6911—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the conjugate being characterised by physical or galenical forms, e.g. emulsion, particle, inclusion complex, stent or kit the form being a colloid or an emulsion the form being a liposome
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/69—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the conjugate being characterised by physical or galenical forms, e.g. emulsion, particle, inclusion complex, stent or kit
    • A61K47/6921—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the conjugate being characterised by physical or galenical forms, e.g. emulsion, particle, inclusion complex, stent or kit the form being a particulate, a powder, an adsorbate, a bead or a sphere
    • A61K47/6925—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the conjugate being characterised by physical or galenical forms, e.g. emulsion, particle, inclusion complex, stent or kit the form being a particulate, a powder, an adsorbate, a bead or a sphere the form being a microcapsule, nanocapsule, microbubble or nanobubble
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K49/00—Preparations for testing in vivo
    • A61K49/06—Nuclear magnetic resonance [NMR] contrast preparations; Magnetic resonance imaging [MRI] contrast preparations
    • A61K49/18—Nuclear magnetic resonance [NMR] contrast preparations; Magnetic resonance imaging [MRI] contrast preparations characterised by a special physical form, e.g. emulsions, microcapsules, liposomes
    • A61K49/1806—Suspensions, emulsions, colloids, dispersions
    • A61K49/1815—Suspensions, emulsions, colloids, dispersions compo-inhalant, e.g. breath tests
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K49/00—Preparations for testing in vivo
    • A61K49/22—Echographic preparations; Ultrasound imaging preparations ; Optoacoustic imaging preparations
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K49/00—Preparations for testing in vivo
    • A61K49/22—Echographic preparations; Ultrasound imaging preparations ; Optoacoustic imaging preparations
    • A61K49/222—Echographic preparations; Ultrasound imaging preparations ; Optoacoustic imaging preparations characterised by a special physical form, e.g. emulsions, liposomes
    • A61K49/223—Microbubbles, hollow microspheres, free gas bubbles, gas microspheres
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K49/00—Preparations for testing in vivo
    • A61K49/22—Echographic preparations; Ultrasound imaging preparations ; Optoacoustic imaging preparations
    • A61K49/222—Echographic preparations; Ultrasound imaging preparations ; Optoacoustic imaging preparations characterised by a special physical form, e.g. emulsions, liposomes
    • A61K49/227—Liposomes, lipoprotein vesicles, e.g. LDL or HDL lipoproteins, micelles, e.g. phospholipidic or polymeric
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/10—Dispersions; Emulsions
    • A61K9/127—Liposomes
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/10—Dispersions; Emulsions
    • A61K9/127—Liposomes
    • A61K9/1277—Processes for preparing; Proliposomes
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61N—ELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N7/00—Ultrasound therapy
    • A61N7/02—Localised ultrasound hyperthermia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B2017/00681—Aspects not otherwise provided for
    • A61B2017/00707—Dummies, phantoms; Devices simulating patient or parts of patient
    • A61B2017/00716—Dummies, phantoms; Devices simulating patient or parts of patient simulating physical properties
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B17/00—Surgical instruments, devices or methods, e.g. tourniquets
    • A61B17/22—Implements for squeezing-off ulcers or the like on the inside of inner organs of the body; Implements for scraping-out cavities of body organs, e.g. bones; Calculus removers; Calculus smashing apparatus; Apparatus for removing obstructions in blood vessels, not otherwise provided for
    • A61B2017/22082—Implements for squeezing-off ulcers or the like on the inside of inner organs of the body; Implements for scraping-out cavities of body organs, e.g. bones; Calculus removers; Calculus smashing apparatus; Apparatus for removing obstructions in blood vessels, not otherwise provided for after introduction of a substance
    • A61B2017/22088—Implements for squeezing-off ulcers or the like on the inside of inner organs of the body; Implements for scraping-out cavities of body organs, e.g. bones; Calculus removers; Calculus smashing apparatus; Apparatus for removing obstructions in blood vessels, not otherwise provided for after introduction of a substance ultrasound absorbing, drug activated by ultrasound
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M2202/00—Special media to be introduced, removed or treated
    • A61M2202/04—Liquids
    • A61M2202/0468—Liquids non-physiological
    • A61M2202/0476—Oxygenated solutions
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
    • A61M5/00—Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
    • A61M5/178—Syringes
    • A61M5/31—Details
    • A61M5/3145—Filters incorporated in syringes
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61N—ELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N7/00—Ultrasound therapy
    • A61N7/02—Localised ultrasound hyperthermia
    • A61N2007/025—Localised ultrasound hyperthermia interstitial

Definitions

  • This invention relates to novel methods and apparatus for preparing gaseous precursor-filled liposomes. Liposomes prepared by these methods are particularly useful, for example, in ultrasonic imaging applications and in therapeutic delivery systems.
  • X-rays represent one of the first techniques used for diagnostic imaging.
  • the images obtained through this technique reflect the electron density of the object being imaged.
  • Contrast agents such as barium or iodine have been used over the years to attenuate or block X-rays such that the contrast between various structures is increased.
  • X-rays are known to be somewhat dangerous, since the radiation employed in X-rays is ionizing, and the various deleterious effects of ionizing radiation are cumulative.
  • MRI magnetic resonance imaging
  • Radionuclides employed in nuclear medicine, provide a further imaging technique.
  • radionuclides such as technetium labelled compounds are injected into the patient, and images are obtained from gamma cameras.
  • Nuclear medicine techniques suffer from poor spatial resolution and expose the animal or patient to the deleterious effects of radiation. Furthermore, the handling and disposal of radionuclides is problematic.
  • Ultrasound is another diagnostic imaging technique which is unlike nuclear medicine and X-rays since it does not expose the patient to the harmful effects of ionizing radiation.
  • ultrasound is relatively inexpensive and can be conducted as a portable examination.
  • sound is transmitted into a patient or animal via a transducer.
  • the sound waves When the sound waves propagate through the body, they encounter interfaces from tissues and fluids.
  • the ultrasound sound waves are partially or wholly reflected or absorbed.
  • sound waves are reflected by an interface they are detected by the receiver in the transducer and processed to form an image.
  • the acoustic properties of the tissues and fluids within the body determine the contrast which appears in the resultant image.
  • ultrasound is still an imperfect tool in a number of respects, particularly with regard to the imaging and detection of disease in the liver and spleen, kidneys, heart and vasculature, including measuring blood flow.
  • the ability to detect and measure these regions depends on the difference in acoustic properties between tissues or fluids and the surrounding tissues or fluids.
  • contrast agents have been sought which will increase the acoustic difference between tissues or fluids and the surrounding tissues or fluids in order to improve ultrasonic imaging and disease detection.
  • D'Arrigo in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,684,479 and 5,215,680, teaches a gas-in-liquid emulsion and method for the production thereof from surfactant mixtures.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 4,684,479 discloses the production of liposomes by shaking a solution of the surfactant in a liquid medium in air.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 5,215,680 is directed to a large scale method of producing lipid coated microbubbles including shaking a solution of the surfactant in liquid medium in air or other gaseous mixture and filter sterilizing the resultant solution.
  • WO 80/02365 discloses the production of microbubbles having an inert gas, such as nitrogen; or carbon dioxide, encapsulated in a gellable membrane.
  • the liposomes may be stored at low temperatures and warmed prior and during use in humans.
  • WO 82/01642 describes microbubble precursors and methods for their production.
  • the microbubbles are formed in a liquid by dissolving a solid material.
  • Gas-filled voids result, wherein the gas is 1.) produced from gas present in voids between the microparticles of solid precursor aggregates, 2.) absorbed on the surfaces of particles of the precursor, 3.) an integral part of the internal structure of particles of the precursor, 4.) formed when the precursor reacts chemically with the liquid, and 5.) dissolved in the liquid and released when the precursor is dissolved therein.
  • Widder in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,572,203 and 4,844,882, discloses a method of ultrasonic imaging and a microbubble-type ultrasonic imaging agent.
  • Quay in WO 93/05819, describes the use of agents to form microbubbles comprising especially selected gases based upon a criteria of known physical constants, including 1) size of the bubble, 2) density of the gas, 3) solubility of the gas in the surrounding medium, and 4) diffusivity of the gas into the medium.
  • Targeted delivery means are particularly important where toxicity is an issue. Specific therapeutic delivery methods potentially serve to minimize toxic side effects, lower the required dosage amounts, and decrease costs for the patient.
  • a principal difficulty has been to deliver the genetic material from the extracellular space to the intracellular space or even to effectively localize genetic material at the surface of selected cell membranes.
  • viruses such as adenoviruses and retroviruses have been used as vectors to transfer genetic material to cells.
  • Whole virus has been used but the amount of genetic material that can be placed inside of the viral capsule is limited and there is concern about possible dangerous interactions that might be caused by live virus.
  • the essential components of the viral capsule may be isolated and used to carry genetic material to selected cells. In vivo, however, not only must the delivery vehicle recognize certain cells but it also must be delivered to these cells. Despite extensive work on viral vectors, it has been difficult to develop a successfully targeted viral mediated vector for delivery of genetic material in vivo.
  • liquid-containing liposomes have been used to deliver genetic material to cells in cell culture but have mainly been ineffective in vivo for cellular delivery of genetic material.
  • cationic liposome transfection techniques have not worked effectively in vivo. More effective means are needed to improve the cellular delivery of therapeutics such as genetic material.
  • the present invention is directed to addressing the foregoing, as well as other important needs in the area of contrast agents for ultrasonic imaging and vehicles for the effective targeted delivery of therapeutics.
  • the present invention provides methods and apparatus for preparing temperature activated gaseous precursor-filled liposomes suitable for use as contrast agents for ultrasonic imaging or as drug delivery agents.
  • the methods of the present invention provide the advantages, for example, of simplicity and potential cost savings during manufacturing of temperature activated gaseous precursor-filled liposomes.
  • Preferred methods for preparing the temperature activated gaseous precursor-filled liposomes comprise shaking an aqueous solution comprising a lipid in the presence of a temperature activated gaseous precursor, at a temperature below the gel state to liquid crystalline state phase transition temperature of the lipid.
  • the temperature activated gaseous precursor-filled liposomes prepared in accordance with the methods of the present invention possess a number of surprising yet highly beneficial characteristics.
  • gaseous precursor-filled liposomes are advantageous due to their biocompatibility and the ease with which lipophilic compounds can be made to cross cell membranes after the liposomes are ruptured.
  • the liposomes of the invention also exhibit intense echogenicity on ultrasound, are highly stable to pressure, and/or generally possess a long storage life, either when stored dry or suspended in a liquid medium. The echogenicity of the liposomes is of importance to the diagnostic and therapeutic applications of the liposomes made according to the invention.
  • the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes also have the advantages, for example, of stable particle size, low toxicity and compliant membranes. It is believed that the flexible membranes of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes may be useful in aiding the accumulation or targeting of these liposomes to tissues such as tumors.
  • the temperature activated gaseous precursor-filled liposomes made according to the present invention thus have superior characteristics for ultrasound contrast imaging.
  • the gaseous precursor-filled liposome creates an interface for the enhanced absorption of sound.
  • the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes are therefore useful in imaging a patient generally, and/or in diagnosing the presence of diseased tissue in a patient as well as in tissue heating and the facilitation of drug release or activation.
  • the temperature activated gaseous precursor-filled liposomes made according to the present invention may be used, for example, for magnetic imaging and as MRI contrast agents.
  • the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes may contain paramagnetic gases, such as atmospheric air, which contains traces of oxygen 17; paramagnetic ions such as Mn +2 , Gd +2 , Fe +3 ; iron oxides; or magnetite (Fe 3 O 4 ) and may thus be used as susceptibility contrast agents for magnetic resonance imaging.
  • the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes made according to the present invention may contain radioopaque metal ions, such as iodine, barium, bromine, or tungsten, for use as x-ray contrast agents.
  • the temperature activated gaseous precursor-filled liposomes are also particularly useful as drug carriers. Unlike liposomes of the prior art that have a liquid interior suitable only for encapsulating drugs that are water soluble, the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes made according to the present invention are particularly useful for encapsulating lipophilic drugs. Furthermore, lipophilic derivatives of drugs may be incorporated into the lipid layer readily, such as alkylated derivatives of metallocene dihalides. Kuo et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1991, 113, 9027-9045.
  • FIG. 1 is a view, partially schematic, of a preferred apparatus according to the present invention for preparing the gaseous precursor-filled liposome microspheres of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 shows a preferred apparatus for filtering and/or dispensing therapeutic containing gaseous precursor-filled liposome microspheres of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 shows a preferred apparatus for filtering and/or dispensing therapeutic containing gaseous precursor-filled liposome microspheres of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is an exploded view of a portion of the apparatus of FIG. 3.
  • FIG. 5 is a micrograph which shows the sizes of gaseous precursor-filled liposomes of the invention before (A) and after (B) filtration.
  • FIG. 6 graphically depicts the size distribution of gaseous precursor-filled liposomes of the invention before (A) and after (B) filtration.
  • FIG. 7 is a micrograph of a lipid suspension before (A) and after (B) extrusion through a filter.
  • FIG. 8 is a micrograph of gaseous precursor-filled liposomes formed subsequent to filtering and autoclaving a lipid suspension, the micrographs having been taken before (A) and after (B) sizing by filtration of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes.
  • FIG. 9 is a diagrammatic illustration of a temperature activated gaseous precursor-filled liposome prior to temperature activation.
  • the liposome has a multilamellar membrane.
  • FIG. 10 is a diagrammatic illustration of a temperature activated liquid gaseous precursor-filled liposome after temperature activation of the liquid to gaseous state resulting in a unilamellar membrane and expansion of the liposome diameter.
  • the present invention is directed to methods and apparatus for preparing temperature activated gaseous precursor-filled liposomes. Unlike the methods of the prior art which are directed to the formation of liposomes with an aqueous solution filling the interior, the methods of the present invention are directed to the preparation of liposomes which comprise interior gaseous precursor and/or ultimately gas.
  • temperature activated gaseous precursor denotes a compound which, at a selected activation or transition temperature, changes phases from a liquid to a gas.
  • Activation or transition temperature and like terms, refer to the boiling point of the gaseous precursor, the temperature at which the liquid to gaseous phase transition of the gaseous precursor takes place.
  • Useful gaseous precursors are those gases which have boiling ponts in the range of about ⁇ 100° C. to 70° C.
  • the activation temperature is particular to each gaseous precursor. This concept is illustrated in FIGS. 9 and 10. An activation temperature of about 37° C., or human body temperature, is preferred for gaseous precursors of the present invention.
  • a liquid gaseous precursor is activated to become a gas at 37° C.
  • the gaseous precursor may be in liquid or gaseous phase for use in the methods of the present invention.
  • the methods of the present invention may be carried out below the boiling point of the gaseous precursor such that a liquid is incorporated into a microsphere.
  • the methods may be performed at the boiling point of the gaseous precursor such that a gas is incorporated into a microsphere.
  • liquid precursors may be emulsified using a microfluidizer device chilled to a low temperature.
  • the boiling points may also be depressed using solvents in liquid media to utilize a precursor in liquid form.
  • an upper limit of about 70° C. may be attained with focused high energy ultrasound.
  • the methods may be performed where the temperature is increased throughout the process, whereby the process starts with a gaseous precursor as a liquid and ends with a gas.
  • the gaseous precursor may be selected so as to form the gas in situ in the targeted tissue or fluid, in vivo upon entering the patient or animal, prior to use, during storage, or during manufacture.
  • the methods of producing the temperature-activated gaseous precursor-filled microspheres may be carried out at a temperature below the boiling point of the gaseous precursor.
  • the gaseous precursor is entrapped within a microsphere such that the phase transition does not occur during manufacture. Instead, the gaseous precursor-filled microspheres are manufactured in the liquid phase of the gaseous precursor. Activation of the phase transition may take place at any time as the temperature is allowed to exceed the boiling point of the precursor. Also, knowing the amount of liquid in a droplet of liquid gaseous precursor, the size of the liposomes upon attaining the gaseous state may be determined.
  • the gaseous precursors may be utilized to create stable gas-filled microspheres which are pre-formed prior to use.
  • the gaseous precursor is added to a container housing a suspending and/or stabilizing medium at a temperature below the liquid-gaseous phase transition temperature of the respective gaseous precursor.
  • the temperature is then exceeded, and an emulsion is formed between the gaseous precursor and liquid solution, the gaseous precursor undergoes transition from the liquid to the gaseous state.
  • the gas displaces the air in the head space above the liquid suspension so as to form gas-filled lipid spheres which entrap the gas of the gaseous precursor, ambient gas (e.g.
  • the gaseous precursor, perfluorobutane can be entrapped in liposomes and as the temperature is raised, beyond 3° C. (boiling point of perfluorobutane) liposomally entrapped fluorobutane gas results.
  • the gaseous precursor fluorobutane can be suspended in an aqueous suspension containing emulsifying and stabilizing agents such as glycerol or propylene glycol and vortexed on a commercial vortexer.
  • Vortexing is commenced at a temperature low enough that the gaseous precursor is liquid and is continued as the temperature of the sample is raised past the phase transition temperature from the liquid to gaseous state. In so doing, the precursor converts to the gaseous state during the microemulsification process. In the presence of the appropriate stabilizing agents, surprisingly stable gas-filled liposomes result.
  • the gaseous precursors of the present invention may be selected to form a gas-filled liposome in vivo or designed to produce the gas-filled liposome in situ, during the manufacturing process, on storage, or at some time prior to use.
  • the maximum size of the microbubble may be estimated by using the idea gas law, once the transition to the gaseous state is effectuated.
  • the gas phase is assumed to form instantaneously and no gas in the newly formed microbubble has been depleted due to diffusion into the liquid (generally aqueous in nature).
  • a emulsion of lipid gaseous precursor-containing liquid droplets of defined size may be formulated, such that upon reaching a specific temperature, the boiling point of the gaseous precursor, the drpolets will expand into gas liposomes of defined size.
  • the defined size represents an upper limit to the actual size because factors such as gas diffusing into solution, loss of gas to the atmosphere, and the effects of increased pressure are factors for which the ideal gas law cannot account.
  • V volume in liters
  • n moles of gas
  • T temperature in °K
  • the amount (e.g. number of moles) of liquid precursor as well as the volume of liquid precursor, a priori may be calculated, which when converted to a gas, will expand into a liposome of known volume.
  • the calculated volume will reflect an upper limit to the size of the gaseous liposome assuming instantaneous expansion into a gas liposome and negligible diffusion of the gas over the time of the expansion.
  • the volume of the precursor droplet may be determined by the equation:
  • the amount of liquid (gaseous precursor) in the droplet may be determined.
  • the following can be applied:
  • V gas 4/3 ⁇ ( r gas ) 3
  • V liq [4/3 [ ⁇ r gas 3 ]P/RT]*MW n /D] (B)
  • the appropriately sized filter sizes the gaseous precursor droplets to the appropriate diameter sphere.
  • a representative gaseous precursor may be used to form a microsphere of defined size, for example, 10 microns diameter.
  • the microshpere is formed in the bloodstream of a human being, thus the typical temperature would be 37° C. or 310° K.
  • the typical temperature would be 37° C. or 310° K.
  • 7.54 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 17 moles of gaseous precursor would be required to fill the volume of a 10 micron diameter microsphere.
  • This embodiment of the present invention may be applied to all gaseous precursors activated by temperature.
  • depression of the freezing point of the solvent system allows the use gaseous precursors which would undergo liquid-to-gas phase transitions at temperatures below 0° C.
  • the solvent system can be selected to provide a medium for suspension of the gaseous precursor. For example, 20% propylene glycol miscible in buffered saline exhibits a freezing point depression well below the freezing point of water alone. By increasing the amount of propylene glycol or adding materials such as sodium chloride, the freezing point can be depressed even further.
  • T o Normal freezing point of the solvent
  • m molality of the solute in moles per 1000 grams.
  • K f is referred to as the molal freezing point and is equal to 1.86 degrees per unit of molal concentration for water at one atmosphere pressure.
  • the above equation may be used to accurately determine the molal freezing point of gaseous-precursor filled microsphere solutions of the present invention.
  • the above equation can be applied to estimate freezing point depressions and to determine the appropriate concentrations of liquid or solid solute necessary to depress the solvent freezing temperature to an appropriate value.
  • Methods of preparing the temperature activated gaseous precursor-filled liposomes include:
  • vortexing an aqueous suspension of gaseous precursor-filled liposomes of the present invention variations on this method include optionally autoclaving before shaking, optionally heating an aqueous suspension of gaseous precursor and lipid, optionally venting the vessel containing the suspension, optionally shaking or permitting the gaseous precursor liposomes to form spontaneously and cooling down the gaseous precursor filled liposome suspension, and optionally extruding an aqueous suspension of gaseous precursor and lipid through a filter of about 0.22 ⁇ m, alternatively, filtering may be performed during in vivo administration of the resulting liposomes such that a filter of about 0.22 ⁇ m is employed;
  • a microemulsification method whereby an aqueous suspension of gaseous precursor-filled liposomes of the present invention are emulsified by agitation and heated to form microspheres prior to administration to a patient;
  • Freeze drying is useful to remove water and organic materials from the lipids prior to the shaking gas instillation method.
  • Drying-gas instillation method may be used to remove water from liposomes.
  • the gaseous precursor may expand to fill the liposome.
  • Gaseous precursors can also be used to fill dried liposomes after they have been subjected to vacuum. As the dried liposomes are kept at a temperature below their gel state to liquid crystalline temperature the drying chamber can be slowly filled with the gaseous precursor in its gaseous state, e.g.
  • perfluorobutane can be used to fill dried liposomes composed of dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine (DPPC) at temperatures between 3° C. (the boiling point of perfluorobutane) and below 40° C., the phase transition temperature of the lipid. In this case, it would be most preferred to fill the liposomes at a temperature about 4° C. to about 5° C.
  • DPPC dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine
  • Preferred methods for preparing the temperature activated gaseous precursor-filled liposomes comprise shaking an aqueous solution having a lipid in the presence of a gaseous precursor at a temperature below the gel state to liquid crystalline state phase transition temperature of the lipid.
  • the present invention also provides a method for preparing gaseous precursor-filled liposomes comprising shaking an aqueous solution comprising a lipid in the presence of a gaseous precursor, and separating the resulting gaseous precursor-filled liposomes for diagnostic or therapeutic use.
  • Liposomes prepared by the foregoing methods are referred to herein as gaseous precursor-filled liposomes prepared by a gel state shaking gaseous precursor installation method.
  • aqueous-filled liposomes are routinely formed at a temperature above the phase transition temperature of the lipid, since they are more flexible and thus useful in biological systems in the liquid crystalline state. See, for example, Szoka and Papahadjopoulos, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 1978, 75, 4194-4198.
  • the liposomes made according to preferred embodiments of the methods of the present invention are gaseous precursor-filled, which imparts greater flexibility since gaseous precursors after gas formation are more compressible and compliant than an aqueous solution.
  • the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes may be utilized in biological systems when formed at a temperature below the phase transition temperature of the lipid, even though the gel phase is more rigid.
  • the methods of the present invention provide for shaking an aqueous solution comprising a lipid in the presence of a temperature activated gaseous precursor.
  • Shaking as used herein, is defined as a motion that agitates an aqueous solution such that gaseous precursor is introduced from the local ambient environment into the aqueous solution. Any type of motion that agitates the aqueous solution and results in the introduction of gaseous precursor may be used for the shaking.
  • the shaking must be of sufficient force to allow the formation of foam after a period of time.
  • the shaking is of sufficient force such that foam is formed within a short period of time, such as 30 minutes, and preferably within 20 minutes, and more preferably, within 10 minutes.
  • the shaking may be by microemulsifying, by microfluidizing, for example, swirling (such as by vortexing), side-to-side, or up and down motion.
  • sonication may be used in addition to the shaking methods set forth above.
  • different types of motion may be combined.
  • the shaking may occur by shaking the container holding the aqueous lipid solution, or by shaking the aqueous solution within the container without shaking the container itself. Further, the shaking may occur manually or by machine.
  • Mechanical shakers that may be used include, for example, a shaker table, such as a VWR Scientific (Cerritos, Calif.) shaker table, a microfluidizer, Wig-L-BugTM (Crescent Dental Manufacturing, Inc., Lyons, Ill.) and a mechanical paint mixer, as well as other known machines.
  • Another means for producing shaking includes the action of gaseous precursor emitted under high velocity or pressure. It will also be understood that preferably, with a larger volume of aqueous solution, the total amount of force will be correspondingly increased.
  • Vigorous shaking is defined as at least about 60 shaking motions per minute, and is preferred. Vortexing at at least 1000 revolutions per minute, an example of vigorous shaking, is more preferred. Vortexing at 1800 revolutions per minute is most preferred.
  • the formation of gaseous precursor-filled liposomes upon shaking can be detected by the presence of a foam on the top of the aqueous solution. This is coupled with a decrease in the volume of the aqueous solution upon the formation of foam.
  • the final volume of the foam is at least about two times the initial volume of the aqueous lipid solution; more preferably, the final volume of the foam is at least about three times the initial volume of the aqueous solution; even more preferably, the final volume of the foam is at least about four times the initial volume of the aqueous solution; and most preferably, all of the aqueous lipid solution is converted to foam.
  • the required duration of shaking time may be determined by detection of the formation of foam. For example, 10 ml of lipid solution in a 50 ml centrifuge tube may be vortexed for approximately 15-20 minutes or until the viscosity of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes becomes sufficiently thick so that it no longer clings to the side walls as it is swirled. At this time, the foam may cause the solution containing the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes to raise to a level of 30 to 35 ml.
  • the concentration of lipid required to form a preferred foam level will vary depending upon the type of lipid used, and may be readily determined by one skilled in the art, once armed with the present disclosure.
  • the concentration of 1,2-dipalimitoylphosphatidylcholine (DPPC) used to form gaseous precursor-filled liposomes according to the methods of the present invention is about 20 mg/ml to about 30 mg/ml saline solution.
  • the concentration of distearoylphosphatidylcholine (DSPC) used in preferred embodiments is about 5 mg/ml to about 10 mg/ml saline solution.
  • DPPC in a concentration of 20 mg/ml to 30 mg/ml, upon shaking, yields a total suspension and entrapped gaseous precursor volume four times greater than the suspension volume alone.
  • the lipids or liposomes may be manipulated prior and subsequent to being subjected to the methods of the present invention.
  • the lipid may be hydrated and then lyophilized, processed through freeze and thaw cycles, or simply hydrated.
  • the lipid is hydrated and then lyophilized, or hydrated, then processed through freeze and thaw cycles and then lyophilized, prior to the formation of gaseous precursor-filled liposomes.
  • the presence of gas may also be provided by the local ambient atmosphere.
  • the local ambient atmosphere may be the atmosphere within a sealed container, or in an unsealed container, may be the external environment.
  • a gas may be injected into or otherwise added to the container having the aqueous lipid solution or into the aqueous lipid solution itself in order to provide a gas other than air.
  • Gases that are not heavier than air may be added to a sealed container while gases heavier than air may be added to a sealed or an unsealed container.
  • the present invention includes co-entrapment of air and/or other gases along with gaseous precursors.
  • the preferred methods of the invention are carried out at a temperature below the gel state to liquid crystalline state phase transition temperature of the lipid employed.
  • gel state to liquid crystalline state phase transition temperature it is meant the temperature at which a lipid bilayer will convert from a gel state to a liquid crystalline state. See, for example, Chapman et al., J. Biol. Chem. 1974, 249, 2512-2521.
  • the gel state to liquid crystalline state phase transition temperatures of various lipids will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art and are described, for example, in Gregoriadis, ed., Liposome Technology, Vol.
  • the temperature of the container may be regulated, for example, by providing a cooling mechanism to cool the container holding the lipid solution.
  • gaseous precursors e.g. perfluorobutane
  • gaseous precursors are less soluble and diffusable than other gases, such as air, they tend to be more stable when entrapped in liposomes even when the liposomes are composed of lipids in the liquid-crystalline state.
  • Small liposomes composed of liquid-crystalline state lipid such as egg phosphatidyl choline may be used to entrap a nanodroplet of perfluorobutane.
  • lipid vesicles with diameters of about 30 nm to about 50 nm may be used to entrap nanodroplets of perfluorobutane with with mean diameter of about 25 nm.
  • the precursor filled liposomes will create microspheres of about 10 microns in diameter.
  • the lipid in this cae serves the purpose of defining the size of the microsphere via the small liposome.
  • the lipids also serve to stabilize the resultant microsphere size.
  • techniques such as microemulsification are preferred for forming the small liposomes which entrap the precursor.
  • a microfluidizer (Microfluidics, Newton, Mass.) is particularly useful for making an emulsion of small liposomes which entrap the gaseous precursor.
  • aqueous-filled liposomes are routinely formed at a temperature above the gel to liquid crystalline phase transition temperature of the lipid, since they are more flexible and thus useful in biological systems in the liquid crystalline state. See, for example, Szoka and Papahadjopoulos, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 1978, 75, 4194-4198.
  • the liposomes made according to preferred embodiments of the methods of the present invention are gaseous precursor-filled, which imparts greater flexibility since gaseous precursor is more compressible and compliant than an aqueous solution.
  • the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes may be utilized in biological systems when formed at a temperature below the phase transition temperature of the lipid, even though the gel phase is more rigid.
  • FIG. 1 A preferred apparatus for producing the temperature activated gaseous precursor-filled liposomes using a gel state shaking gaseous precursor instillation process is shown in FIG. 1.
  • a mixture of lipid and aqueous media is vigorously agitated in the process of gaseous precursor installation to produce gaseous precursor-filled liposomes, either by batch or by continuous feed.
  • dried lipids 51 from a lipid supply vessel 50 are added via conduit 59 to a mixing vessel 66 in either a continuous flow or as intermittent boluses.
  • the mixing vessel 66 may comprise a relatively small container such as a syringe, test tube, bottle or round bottom flask, or a large container.
  • the mixing vessel is preferably a large container, such as a vat.
  • the therapeutic compound may be added, for example, in a manner similar to the addition of the lipid described above before the gaseous precursor installation process.
  • the therapeutic compound may be added after the gaseous precursor installation process when the liposomes are coated on the outside with the therapeutic compound.
  • an aqueous media 53 such as a saline solution, from an aqueous media supply vessel 52 , is also added to the vessel 66 via conduit 61 .
  • the lipids 51 and the aqueous media 53 combine to form an aqueous lipid solution 74 .
  • the dried lipids 51 could be hydrated prior to being introduced into the mixing vessel 66 so that lipids are introduced in an aqueous solution.
  • the initial charge of solution 74 is such that the solution occupies only a portion of the capacity of the mixing vessel 66 .
  • the rates at which the aqueous lipid solution 74 is added and gaseous precursor-filled liposomes produced are removed is controlled to ensure that the volume of lipid solution 74 does not exceed a predetermined percentage of the mixing vessel 66 capacity.
  • the shaking may be accomplished by introducing a high velocity jet of a pressurized gaseous precursor directly into the aqueous lipid solution 74 .
  • the shaking may be accomplished by mechanically shaking the aqueous solution, either manually or by machine.
  • Such mechanical shaking may be effected by shaking the mixing vessel 66 or by shaking the aqueous solution 74 directly without shaking the mixing vessel itself.
  • a mechanical shaker 75 is connected to the mixing vessel 66 .
  • the shaking should be of sufficient intensity so that, after a period of time, a foam 73 comprised of gaseous precursor-filled liposomes is formed on the top of the aqueous solution 74 , as shown in FIG. 1.
  • the detection of the formation of the foam 73 may be used as a means for controlling the duration of the shaking; that is, rather than shaking for a predetermined period of time, the shaking may be continued until a predetermined volume of foam has been produced.
  • the apparatus of FIG. 1 may also contain a means for controlling temperature such that the apparatus may be maintained at one temperature for the method of making the liposomes.
  • the methods of making liposomes are performed at a temperature below the boiling point of the gaseous precursor.
  • a liquid gaseous precursor fills the internal space of the liposomes.
  • the apparatus may be maintained at about the temperature of the liquid to gas transition temperature of the gaseous precursor such that a gas is contained in the liposomes.
  • the temperature of the apparatus may be adjusted throughout the method of making the liposomes such that the gaseous precursor begins as a liquid, however, a gas is incorporated into the resulting liposomes.
  • the temperature of the apparatus is adjusted during the method of making the liposomes such that the method begins at a temperature below the phase transition temperature and is adjusted to a temperature at about the phase transition temperature of the gaseous precursor.
  • the vessel may be closed and periodically vented, or open to the ambient atmosphere.
  • a means for cooling the aqueous lipid solution 74 is provided.
  • cooling is accomplished by means of a jacket 64 disposed around the mixing vessel 66 so as to form an annular passage surrounding the vessel.
  • a cooling fluid 63 is forced to flow through this annular passage by means of jacket inlet and outlet ports 62 and 63 , respectively.
  • a gaseous precursor 55 which may be 1-fluorobutane, for example, is introduced into the mixing vessel 66 along with the aqueous solution 74 .
  • Air may be introduced by utilizing an unsealed mixing vessel so that the aqueous solution is continuously exposed to environmental air. In a batch process, a fixed charge of local ambient air may be introduced by sealing the mixing vessel 66 . If a gaseous precursor heavier than air is used, the container need not be sealed. However, introduction of gaseous precursors that are not heavier than air will require that the mixing vessel be sealed, for example by use of a lid 65 , as shown in FIG. 1.
  • the gaseous precursor 55 may be pressurized in the mixing vessel 66 , for example, by connecting the mixing vessel to a pressurized gas supply tank 54 via a conduit 57 , as shown in FIG. 1.
  • the gaseous precursor-filled liposome containing foam 73 may be extracted from the mixing vessel 66 . Extraction may be accomplished by inserting the needle 102 of a syringe 100 , shown in FIG. 2, into the foam 73 and drawing a predetermined amount of foam into the barrel 104 by withdrawing the plunger 106 . As discussed further below, the location at which the end of the needle 102 placed in the foam 73 may be used to control the size of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes extracted.
  • extraction may be accomplished by inserting an extraction tube 67 into the mixing vessel 66 , as shown in FIG. 1.
  • the mixing vessel 66 is pressurized, as previously discussed, the pressure of the gaseous precursor 55 may be used to force the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes 77 from the mixing vessel 66 to an extraction vessel 76 via conduit 70 .
  • the extraction vessel 76 may be connected to a vacuum source 58 , such as a vacuum pump, via conduit 78 , that creates sufficient negative pressure to suck the foam 73 into the extraction vessel 76 , as shown in FIG. 1.
  • the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes 77 are introduced into vials 82 in which they may be shipped to the ultimate user.
  • a source of pressurized gaseous precursor 56 may be connected to the extraction vessel 76 as aid to ejecting the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes. Since negative pressure may result in increasing the size of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes, positive pressure is preferred for removing the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes.
  • Filtration may be carried out in order to obtain gaseous precursor-filled liposomes of a substantially uniform size.
  • the filtration assembly contains more than one filter, and preferably, the filters are not immediately adjacent to each other, as illustrated in FIG. 4.
  • the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes range in size from about 1 micron to greater than 60 microns (FIGS. 5A and 6A).
  • the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes are generally less than 10 microns but particles as large as 25 microns in size remain.
  • filtering may be accomplished by incorporating a filter element 72 directly onto the end of the extraction tube 67 so that only gaseous precursor-filled liposomes below a pre-determined size are extracted from the mixing vessel 66 .
  • gaseous precursor-filled liposome sizing may be accomplished by means of a filter 80 incorporated into the conduit 79 that directs the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes 77 from the extraction vessel 76 to the vials 82 , as shown in FIG. 1.
  • the filter 80 may contain a cascade filter assembly 124 , such as that shown in FIG. 4.
  • the upstream filter 120 is a “NUCLEPORE” 10 ⁇ m filter and the downstream filter 116 is a “NUCLEPORE” 8 ⁇ m filter.
  • Two 0.15 mm metallic mesh discs 115 are preferably installed on either side of the filter 116 .
  • the filters 116 and 120 are spaced apart a minimum of 150 ⁇ m by means of a TeflonTM O-ring, 118 .
  • sizing may also be accomplished by taking advantage of the dependence of gaseous precursor-filled liposome buoyancy on size.
  • the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes have appreciably lower density than water and hence may float to the top of the mixing vessel 66 . Since the largest liposomes have the lowest density, they will float most quickly to the top. The smallest liposomes will generally be last to rise to the top and the non gaseous precursor-filled lipid portion will sink to the bottom. This phenomenon may be advantageously used to size the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes by removing them from the mixing vessel 66 via a differential flotation process.
  • the setting of the vertical location of the extraction tube 67 within the mixing vessel 66 may control the size of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes extracted; the higher the tube, the larger the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes extracted.
  • the size of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes extracted may be controlled on an on-going basis.
  • Such extraction may be facilitated by incorporating a device 68 , which may be a threaded collar 71 mating with a threaded sleeve 72 attached to the extraction tube 67 , that allows the vertical location of the extraction tube 66 within the extraction vessel 66 to be accurately adjusted.
  • the gel state shaking gaseous precursor installation process itself may also be used to improve sizing of the gaseous precursor-filled lipid based microspheres.
  • the greater the intensity of the shaking energy the smaller the size of the resulting gaseous precursor-filled liposomes.
  • the current invention also includes novel methods for preparing drug-containing gaseous precursor-filled liposomes to be dispensed to the ultimate user. Once gaseous precursor-filled liposomes are formed, they generally cannot be sterilized by heating at a temperature that would cause rupture. Therefore, it is desirable to form the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes from sterile ingredients and to perform as little subsequent manipulation as possible to avoid the danger of contamination.
  • this may be accomplished, for example, by sterilizing the mixing vessel containing the lipid and aqueous solution before shaking and dispensing the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes 77 from the mixing vessel 66 , via the extraction vessel 76 , directly into the barrel 104 of a sterile syringe 100 , shown in FIG. 2, without further processing or handling; that is, without subsequent sterilization.
  • the syringe 100 charged with gaseous precursor-filled liposomes 77 and suitably packaged, may then be dispensed to the ultimate user.
  • the syringe 100 may be fitted with its own filter 108 , as shown in FIG. 2. This results in the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes being sized by causing them to be extruded through the filter 108 by the action of the plunger 106 when the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes are injected.
  • the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes may be sized and injected into a patient in one step.
  • the hub that houses the filter(s) are of a dimension of approximately 1 cm to approximately 2 cm in diameter by about 1.0 cm to about 3.0 cm in length with an inside diameter of about 0.8 cm for which to house the filters.
  • the abnormally large dimensions for the filter housing in the hub are to accommodate passage of the microspheres through a hub with sufficient surface area so as to decrease the pressure that need be applied to the plunger of the syringe. In this manner, the microspheres will not be subjected to an inordinately large pressure head upon injection, which may cause rupture of the micro spheres.
  • a cascade filter housing 110 may be fitted directly onto a syringe 112 , thereby allowing cascade filtration at the point of use.
  • the filter housing 110 is comprised of a cascade filter assembly 124 , previously discussed, incorporated between a lower collar 122 , having male threads, and a female collar 114 , having female threads.
  • the lower collar 122 is fitted with a Luer lock that allows it to be readily secured to the syringe 112 and the upper collar 114 is fitted with a needle 102 .
  • the lipid solution is extruded through a filter and the lipid solution is heat sterilized prior to shaking.
  • gaseous precursor-filled liposomes Once gaseous precursor-filled liposomes are formed, they may be filtered for sizing as described above.
  • a mixing vessel such as a vial or syringe may be filled with a filtered lipid suspension, and the solution may then be sterilized within the mixing vessel, for example, by autoclaving.
  • a gaseous precursor may be instilled into the lipid suspension to form gaseous precursor-filled liposomes by shaking the sterile vessel.
  • the sterile vessel is equipped with a filter positioned such that the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes pass through the filter before contacting a patient.
  • the first step of this preferred method decreases the amount of unhydrated lipid by breaking up the dried lipid and exposing a greater surface area for hydration.
  • the filter has a pore size of about 0.1 to about 5 ⁇ m, more preferably, about 0.1 to about 4 ⁇ m, even more preferably, about 0.1 to about 2 ⁇ m, and even more preferably, about 1 ⁇ m, most preferably 0.22 ⁇ m.
  • FIG. 7B when a lipid suspension is filtered (FIG. 7B), the amount of unhydrated lipid is reduced when compared to a lipid suspension that was not pre-filtered (FIG. 7A). Unhydrated lipid appears as amorphous clumps of non-uniform size and is undesirable.
  • the second step provides a composition that may be readily administered to a patient.
  • sterilization is accomplished by heat sterilization, preferably, by autoclaving the solution at a temperature of at least about 100° C., and more preferably, by autoclaving at about 100° C. to about 130° C., even more preferably, about 110° C. to about 130° C., even more preferably, about 120° C. to about 130° C., and most preferably, about 130° C.
  • heating occurs for at least about 1 minute, more preferably, about 1 to about 30 minutes, even more preferably, about 10 to about 20 minutes, and most preferably, about 15 minutes.
  • sterilization occurs by a process other than heat sterilization at a temperature which would cause rupture of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes
  • sterilization may occur subsequent to the formation of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes, and is preferred.
  • gamma radiation may be used before and/or after gaseous precursor-filled liposomes are formed.
  • Sterilization of the gaseous precursor may be achieved via passage through a 0.22 ⁇ m filter or a smaller filter, prior to emulsification in the aqueous media. This can be easily achieved via sterile filtration of the contents directly into a vial which contains a predetermined amount of likewise sterilized and sterile-filled aqueous carrier.
  • FIG. 8 illustrates the ability of gaseous precursor-filled liposomes to successfully form after autoclaving, which was carried out at 130° C. for 15 minutes, followed by vortexing for 10 minutes. Further, after the extrusion and sterilization procedure, the shaking step yields gaseous precursor-filled liposomes with little to no residual anhydrous lipid phase.
  • FIG. 8A shows gaseous precursor-filled liposomes generated after autoclaving but prior to filtration, thus resulting in a number of gaseous precursor-filled liposomes having a size greater than 10 ⁇ m.
  • FIG. 8B shows gaseous precursor-filled liposomes after a filtration through a 10 ⁇ m “NUCLEPORE” filter, resulting in a uniform size around 10 ⁇ m.
  • the materials which may be utilized in preparing the gaseous precursor-filled lipid microspheres include any of the materials or combinations thereof known to those skilled in the art as suitable for liposome preparation.
  • Gas precursors which undergo phase transition from a liquid to a gas at their boiling point may be used in the present invention.
  • the lipids used may be of either natural or synthetic origin. The particular lipids are chosen to optimize the desired properties, e.g., short plasma half-life versus long plasma half-life for maximal serum stability. It will also be understood that certain lipids may be more efficacious for particular applications, such as the containment of a therapeutic compound to be released upon rupture of the gaseous precursor-filled lipid microsphere.
  • the lipid in the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes may be in the form of a single bilayer or a multilamellar bilayer, and are preferably multilamellar.
  • Gaseous precursors which may be activated by temperature may be useful in the present invention.
  • Table II lists examples of gaseous precursors which undergo phase transitions from liquid to gaseous states at close to normal body temperature (37° C.) and the size of the emulsified droplets that would be required to form a microsphere having a size of 10 microns.
  • the list is composed of potential gaseous precursors that may be used to form temperature activated gaseous precursor-containing liposomes of a defined size.
  • the list should not be construed as being limiting by any means, as to the possibilities of gaseous precursors for the methods of the present invention.
  • gaseous precursors are by no means limited to Table II. In fact, for a variety of different applications, virtually any liquid can be used to make gaseous precursors so long as it is capable of undergoing a phase transition to the gas phase upon passing through the appropriate activation temperature.
  • gaseous precursors examples include, and are by no means limited to, the following: hexafluoro acetone; isopropyl acetylene; allene; tetrafluoroallene; boron trifluoride; 1,2-butadiene; 1,3-butadiene; 1,3-butadiene; 1,2,3-trichloro, 2-fluoro-1,3-butadiene; 2-methyl,1,3 butadiene; hexafluoro-1,3-butadiene; butadiyne; 1-fluoro-butane; 2-methyl-butane; decafluoro butane; 1-butene; 2-butene; 2-methy-1-butene; 3-methyl-1-butene; perfluoro-1-butene; perfluoro-1-butene; perfluoro-2-butene; 1,4-phenyl-3 -butene-2-one; 2-methyl-1-butene-3-y
  • Perfluorocarbons are the preferred gases of the present invention, fluorine gas, perfluoromethane, perfluoroethane, perfluorobutane, perfluoropentane, perfluorohexane; even more preferrably perfluoroethane, perfluoropropane and perfluorobutane; most preferrably perfluoropropane and perfluorobutane as the more inert perfluorinated gases are less toxic.
  • Microspheres of the present invention include and are not limited to liposomes, lipid coatings, emulsions and polymers.
  • Lipids which may be used to create lipid microspheres include but are not limited to: lipids such as fatty acids, lysolipids, phosphatidylcholine with both saturated and unsaturated lipids including dioleoylphosphatidylcholine; dimyristoylphosphatidyl-choline; dipentadecanoylphosphatidyl-choline, dilauroylphosphatidylcholine, dioleoylphosphatidyl-choline, dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine; distearoyl-phosphatidylcholine; phosphatidylethanolamines such as dioleoylphosphatidylethanolamine; phosphatidylserine; phosphatidylglycerol; phosphatidylinositol, sphingolipids such as sphingomyelin; glycolipids such as ganglioside GM1 and GM2;
  • Lipids bearing hydrophilic polymers such as polyethyleneglycol (PEG), including and not limited to PEG 2,000 MW, 5,000 MW, and PEG 8,000 MW, are particularly useful for improving the stability and size distribution of the gaseous precursor-containing liposomes.
  • PEG polyethyleneglycol
  • DPPC dipalmitoylphosphatidylethanolamine
  • a preferred product which is highly useful for entrapping gaseous precursors contains 83 mole percent DPPC, 8 mole percent DPPE-PEG 5,000 MW and 5 mole percent dipalmitoylphosphatidic acid.
  • lauryltrimethylammonium bromide dodecyl-
  • cetyltrimethylammonium bromide hexa
  • perfluorocarbons such as pentafluoro octadecyl iodide, perfluorooctylbromide (PFOB), perfluorodecalin, perfluorododecalin, perfluorooctyliodide, perfluorotripropylamine, and perfluorotributylamine.
  • PFOB perfluorooctadecylbromide
  • perfluorodecalin perfluorododecalin
  • perfluorooctyliodide perfluorotripropylamine
  • perfluorotributylamine perfluorotributylamine.
  • the perfluorocarbons may be entrapped in liposomes or stabilized in emulsions as is well know in the art such as U.S. Pat. No. 4,865,836.
  • the above examples of lipid suspensions may also be sterilized via autoclave without appreci
  • anionic or cationic lipids may be used to bind anionic or cationic pharmaceuticals.
  • Cationic lipids may be used to bind DNA and RNA analogues with in or on the surface of the gaseous precursor-filled microsphere.
  • a variety of lipids such as DOTMA, N-[1-(2,3-dioleoyloxy)propyl]-N,N,N-trimethylammonium chloride; DOTAP, 1,2-dioleoyloxy-3-(trimethylammonio)propane; and DOTB, 1,2-dioleoyl-3-(4′-trimethyl-ammonio)butanoyl-sn-glycerol may be used.
  • DOTMA N-[1-(2,3-dioleoyloxy)propyl]-N,N,N-trimethylammonium chloride
  • DOTAP 1,2-dioleoyloxy-3-(trimethylammonio)propane
  • the molar ratio of cationic lipid to non-cationic lipid in the liposome may be, for example, 1:1000, 1:100, preferably, between 2:1 to 1:10, more preferably in the range between 1:1 to 1:2.5 and most preferably 1:1 (ratio of mole amount cationic lipid to mole amount non-cationic lipid, e.g., DPPC).
  • a wide variety of lipids may comprise the non-cationic lipid when cationic lipid is used to construct the microsphere.
  • this non-cationic lipid is dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine, dipalmitoylphosphatidylethanolamine or dioleoylphosphatidylethanolamine.
  • lipids bearing cationic polymers such as polylysine or polyarginine may also be used to construct the microspheres and afford binding of a negatively charged therapeutic, such as genetic material, to the outside of the microspheres.
  • negatively charged lipids may be used, for example, to bind positively charged therapeutic compounds.
  • Phosphatidic acid a negatively charged lipid, can also be used to complex DNA. This is highly surprising, as the positively charged lipids were heretofore thought to be generally necessary to bind genetic materials to liposomes. 5 to 10 mole percent phosphatidic acid in the liposomes improves the stability and size distribution of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes.
  • the most preferred lipids are phospholipids, preferably DPPC and DSPC, and most preferably DPPC.
  • Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids that may be used to generate gaseous precursor-filled microspheres preferably include, but are not limited to molecules that have between 12 carbon atoms and 22 carbon atoms in either linear or branched form.
  • saturated fatty acids that may be used include, but are not limited to, lauric, myristic, palmitic, and stearic acids.
  • unsaturated fatty acids that may be used include, but are not limited to, lauroleic, physeteric, myristoleic, palmitoleic, petroselinic, and oleic acids.
  • Examples of branched fatty acids that may be used include, but are not limited to, isolauric, isomyristic, isopalmitic, and isostearic acids and isoprenoids.
  • Cationic polymers may be bound to the lipid layer through one or more alkyl groups or sterol groups which serve to anchor the cationic polymer into the lipid layer surrounding the gaseous precursor.
  • Cationic polymers that may be used in this manner include, but are not limited to, polylysine and polyarginine, and their analogs such as polyhomoarginine or polyhomolysine.
  • the positively charged groups of cationic lipids and cationic polymers, or perfluoroalkylated groups bearing cationic groups, for example, may be used to complex negatively charged molecules such as sugar phosphates on genetic material, thus binding the material to the surface of the gaseous precursor-filled lipid sphere.
  • cationic analogs of amphiphilic perfluoroalkylated bipyridines as described in Garelli and Vierling, Biochim. Biophys Acta, 1992, 1127, 41-48, the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference in their entirety, may be used.
  • negatively charged molecules may be bound directly to the head groups of the lipids via ester, amide, ether, disulfide or thioester linkages.
  • Bioactive materials such as peptides or proteins, may be incorporated into the lipid layer provided the peptides have sufficient lipophilicity or may be derivatized with alkyl or sterol groups for attachment to the lipid layer.
  • Negatively charged peptides may be attached, for example, using cationic lipids or polymers as described above.
  • One or more emulsifying or stabilizing agents may be included with the gaseous precursors to formulate the temperature activated gaseous precursor-filled microspheres.
  • the purpose of these emulsifying/stabilizing agents is two-fold. Firstly, these agents help to maintain the size of the gaseous precursor-filled microsphere. As noted above, the size of these microspheres will generally affect the size of the resultant gas-filled microspheres.
  • the emulsifying and stabilizing agents may be used to coat or stabilize the microsphere which results from the precursor. Stabilization of contrast agent-containing microspheres is desirable to maximize the in vivo contrast effect. Although stabilization of the microsphere is preferred this is not an absolute requirement.
  • gas-filled microspheres resulting from these gaseous precursors are more stable than air, they may still be designed to provide useful contrast enhancement; for example, they pass through the pulmonary circulation following peripheral venous injection, even when not specifically stabilized by one or more coating or emulsifying agents.
  • One or more coating or stabilizing agents is preferred however, as are flexible stabilizing materials.
  • Gas microspheres stabilized by polysaccharides, gangliosides, and polymers are more effective than those stabilized by albumin and other proteins. Liposomes prepared using aliphatic compounds are preferred as microspheres stabilized with these compounds are much more flexible and stable to pressure changes.
  • Solutions of lipids or gaseous precursor-filled liposomes may be stabilized, for example, by the addition of a wide variety of viscosity modifiers, including, but not limited to carbohydrates and their phosphorylated and sulfonated derivatives; polyethers, preferably with molecular weight ranges between 400 and 8000; di- and trihydroxy alkanes and their polymers, preferably with molecular weight ranges between 800 and 8000.
  • Glycerol propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, and polyvinyl alcohol may also be useful as stabilizers in the present invention.
  • Particles which are porous or semi-solid such as hydroxyapatite, metal oxides and coprecipitates of gels, e.g. hyaluronic acid with calcium may be used to formulate a center or nidus to stabilize the gaseous precursors.
  • Emulsifying and/or solubilizing agents may also be used in conjunction with lipids or liposomes.
  • Such agents include, but are not limited to, acacia, cholesterol, diethanolamine, glyceryl monostearate, lanolin alcohols, lecithin, mono- and di-glycerides, mono-ethanolamine, oleic acid, oleyl alcohol, poloxamer, polyoxyethylene 50 stearate, polyoxyl 35 castor oil, polyoxyl 10 oleyl ether, polyoxyl 20 cetostearyl ether, polyoxyl 40 stearate, polysorbate 20, polysorbate 40, polysorbate 60, polysorbate 80, propylene glycol diacetate, propylene glycol monostearate, sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium stearate, sorbitan mono-laurate, sorbitan mono-oleate, sorbitan mono-palmitate, sorbitan monostearate, stearic acid,
  • lipids with perfluoro fatty acids as a component of the lipid in lieu of the saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon fatty acids found in lipids of plant or animal origin may be used.
  • Suspending and/or viscosity-increasing agents that may be used with lipid or liposome solutions include but are not limited to, acacia, agar, alginic acid, aluminum mono-stearate, bentonite, magma, carbomer 934P, carboxymethylcellulose, calcium and sodium and sodium 12, glycerol, carrageenan, cellulose, dextrin, gelatin, guar gum, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, magnesium aluminum silicate, methylcellulose, pectin, polyethylene oxide, polyvinyl alcohol, povidone, propylene glycol, alginate, silicon dioxide, sodium alginate, tragacanth, and xanthum gum.
  • a preferred product of the present invention incorporates lipid as a
  • the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes of the present invention are preferably comprised of an impermeable material.
  • Impermeable material is defined a material that does not permit the passage of a substantial amount of the contents of the liposome in typical storage conditions.
  • Substantial is defined as greater than about 50% of the contents, the contents being both the gas as well as any other component encapsulated within the interior of the liposome, such as a therapeutic.
  • no more than about 25% of the gas is released, more preferably, no more than about 10% of the gas is released, and most preferably, no more than about 1% of the gas is released during storage and prior to administration to a patient.
  • the gas impermeability of gaseous precursor-filled liposomes has been found to be related to the gel state to liquid crystalline state phase transition temperature. It is believed that, generally, the higher gel state to liquid crystalline state phase transition temperature, the more gas impermeable the liposomes are at a given temperature. See Table I above and Arthur Marsh, CRC Handbook of Lipid Bilayers (CRC Press, Boca Raton, Fla. 1990), at p. 139 for main chain melting transitions of saturated diacyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholines. However, it should be noted that a lesser degree of energy can generally be used to release a therapeutic compound from gaseous precursor-filled liposomes composed of lipids with a lower gel state to liquid crystalline state phase transition temperature.
  • the phase transition temperature of the lipid is greater than the internal body temperature of the patient to which they are administered.
  • lipids having a phase transition temperature greater than about 37° C. are preferred for administration to humans.
  • microspheres having a gel to liquid phase transition temperature greater than about 20° C. are adequate and those with a phase transition temperature greater than about 37° C. are preferred.
  • the liposomes made by the methods of the present invention are stable, stability being defined as resistance to rupture from the time of formation until the application of ultrasound.
  • the lipids used to construct the microspheres may be chosen for stability.
  • gaseous precursor-filled liposomes composed of DSPC disearoylphosphatidylcholine
  • DPPC dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine
  • EPC egg phosphatidylcholine
  • no more than about 50% of the liposomes rupture from the time of formation until the application of ultrasound, more preferably, no more than about 25% of the liposomes rupture, even more preferably, no more than about 10% of the liposomes, and most preferably, no more than about 1% of the liposomes.
  • the subject liposomes tend to have greater gas impermeability and stability during storage than other gas-filled liposomes produced via known procedures such as pressurization or other techniques.
  • conventionally prepared liposomes often are essentially devoid of gas, the gas having diffused out of the liposomes and/or the liposomes having ruptured and/or fused, resulting in a concomitant loss in reflectivity.
  • gaseous precursor-filled liposomes of the present invention maintained in aqueous solution generally have a shelf life stability of greater than about three weeks, preferably a shelf life stability of greater than about four weeks, more preferably a shelf life stability of greater than about five weeks, even more preferably a shelf life stability of greater than about three months, and often a shelf life stability that is even much longer, such as over six months, twelve months, or even two years.
  • the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes of the present invention can be stabilized with lipids covalently linked to polymers of polyethylene glycol, commonly referred to as PEGylated lipids. It has also been found that the incorporation of at least a small amount of negatively charged lipid into any liposome membrane, although not required, is beneficial to providing liposomes that do not have a propensity to rupture by aggregation. By at least a small amount, it is meant about 1 to about 10 mole percent of the total lipid.
  • Suitable negatively charged lipids or lipids bearing a net negative charge, will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art, and include, for example, phosphatidylserine, phosphatidylglycerol, phosphatidic acid, and fatty acids.
  • Liposomes prepared from dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine are most preferred as they are selected for their ability to rupture on application of resonant frequency ultrasound, radiofrequency energy, (e.g. microwave), and/or echogenicity in addition to their stability during delivery.
  • the liposomes of the invention are preferably sufficiently stable in the vasculature such that they withstand recirculation.
  • the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes may be coated such that uptake by the reticuloendothelial system is minimized.
  • Useful coatings include, for example, gangliosides, glucuronide, galacturonate, guluronate, polyethyleneglycol, polypropylene glycol, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyvinylalcohol, dextran, starch, phosphorylated and sulfonated mono, di, tri, oligo and polysaccharides and albumin.
  • the liposomes may also be coated for purposes such as evading recognition by the immune system.
  • the lipid used is also preferably flexible. Flexibility, as defined in the context of gaseous precursor-filled liposomes, is the ability of a structure to alter its shape, for example, in order to pass through an opening having a size smaller than the liposome.
  • the liposomes will generally pass through the target tissue while passing through the body.
  • the therapeutic will be released locally in the target tissue.
  • antibodies, carbohydrates, peptides, glycopeptides, glycolipids, lectins, and synthetic and natural polymers may also be incorporated into the surface of the liposomes.
  • aids for targeting include polymers such as polyethyleneglycol, polyvinylpyrrolidone, and polvinylalcohol, which may be incorporated onto the surface via alkylation, acylation, sterol groups or derivatized head groups of phospholipids such as dioleoylphosphatidylethanolamine (DOPE), dipalmitoylphosphatidylethanolamine (DPPE), or distearoylphosphatidylethanolamine (DSPE).
  • DOPE dioleoylphosphatidylethanolamine
  • DPPE dipalmitoylphosphatidylethanolamine
  • DSPE distearoylphosphatidylethanolamine
  • Peptides, antibodies, lectins, glycopeptides, oligonucleotides, and glycoconjugates may also be incorporated onto the surfaces of the gaseous precursor-filled lipid spheres.
  • emulsifiers may be added to the lipid.
  • emulsifiers include, but are not limited to, glycerol, cetyl alcohol, sorbitol, polyvinyl alcohol, polypropylene glycol, propylene glycol, ethyl alcohol, sodium lauryl sulfate, Laureth 23, polysorbates (all units), all saturated and unsaturated fatty acids, triethanolamine, Tween 20, tween 40, Tween 60, tween 80, Polysorbate 20, Polysorbate 40, Polysorbate 60, and Polysorbate 80.
  • the liposomes of the present invention may be suspended in an aqueous solution, such as a saline solution (for example, a phosphate buffered saline solution), or simply water, and stored preferably at a temperature of between about 2° C. and about 10° C., preferably at about 4° C.
  • a saline solution for example, a phosphate buffered saline solution
  • water is sterile.
  • Typical storage conditions are, for example, a non-degassed aqueous solution of 0.9% NaCl maintained at 4° C. for 48 hours.
  • the temperature of storage is preferably below the gel state to liquid crystalline state phase transition temperature of the material forming the liposomes.
  • the liposomes are stored in an isotonic saline solution, although, if desired, the saline solution may be hypotonic (e.g., about 0.3 to about 0.5% NaCl).
  • the solution also may be buffered, if desired, to provide a pH range of about pH 5 to about pH 7.4. Suitable buffers include, but are not limited to, acetate, citrate, phosphate, bicarbonate, and phosphate-buffered saline, 5%dextrose, and physiological saline (normal saline).
  • Bacteriostatic agents may also be included with the liposomes to prevent bacterial degradation on storage. Suitable bacteriostatic agents include but are not limited to benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride, benzoic acid, benzyl alcohol, butylparaben, cetylpyridinium chloride, chlorobutanol, chlorocresol, methylparaben, phenol, potassium benzoate, potassium sorbate, sodium benzoate and sorbic acid.
  • gas-filled liposomes having an interior volume that is at least about 10% gas, preferably at least about 25% gas, more preferably at least about 50% gas, even more preferably at least about 75% gas, and most preferably at least about 90% gas. It will be understood by one skilled in the art, once armed with the present disclosure, that a gaseous precursor may also be used, followed by activation to form a gas.
  • gases include air, nitrogen, carbon dioxide, oxygen, argon, fluorine, xenon, neon, helium, or any and all combinations thereof.
  • gases include air, nitrogen, carbon dioxide, oxygen, argon, fluorine, xenon, neon, helium, or any and all combinations thereof.
  • gases include air, nitrogen, carbon dioxide, oxygen, argon, fluorine, xenon, neon, helium, or any and all combinations thereof.
  • gases include air, nitrogen, carbon dioxide, oxygen, argon, fluorine, xenon, neon, helium, or any and all combinations thereof.
  • Other suitable gases will be apparent to those skilled in the art once armed with the present disclosure.
  • the precursors may be co-entrapped with other gases.
  • the two gases may mix and upon agitation and formation of microspheres, the gaseous content of the microspheres results in a mixture of two or more gases, dependent upon the densities of the gases mixed.
  • the size of the liposomes of the present invention will depend upon the intended use. With the smaller liposomes, resonant frequency ultrasound will generally be higher than for the larger liposomes. Sizing also serves to modulate resultant liposomal biodistribution and clearance. In addition to filtration, the size of the liposomes can be adjusted, if desired, by procedures known to one skilled in the art, such as extrusion, sonication, homogenization, the use of a laminar stream of a core of liquid introduced into an immiscible sheath of liquid. See, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 4,728,578; U.K. Patent Application GB 2193095 A; U.S. Pat. Nos.
  • the preferred size range is a mean outside diameter between about 30 nanometers and about 10 microns, with the preferable mean outside diameter being about 5 microns.
  • the size of the liposomes is preferably about 10 ⁇ m or less in mean outside diameter, and preferably less than about 7 ⁇ m, and more preferably no smaller than about 5 nanometers in mean outside diameter.
  • the liposomes are no smaller than about 30 nanometers in mean outside diameter.
  • liposomes between about 30 nanometers and about 100 nanometers in mean outside diameter, are preferred.
  • the liposomes are preferably less than about 200 microns in mean outside diameter.
  • the microspheres are preferably less than about 100 microns in mean outside diameter.
  • Liposomes e.g., between 1 and 10 microns in size, will generally be confined to the intravascular space until they are cleared by phagocytic elements lining the vessels, such as the macrophages and Kuppfer cells lining capillary sinusoids.
  • phagocytic elements lining the vessels
  • phagocytic elements such as the macrophages and Kuppfer cells lining capillary sinusoids.
  • smaller liposomes for example, less than about a micron in mean outside diameter, e.g., less than about 300 nanometers in size, may be utilized.
  • the route of administration of the liposomes will vary depending on the intended use. As one skilled in the art would recognize, administration of therapeutic delivery systems of the present invention may be carried out in various fashions, such as intravascularly, intralymphatically, parenterally, subcutaneously, intramuscularly, intranasally, intrarectally, intraperitoneally, interstitially, into the airways via nebulizer, hyperbarically, orally, topically, or intratumorly, using a variety of dosage forms.
  • One preferred route of administration is intravascularly.
  • the therapeutic delivery system is generally injected intravenously, but may be injected intraarterially as well.
  • the liposomes of the invention may also be injected interstitially or into any body cavity.
  • the delivery of therapeutics from the liposomes of the present invention using ultrasound is best accomplished for tissues which have a good acoustic window for the transmission of ultrasonic energy. This is the case for most tissues in the body such as muscle, the heart, the liver and most other vital structures. In the brain, in order to direct the ultrasonic energy past the skull a surgical window may be necessary. For body parts without an acoustic window, e.g. through bone, radiofrequency or microwave energy is preferred.
  • Gaseous precursor-filled liposomes of the present invention are lighter than, for example, conventional liquid-filled liposomes which generally deposit in the central proximal airway rather than reaching the periphery of the lungs. It is therefore believed that the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes of the present invention may improve delivery of a therapeutic compound to the periphery of the lungs, including the terminal airways and the alveoli. For application to the lungs, the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes may be applied through nebulization, for example.
  • the resulting liposomes post nebulization were around 1 to 2 microns in size and were shown to float in the air. These size particles appear ideal for delivering drugs, peptides, genetic materials and other therapeutic compounds into the far reaches of the lung (i.e. terminal airways and alveoli).
  • the gas filled liposomes are almost as light as air, much lighter than conventional water filled liposomes, they float longer in the air, and as such are better for delivering compounds into the distal lung.
  • DNA is added to these liposomes, it is readily adsorbed or bound to the liposomes.
  • liposomes and microspheres filled by gas and gaseous precursors hold vast potential for pulmonary drug delivery.
  • the therapeutic may be released upon aggregation of the gaseous precursor-filled liposome with the lipids lining the targeted tissue. Additionally, the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes may burst after administration without the use of ultrasound. Thus, ultrasound need not be applied to release the drug in the above type of administration.
  • the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes of the invention are especially useful for therapeutics that may be degraded in aqueous media or upon exposure to oxygen and/or atmospheric air.
  • the liposomes may be filled with an inert gas such as nitrogen or argon, for use with labile therapeutic compounds.
  • the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes may be filled with an inert gas and used to encapsulate a labile therapeutic for use in a region of a patient that would normally cause the therapeutic to be exposed to atmospheric air, such as cutaneous and ophthalmic applications.
  • the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes are also especially useful for transcutaneous delivery, such as a patch delivery system.
  • the use of rupturing ultrasound may increase transdermal delivery of therapeutic compounds.
  • a mechanism may be used to monitor and modulate drug delivery.
  • diagnostic ultrasound may be used to visually monitor the bursting of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes and modulate drug delivery and/or a hydrophone may be used to detect the sound of the bursting of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes and modulate drug delivery.
  • the gas-filled liposomes are administered in a vehicle as individual particles, as opposed to being embedded in a polymeric matrix for the purposes of controlled release.
  • the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes may be added to the cells in cultures and then incubated. Subsequently sonic energy, microwave, or thermal energy (e.g. simple heating) can be applied to the culture media containing the cells and liposomes.
  • the therapeutic delivery systems of the invention are administered in the form of an aqueous suspension such as in water or a saline solution (e.g., phosphate buffered saline).
  • a saline solution e.g., phosphate buffered saline
  • the water is sterile.
  • the saline solution is an isotonic saline solution, although, if desired, the saline solution may be hypotonic (e.g., about 0.3 to about 0.5% NaCl).
  • the solution may also be buffered, if desired, to provide a pH range of about pH 5 to about pH 7.4.
  • dextrose may be preferably included in the media.
  • the useful dosage of gaseous precursor-filled microspheres to be administered and the mode of administration will vary depending upon the age, weight, and mammal to be treated, and the particular application (therapeutic/diagnostic) intended. Typically, dosage is initiated at lower levels and increased until the desired therapeutic effect is achieved.
  • the liposomes of the invention possess a reflectivity of greater than 2 dB, more preferably between about 4 dB and about 20 dB. Within these ranges, the highest reflectivity for the liposomes of the invention is exhibited by the larger liposomes, by higher concentrations of liposomes, and/or when higher ultrasound frequencies are employed.
  • the rupturing of the therapeutic containing liposomes of the invention is surprisingly easily carried out by applying ultrasound of a certain frequency to the region of the patient where therapy is desired, after the liposomes have been administered to or have otherwise reached that region. Specifically, it has been unexpectedly found that when ultrasound is applied at a frequency corresponding to the peak resonant frequency of the therapeutic containing gaseous precursor-filled liposomes, the liposomes will rupture and release their contents.
  • the peak resonant frequency can be determined either in vivo or in vitro, but preferably in vivo, by exposing the liposomes to ultrasound, receiving the reflected resonant frequency signals and analyzing the spectrum of signals received to determine the peak, using conventional means.
  • the peak, as so determined, corresponds to the peak resonant frequency (or second harmonic, as it is sometimes termed).
  • the liposomes of the invention have a peak resonant frequency of between about 0.5 mHz and about 10 mHz.
  • the peak resonant frequency of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes of the invention will vary depending on the outside diameter and, to some extent, the elasticity or flexibility of the liposomes, with the larger and more elastic or flexible liposomes having a lower resonant frequency than the smaller and less elastic or flexible liposomes.
  • the therapeutic-containing gaseous precursor-filled liposomes will also rupture when exposed to non-peak resonant frequency ultrasound in combination with a higher intensity (wattage) and duration (time). This higher energy, however, results in greatly increased heating, which may not be desirable.
  • the frequency of the energy to match the peak resonant frequency, the efficiency of rupture and therapeutic release is improved, appreciable tissue heating does not generally occur (frequently no increase in temperature above about 2° C.), and less overall energy is required.
  • application of ultrasound at the peak resonant frequency while not required, is most preferred.
  • any of the various types of diagnostic ultrasound imaging devices may be employed in the practice of the invention, the particular type or model of the device not being critical to the method of the invention.
  • devices designed for administering ultrasonic hyperthermia such devices being described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,620,546, 4,658,828, and 4,586,512, the disclosures of each of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
  • the device employs a resonant frequency (RF) spectral analyzer.
  • RF resonant frequency
  • the transducer probes may be applied externally or may be implanted. Ultrasound is generally initiated at lower intensity and duration, and then intensity, time, and/or resonant frequency increased until the liposome is visualized on ultrasound (for diagnostic ultrasound applications) or ruptures (for therapeutic ultrasound applications).
  • the resonant frequency will generally be in the range of about 1 to about 10 megahertz.
  • the spatial peak temporal average (SPTA) power will then be a maximum of approximately 5.31 mW/cm 2 in water. This power will cause some release of therapeutic from the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes, but much greater release can be accomplished by using higher power.
  • the transducer By switching the transducer to the doppler mode, higher power outputs are available, up to 2.5 watts per cm 2 from the same transducer. With the machine operating in doppler mode, the power can be delivered to a selected focal zone within the target tissue and the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes can be made to release their therapeutics. Selecting the transducer to match the resonant frequency of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes will make this process of therapeutic release even more efficient.
  • a lower frequency transducer may be more effective in accomplishing therapeutic release.
  • a lower frequency transducer of 3.5 megahertz (20 mm curved array model) may be selected to correspond to the resonant frequency of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes.
  • 101.6 milliwatts per cm 2 may be delivered to the focal spot, and switching to doppler mode will increase the power output (SPTA) to 1.02 watts per cm 2 .
  • Table III shows the ranges of energies transmitted to tissues from diagnostic ultrasound on commonly used instruments such as the Piconics Inc. (Tyngsboro, Mass.) Portascan general purpose scanner with receiver pulser 1966 Model 661; the Picker (Cleveland, Ohio) Echoview 8L Scanner including 80C System or the Medisonics (Mountain View, Calif.) Model D-9 Versatone Bidirectional Doppler.
  • Piconics Inc. Tingsboro, Mass.
  • the Picker (Cleveland, Ohio) Echoview 8L Scanner including 80C System or the Medisonics (Mountain View, Calif.) Model D-9 Versatone Bidirectional Doppler In general, these ranges of energies employed in pulse repetition are useful for diagnosis and monitoring the gas-filled liposomes but are insufficient to rupture the gas-filled liposomes of the present invention.
  • therapeutic ultrasound machines employ as much as 50% to 100% duty cycles dependent upon the area of tissue to be heated by ultrasound. Areas with larger amounts of muscle mass (i.e., backs, thighs) and highly vascularized tissues such as heart may require the larger duty cycle, e.g., 100%.
  • diagnostic ultrasound one or several pulses of sound are used and the machine pauses between pulses to receive the reflected sonic signals.
  • the limited number of pulses used in diagnostic ultrasound limits the effective energy which is delivered to the tissue which is being imaged.
  • the sound energy may be pulsed, but continuous wave ultrasound is preferred. If pulsing is employed, the sound will preferably be pulsed in echo train lengths of at least about 8 and preferably at 15 least about 20 pulses at a time.
  • Either fixed frequency or modulated frequency ultrasound may be used.
  • Fixed frequency is defined wherein the frequency of the sound wave is constant over time.
  • a modulated frequency is one in which the wave frequency changes over time, for example, from high to low (PRICH) or from low to high (CHIRP).
  • PRICH high to low
  • CHIRP low to high
  • a PRICH pulse with an initial frequency of 10 MHz of sonic energy is swept to 1 MHz with increasing power from 1 to 5 watts.
  • Focused, frequency modulated, high energy ultrasound may increase the rate of local gaseous expansion within the liposomes and rupturing to provide local delivery of therapeutics.
  • the frequency of the sound used may vary from about 0.025 to about 100 megahertz. Frequency ranges between about 0.75 and about 3 megahertz are preferred and frequencies between about 1 and about 2 megahertz are most preferred. Commonly used therapeutic frequencies of about 0.75 to about 1.5 megahertz may be used. Commonly used diagnostic frequencies of about 3 to about 7.5 megahertz may also be used. For very small liposomes, e.g., below 0.5 micron in mean outside diameter, higher frequencies of sound may be preferred as these smaller liposomes will absorb sonic energy more effectively at higher frequencies of sound. When very high frequencies are used, e.g., over 10 megahertz, the sonic energy will generally have limited depth penetration into fluids and tissues. External application may be preferred for the skin and other superficial tissues, but for deep structures, the application of sonic energy via interstitial probes or intravascular ultrasound catheters may be preferred.
  • the therapeutic compound to be delivered may be embedded within the wall of the liposome, encapsulated in the liposome and/or attached to the liposome, as desired.
  • the phrase “attached to” or variations thereof, as used herein in connection with the location of the therapeutic compound, means that the therapeutic compound is linked in some manner to the inside and/or the outside wall of the microsphere, such as through a covalent or ionic bond or other means of chemical or electrochemical linkage or interaction.
  • the phrase “encapsulated in variations thereof” as used in connection with the location of the therapeutic compound denotes that the therapeutic compound is located in the internal microsphere void.
  • the phrase “embedded within” or variations thereof as used in connection with the location of the therapeutic compound, signifies the positioning of the therapeutic compound within the microsphere wall.
  • the phrase “comprising a therapeutic” denotes all of the varying types of therapeutic positioning in connection with the microsphere.
  • the therapeutic can be positioned variably, such as, for example, entrapped within the internal void of the gaseous precursor-filled microsphere, situated between the gaseous precursor and the internal wall of the gaseous precursor-filled microsphere, incorporated onto the external surface of the gaseous precursor-filled microsphere and/or enmeshed within the microsphere structure itself.
  • therapeutic any of a variety of therapeutics may be encapsulated in the liposomes.
  • therapeutic as used herein, it is meant an agent having beneficial effect on the patient.
  • therapeutic is synonymous with the terms contrast agent and/or drug.
  • Examples of drugs that may be delivered with gaseous precursor-filled liposomes may contain for drug delivery purposes, but by no means is limited to; hormone products such as, vasopressin and oxytocin and their derivatives, glucagon, and thyroid agents as iodine products and anti-thyroid agents; cardiovascular products as chelating agents and mercurial diuretics and cardiac glycosides; respiratory products as xanthine derivatives (theophylline & aminophylline); anti-infectives as aminoglycosides, antifungals (amphotericin), penicillin and cephalosporin antibiotics, antiviral agents as Zidovudine, Ribavirin, Amantadine, Vidarabine, and Acyclovir, anti-helmintics, antimalarials, and antituberculous drugs; biologicals as immune serums, antitoxins and antivenins, rabies prophylaxis products, bacterial vaccines, viral vaccines, toxoids; antineoplastics as
  • Genetic and bioactive materials may be incorporated into the internal gaseous precursor-filled space of these liposomes during the gaseous precursor installation process or into or onto the lipid membranes of these particles. Incorporation onto the surface of these particles is preferred. Genetic materials and bioactive products with a high octanol/water partition coefficient may be incorporated directly into the lipid layer surrounding the gaseous precursor but incorporation onto the surface of the gaseous precursor-filled lipid spheres is more preferred. To accomplish this, groups capable of binding genetic materials or bioactive materials are generally incorporated into the lipid layers which will then bind these materials.
  • liposomes, gas-filled and gas precursor-filled when produced with phosphatidic acid, e.g. dipalmitoylphosphatidic acid in molar arnounts in excess of 5 mole % and preferably about 10 mole %, function as highly effective binders of genetic material. Such liposomes bind DNA avidly. This is surprising since positively charged liposomes were heretofore recognized as most useful for binding DNA. Liposomes with 5 mole % to 10 mole % DPPA function as highly effective gas and gaseous precursor retaining structures. Compositions incorporating phosphatidic acid are more robust for diagnostic ultrasound and useful for carrying DNA as well as other pharmaceuticals.
  • phosphatidic acid e.g. dipalmitoylphosphatidic acid in molar arnounts in excess of 5 mole % and preferably about 10 mole %
  • nanoparticles, microparticles, and emulsions of certain precursors are particularly effective at accumulating in ischemic and diseased tissue.
  • Such precursors can be used for detecting ischemic and diseased tissue via ultrasound and also for delivering drugs to these tissues.
  • drugs By co-entrapping drugs with the emulsions or nanoparticles comprising the gaseous precursors said drugs can then be delivered to the diseased tissues.
  • emulsions of, sulfur hexafluoride, hesafluoropropylene, bromochlorofluoromethane, octafluoropropane, 1,1 dichloro,fluoro ethane, hexafluoroethane, hesafluoro-2-butyne, perfluoropentane, perfluorobutane, octafluoro-2-butene or hexafluorobuta-1,3-diene or octafluorocyclopentene (27° C.) can be used to deliver drugs such as cardiac glycosides, angiogenic factors and vasoactive compounds to ischemic regions of the myocardium.
  • emulsions of the above precursors may also be used to deliver antisense DNA or chemotherapeutics to tumors. It is postulated that subtle changes in temperature, pH and oxygen tension are responsible for the accumulation of certain precursors preferentially by diseased and ischemic tissues. These precursors can be used as a delivery vehicle or in ultrasound for drug delivery.
  • Suitable therapeutics include, but are not limited to paramagnetic gases, such as atmospheric air, which contains traces of oxygen 17; paramagnetic ions such as Mn +2 , Gd +2 , Fe +3 ; iron oxides or magnetite (Fe 3 O 4 ) and may thus be used as susceptibility contrast agents for magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), radioopaque metal ions, such as iodine, barium, bromine, or tungsten, for use as x-ray contrast agents, gases from quadrupolar nuclei, may have potential for use as Magnetic Resonance contrast agents, antineoplastic agents, such as platinum compounds (e.g., spiroplatin, cisplatin, and carboplatin), methotrexate, fluorouracil, adriamycin, taxol, mitomycin, ansamitocin, bleomycin, cytosine arabinoside, arabinosyl adenine, mercaptopolylysine,
  • the therapeutic is a monoclonal antibody, such as a monoclonal antibody capable of binding to melanoma antigen.
  • Other preferred therapeutics include genetic material such as nucleic acids, RNA, and DNA, of either natural or synthetic origin, including recombinant RNA and DNA and antisense RNA and DNA.
  • Types of genetic material that may be used include, for example, genes carried on expression vectors such as plasmids, phagemids, cosmids, yeast artificial chromosomes (YACs), and defective or “helper” viruses, antigene nucleic acids, both single and double stranded RNA and DNA and analogs thereof, such as phosphorothioate, phosphoroamidate, and phosphorodithioate oligodeoxynucleotides. Additionally, the genetic material may be combined, for example, with proteins or other polymers.
  • Examples of genetic therapeutics that may be applied using the liposomes of the present invention include DNA encoding at least a portion of an HLA gene, DNA encoding at least a portion of dystrophin, DNA encoding at least a portion of CFTR, DNA encoding at least a portion of IL-2, DNA encoding at least a portion of TNF, an antisense oligonucleotide capable of binding the DNA encoding at least a portion of Ras.
  • DNA encoding certain proteins may be used in the treatment of many different types of diseases.
  • adenosine deaminase may be provided to treat ADA deficiency
  • tumor necrosis factor and/or interleukin-2 may be provided to treat advanced cancers
  • HDL receptor may be provided to treat liver disease
  • thymidine kinase may be provided to treat ovarian cancer, brain tumors, or HIV infection
  • HLA-B7 may be provided to treat malignant melanoma
  • interleukin-2 may be provided to treat neuroblastoma, malignant melanoma, or kidney cancer
  • interleukin-4 may be provided to treat cancer
  • HIV env may be provided to treat HIV infection
  • antisense ras/p53 may be provided to treat lung cancer
  • Factor VIII may be provided to treat Hemophilia B. See, for example, Thompson, L., Science, 1992, 258, 744-746.
  • more than one therapeutic may be applied using the liposomes.
  • a single liposome may contain more than one therapeutic or liposomes containing different therapeutics may be co-administered.
  • a monoclonal antibody capable of binding to melanoma antigen and an oligonucleotide encoding at least a portion of IL-2 may be administered at the same time.
  • the phrase “at least a portion of,” as used herein, means that the entire gene need not be represented by the oligonucleotide, so long as the portion of the gene represented provides an effective block to gene expression.
  • prodrugs may be encapsulated in the liposomes, and are included within the ambit of the term therapeutic, as used herein.
  • Prodrugs are well known in the art and include inactive drug precursors which, when exposed to high temperature, metabolizing enzymes, cavitation and/or pressure, in the presence of oxygen or otherwise, or when released from the liposomes, will form active drugs.
  • Such prodrugs can be activated from, or released from, gas-filled lipid spheres in the method of the invention, upon the application of ultrasound or radiofrequency microwave energy to the prodrug-containing liposomes with the resultant cavitation, heating, pressure, and/or release from the liposomes.
  • Suitable prodrugs will be apparent to those skilled in the art, and are described, for example, in Sinkula et al., J. Pharm. Sci. 1975, 64, 181-210, the disclosure of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • Prodrugs may comprise inactive forms of the active drugs wherein a chemical group is present on the prodrug which renders it inactive and/or confers solubility or some other property to the drug.
  • the prodrugs are generally inactive, but once the chemical group has been cleaved from the prodrug, by heat, cavitation, pressure, and/or by enzymes in the surrounding environment or otherwise, the active drug is generated.
  • prodrugs are well described in the art, and comprise a wide variety of drugs bound to chemical groups through bonds such as esters to short, medium or long chain aliphatic carbonates, hemiesters of organic phosphate, pyrophosphate, sulfate, amides, amino acids, azo bonds, carbamate, phosphamide, glucosiduronate, N-acetylglucosamine and ⁇ -glucoside.
  • Examples of drugs with the parent molecule and the reversible modification or linkage are as follows: convallatoxin with ketals, hydantoin with alkyl esters, chlorphenesin with glycine or alanine esters, acetaminophen with caffeine complex, acetylsalicylic acid with THAM salt, acetylsalicylic acid with acetamidophenyl ester, naloxone with sulfate ester, 15-methylprostaglandin F 2 ⁇ , with methyl ester, procaine with polyethylene glycol, erythromycin with alkyl esters, clindamycin with alkyl esters or phosphate esters, tetracycline with betaine salts, 7-acylaminocephalosporins with ring-substituted acyloxybenzyl esters, nandrolone with phenylproprionate decanoate esters, estradiol
  • Prodrugs may also be designed as reversible drug derivatives and utilized as modifiers to enhance drug transport to site-specific tissues.
  • parent molecules with reversible modifications or linkages to influence transport to a site specific tissue and for enhanced therapeutic effect include isocyanate with haloalkyl nitrosurea, testosterone with propionate ester, methotrexate (3-5′-dichloromethotrexate) with dialkyl esters, cytosine arabinoside with 5′-acylate, nitrogen mustard (2,2′-dichloro-N-methyldiethylamine), nitrogen mustard with aminomethyl tetracycline, nitrogen mustard with cholesterol or estradiol or dehydroepiandrosterone esters and nitrogen mustard with azobenzene.
  • a particular chemical group to modify a given drug may be selected to influence the partitioning of the drug into either the membrane or the internal space of the liposomes.
  • the bond selected to link the chemical group to the drug may be selected to have the desired rate of metabolism, e.g., hydrolysis in the case of ester bonds in the presence of serum esterases after release from the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes.
  • the particular chemical group may be selected to influence the biodistribution of the drug employed in the gaseous precursor-filled drug carrying liposome invention, e.g., N,N-bis(2-chloroethyl)-phosphorodiamidic acid with cyclic phosphoramide for ovarian adenocarcinoma.
  • the prodrugs employed within the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes may be designed to contain reversible derivatives which are utilized as modifiers of duration of activity to provide, prolong or depot action effects.
  • nicotinic acid may be modified with dextran and carboxymethlydextran esters, streptomycin with alginic acid salt, dihydrostreptomycin with pamoate salt, cytarabine (ara-C) with 5′-adamantoate ester, ara-adenosine (ara-A) with 5-palmitate and 5′-benzoate esters, amphotericin B with methyl esters, testosterone with 17- ⁇ -alkyl esters, estradiol with formate ester, prostaglandin with 2-(4-imidazolyl)ethylamine salt, dopamine with amino acid amides, chloramphenicol with mono- and bis(trimethylsilyl) ethers, and cycloguanil with pa
  • compounds which are generally thermally labile may be utilized to create toxic free radical compounds.
  • Compounds with azolinkages, peroxides and disulfide linkages which decompose with high temperature are preferred.
  • azo, peroxide or disulfide bond containing compounds are activated by cavitation and/or increased heating caused by the interaction of high energy sound with the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes to create cascades of free radicals from these prodrugs entrapped therein.
  • a wide variety of drugs or chemicals may constitute these prodrugs, such as azo compounds, the general structure of such compounds being R—N ⁇ N—R, wherein R is a hydrocarbon chain, where the double bond between the two nitrogen atoms may react to create free radical products in vivo.
  • Exemplary drugs or compounds which may be used to create free radical products include azo containing compounds such as azobenzene, 2,2′-azobisisobutyronitrile, azodicarbonamide, azolitmin, azomycin, azosemide, azosulfamide, azoxybenzene, aztreonam, sudan III, sulfachrysoidine, sulfamidochrysoidine and sulfasalazine, compounds containing disulfide bonds such as sulbentine, thiamine disulfide, thiolutin, thiram, compounds containing peroxides such as hydrogen peroxide and benzoylperoxide, 2,2′-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2,2′-azobis(2-amidopropane) dihydrochloride, and 2,2′-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile).
  • azo containing compounds such as azobenzene, 2,2′-azo
  • a gaseous precursor-filled liposome filled with oxygen gas should create extensive free radicals with cavitation.
  • metal ions from the transition series especially manganese, iron and copper can increase the rate of formation of reactive oxygen intermediates from oxygen.
  • metal ions may be incorporated into the liposomes as free salts, as complexes, e.g., with EDTA, DTPA, DOTA or desferrioxamine, or as oxides of the metal ions.
  • derivatized complexes of the metal ions may be bound to lipid head groups, or lipophilic complexes of the ions may be incorporated into a lipid bilayer, for example.
  • thermal stimulation e.g., cavitation
  • these metal ions then will increase the rate of formation of reactive oxygen intermediates.
  • radiosensitizers such as metronidazole and misonidazole may be incorporated into the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes to create free radicals on thermal stimulation.
  • an acylated chemical group may be bound to a drug via an ester linkage which would readily cleave in vivo by enzymatic action in serum.
  • the acylated prodrug is incorporated into the gaseous precursor-filled liposome of the invention.
  • the derivatives, in addition to hydrocarbon and substituted hydrocarbon alkyl groups, may also be composed of halo substituted and perhalo substituted groups as perfluoroalkyl groups. Perfluoroalkyl groups should possess the ability to stabilize the emulsion.
  • the gaseous precursor-filled liposome When the gaseous precursor-filled liposome is popped by the sonic pulse from the ultrasound, the prodrug encapsulated by the liposome will then be exposed to the serum. The ester linkage is then cleaved by esterases in the serum, thereby generating the drug.
  • ultrasound may be utilized not only to rupture the gaseous precursor-filled liposome, but also to cause thermal effects which may increase the rate of the chemical cleavage and the release of the active drug from the prodrug.
  • the liposomes may also be designed so that there is a symmetric or an asymmetric distribution of the drug both inside and outside of the liposome.
  • the particular chemical structure of the therapeutics may be selected or modified to achieve desired solubility such that the therapeutic may either be encapsulated within the internal gaseous precursor-filled space of the liposome, attached to the liposome or enmeshed in the liposome.
  • the surface-bound therapeutic may bear one or more acyl chains such that, when the bubble is popped or heated or ruptured via cavitation, the acylated therapeutic may then leave the surface and/or the therapeutic may be cleaved from the acyl chains chemical group.
  • other therapeutics may be formulated with a hydrophobic group which is aromatic or sterol in structure to incorporate into the surface of the liposome.
  • VWR Scientific Model Welch 2-Stage DirecTorr Pump
  • the bottle After filling the bottle with perfluorobutane the bottle was secured to the arms of a Wig-L-Bug (Crescent Dental Mfg. Co., Lyons, Ill.) using rubber bands to fasten the bottle. The bottle was then shaken by the Wig-L-BugTM for 60 seconds. A frothy suspension of foam resulted and it was noted that it took several minutes for any appreciable separation of the foam layer from the clear solution at the bottom. After shaking, the volume of the material increased from 5 cc to about 12 cc, suggesting that the liposomes entrapped about 7 cc of the perfluorocarbon gaseous precursor.
  • the material was sized using an Accusizer (Model 770, Particle Sizing System, Santa Barbara, Calif.) and also examined by a light polarizing microscope (Nikon TMS, Nikon) at 150 ⁇ magnification power.
  • the liposomes appeared as rather large spherical structure with mean diameter of about 20 to 50 microns. A portion of these liposomes was then injected via a syringe through a Costar filter (Syrfil 800938, Costar, Pleasanton, Calif.) with pore sizes of 8 microns. The liposomes were again examined via light microscope and the Accusizer System.
  • the mean size of the liposomes was about 3 microns and the volume weighted mean was about 7 microns.
  • Imaging was performed in a New Zealand White rabbit weighing about 3.5 kg.
  • the animal was sedated with rabbit mix (Xylene 10 mg/ml; Ketamine 100 mg/ml and Acepromazine 20 mg/ml) and scanned with an Acoustic Imaging, Model No. 7200, clinical ultrasound machine, scanning the kidney by color doppler with a 7.5 MHz transducer.
  • an Acoustic Imaging Model No. 7200
  • the rabbits heart was also scanned using a second Acoustic Imaging ultrasound machine, model n. 5200, with a 7.5 MHz transducer for grey scale imaging of the heart.
  • Injection of the perfluorobutane-filled liposomes was administered via ear vein through a syringe fitted with a 8 micron filter (see above).
  • this experiment demonstrates how liposomes can be used to entrap a gaseous precursor and create very stable liposomes of defined and ideal size.
  • the invention has vast potential as an ultrasound contrast agent and for drug delivery. Because the liposomes are so stable they will pass through the target tissue (a tumor for example) via the circulation. Energy can then be focused on the target tissue using ultrasound, microwave radiofrequency or magnetic fields to pop the liposomes and perform local drug delivery.
  • Gaseous precursor-filled lipid bilayers were prepared as in Example 1 except, after addition of the gaseous precursor, the contents were microfluidized through six passes on a Microfluidics microfluidizer (Microfluidics Inc., Newton, Mass.). The stroke pressure ranged between 10,000 and 20,000 psi. Continuing with the preparation as per Example 1, produced gas-filled lipid bilayers with gaseous precursor encapsulated.
  • Gas-filled lipid bilayers were prepared as set forth in Example 6 except for the fact that DPPC was used in combination with 5 mole % phosphatidic acid (Avanti Polar Lipids, Alabaster, Ala.). Formulation of gas-filled lipid bilayers resulted in an increase in solubility as exemplified by a decrease in the amount of lipid particulate in the lower aqueous vehicle layer. Resultant sizing appeared to decrease the overall mean size vs. DPPC alone to less than 40 um.
  • Perfluorobutane encapsulated lipid bilayers were formed as discussed in Example 3 except that the lipid formulation contained 82% dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine, 10 mole % dipalmitoylphosphatidic acid, and 8 mole % dipalmitoylphosphatidylethanolamine-PEG 5,000 (Avanti Polar Lipids, Alabaster, Ala.) in a vehicle consisting of 8:1:1 (v:v:v) normal saline:propylene glycol:glycerol, yielding a foam and a lower vehicle layer that was predominantly devoid of any particulate. Variations of this vehicle yielded varying degrees of clarity to the lower vehicle layer.
  • Example 3 The formulation was prepared identically as in Example 3 to yield gas-filled lipid bilayers containing perfluorobutane. Prior to filtration, the gas-filled microspheres were sized on a Particle Sizing SYstems Model 770 optical sizer (Particle Sizing Systems, Santa Barbara, Calif.). Sizing resulted in 99% of all particles residing below 34 ⁇ m. The resultant product ws then filtered through an 8 ⁇ m filter to yield microspheres of uniform size. Sizing of the subsequent microspheres resulted in 99.5% of all particles residing below 10 ⁇ m. This product was used in the in vivo experiments in Example 1.
  • DSPA distearoyl-sn-glycerophospate
  • the supernatant and the precipitate were assayed for DNA content using a Hoefer TKO-100 DNA Fluorometer (Hoefer, San Francisco, Calif.). This method only detects double stranded DNA as it uses an intercalating dye, Hoechst 33258 which is DNA specific. It was found that the negatively charged liposomes, or lipids with a net negative charge, prepared with phosphatidic acid surprisingly bound the DNA. This experiment was repeated using neutral liposomes composed of DPPC as a control. No appreciable amount of DNA was detected with the DPPC liposomes.
  • a Microfluidizer (Microfluidics, Newton, Mass.) was placed in a cold room at ⁇ 20° C. A stoppered glass flask containing a head space of 35 cc of perfluorobutane and 25 cc of lipid solution was taken into the cold room. The lipid solution contained an 83:8:5 molar ratio of DPPC:DPPE+PEG 5,000:DPPA in 8:1:1 phosphate buffered saline (pH 7.4):glycerol:propylene glycol. The solution did not freeze in the cold room but the perfluorobutane became liquid.
  • the hydrated suspension is then shaken on a vortex machine (Scientific Industries, Bohemia, N.Y.) for 10 minutes at an instrument setting of 6.5. A total volume of 12 ml is then noted.
  • the saline solution is expected to decrease from 5.0 ml to about 4 ml.
  • the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes made via this new method are then sized by optical microscopy. It will be determined that the largest size of the liposomes ranged from about 50 to about 60 ⁇ m and the smallest size detected is about 8 ⁇ m. The average size ranges from about 15 to about 20 ⁇ m.
  • the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes are then filtered through a 10 or 12 ⁇ m “NUCLEPORE” membrane using a Swin-Lok Filter Holder, (Nuclepore Filtration Products, Costar Corp., Cambridge, Mass.) and a 20 cc syringe (Becton Dickinsion & Co., Rutherford, N.J.).
  • the membrane is a 10 or 12 ⁇ m “NUCLEPORE” membrane (Nuclepore Filtration Products, Costar Corp., Cambridge, Mass.).
  • the 10.0 ⁇ m filter is placed in the Swin-Lok Filter Holder and the cap tightened down securely.
  • the liposome solution is shaken up and transferred to the 20 cc syringe via an 18 gauge needle.
  • the survival rate (the amount of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes that are retained after the extrusion process) of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes after the extrusion through the 10.0 ⁇ m filter is about 83-92%.
  • the volume of foam Before hand extrusion, the volume of foam is about 12 ml and the volume of aqueous solution is about 4 ml. After hand extrusion, the volume of foam is about 10-11 ml and the volume of aqueous solution is about 4 ml.
  • the optical microscope is used again to determine the size distribution of the extruded gaseous precursor-filled liposomes. It will be determined that the largest size of the liposomes range from about 25 to about 30 ⁇ m and the smallest size detected is about 5 ⁇ m. The average size range is from about 8 to about 15 ⁇ m.
  • the dried lipid is taken off the lyophilizer and rehydrated in 5 ml of saline solution and vortexed for ten minutes at a setting of 6.5. A small sample of this solution is pipetted onto a slide and the solution is viewed under a microscope. The size of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes will then be determined. It will be determined that the largest size of the liposomes is about 60 ⁇ m and the smallest size detected is about 20 ⁇ m. The average size range is from about 30 to about 40 ⁇ m.
  • Two centrifuge tubes are prepared, each having 50 mg of DPPC. 1 mol % ( ⁇ 0.2 mg of Duponol C lot No. 2832) of sodium lauryl sulfate is added to one of the centrifguge tubes, and the other tube receives 10 mol % (2.0 mg of Duponol C lot No. 2832). Five ml of 0.9% NaCl is added to both centrifuge tubes. 165 ⁇ L mL ⁇ 1 of 2-methyl-2-butene is added to both tubes. Both of the tubes are frozen in liquid nitrogen and lyophilized for approximately 16 hours. Both samples are removed from the lyophilizer and 5 ml of saline is added to both of the tubes. Both of the tubes are vortexed at position 6.5 for 10 minutes.
  • the largest size of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes with 1 mol % of sodium lauryl sulfate is about 75 ⁇ m and the smallest size detected is about 6 ⁇ m.
  • the average size range is from about 15 to about 40 ⁇ m. It will be determined that the largest size of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes with 10 mol % of sodium lauryl sulfate is about 90 ⁇ m and the smallest size detected is about 6 ⁇ m.
  • the average size range is from about 15 to about 35 ⁇ m.
  • the volume of foam in the solution containing gaseous precursor-filled liposomes with 1 mol % sodium lauryl sulfate is about 15 ml and the volume of aqueous solution is about 3-4 ml.
  • the volume of foam in the solution containing gaseous precursor-filled liposomes with 10 mol % sodium lauryl sulfate is also about 15 ml and the volume of aqueous solution is about 3-4 ml.
  • a micro tip is used to sonicate for 10 minutes at a temperature of 4° C. Following sonication, the temperature is increased to 40° C. and the solution is viewed under an optical microscope. There will be evidence of gaseous precursor-filled liposomes having been produced.
  • This example determined whether a lower concentration limit of the lipid halts the production of gaseous precursor-filled liposomes.
  • Ten mg of 1,2-Dipalmitoyl-Sn-Glycero-3-Phosphocholine (Avanti-Polar Lipids, Alabaster, Ala.) is added to 10 ml of saline.
  • To this suspension is added 165 ⁇ L/mL ⁇ 1 of 2-methyl-2-butene.
  • the lipid/saline/gas precursor solution is vortexed at position 6.5 for 10 minutes. The solution is viewed under an optical microscope for sizing. It will be determined that the largest size of the liposomes ranges from about 30 to about 45 ⁇ m and the smallest size detected is about 7 ⁇ m. The average size range is from about 30 to about 45 ⁇ m.
  • Unfiltered gaseous precursor-filled liposomes may be drawn into a 50 ml syringe and passed through a cascade of a “NUCLEPORE” 10 ⁇ m filter and 8 ⁇ m filter that are a minimum of 150 ⁇ m apart (FIGS. 3 and 4).
  • the sample may be filtered through a stack of 10 ⁇ m and 8 ⁇ m filters that are immediately adjacent to each other.
  • Gaseous precursor-filled liposomes are passed through the filters at a pressure whereby the flow rate is 2.0 ml min ⁇ 1 .
  • the subsequently filtered gaseous precursor-filled liposomes are then measured for yield of gaseous precursor-filled lipid liposomes which results in a volume of 80-90% of the unfiltered volume.
  • the resulting gaseous precursor-filled liposomes are sized by four different methods to determine their size and distribution. Sizing is performed on a Particle Sizing Systems Model 770 Optical Sizing unit, a Zeiss Axioplan optical microscope interfaced to image processing software manufactured by Universal Imaging, and a Coulter Counter (Coulter Electronics Limited, Luton, Beds., England). As seen in FIGS. 5 and 6, the size of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes are more uniformly distributed around 8-10 ⁇ m as compared to the unfiltered gaseous precursor-filled liposomes. Thus, it can be seen that the filtered gaseous precursor-filled liposomes are of much more uniform size.
  • DPPC dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine
  • 10 ml of 0.9% NaCl are added to a 50 ml Falcon centrifuge tube (Becton-Dickinson, Lincoln Park, N.J.) and maintained at an ambient temperature (approx. 20° C.).
  • 165 ⁇ L/mL ⁇ 1 of 2-methyl-2-butene is added to this suspension.
  • the suspension is then extruded through a 1 ⁇ m Nuclepore (Costar, Desion, Calif.) polycarbonate membrane under nitrogen pressure.
  • the resultant suspension is sized on a Particle Sizing Systems (Santa Barbara, Calif.) Model 370 laser light scattering sizer. All lipid particles are 1 ⁇ m or smaller in mean outside diameter.
  • the same amount of DPPC/gas precursor suspension is passed five times through a MicrofluidicsTM (Microfluidics Corporation, Newton, Mass.) microfluidizer at 18,000 p.s.i.
  • the suspension which becomes less murky, is sized on a Particle Sizing Systems (Santa Barbara, Calif.) Sub Micron Particle Sizer Model 370 laser light scattering sizer where it is found that the size is uniformly less than 1 ⁇ m.
  • the particle size of microfluidized suspensions is known to remain stable up to six months.
  • the same amount of DPPC/gas precursor suspension is passed five times through a MicrofluidicsTM (Microfluidics Corporation, Newton, Mass.), microfluidizer at 18,000 p.s.i.
  • the resultant suspension which is less murky, is sized on a Sub Micron Particle Sizer Systems Model 370 laser light scattering sizer and it is found that the size is uniformly less than 1 ⁇ m.
  • the sterile suspension After equilibration to room temperature (approx. 20° C.), the sterile suspension is used for gaseous precursor instillation.
  • the liquid is vortexed on a VWR Genie-2 (120V, 0.5 amp, 60 Hz.) (Scientific Industries, Inc., Bohemia, N.Y.) for 10 minutes or until a time that the total volume of gaseous precursor-filled liposomes is at least double or triple the volume of the original aqueous lipid solution.
  • the solution at the bottom of the tube is almost totally devoid of anhydrous particulate lipid, and a large volume of foam containing gaseous precursor-filled liposomes results.
  • prior autoclaving does not affect the ability of the lipid suspension to form gaseous precursor-filled liposomes.
  • Autoclaving does not change the size of the liposomes, and it does not decrease the ability of the lipid suspensions to form gaseous precursor-filled liposomes.
  • the tube After equilibration of the lipid suspension to room temperature (approximately 20° C.), the tube is then placed upright on a VWR Scientific Orbital shaker (VWR Scientific, Cerritos, Calif.) and shaken at 300 r.p.m. for 30 minutes. The resultant agitation on the shaker table results in the production of gaseous precursor-filled liposomes.
  • VWR Scientific Orbital shaker VWR Scientific, Cerritos, Calif.
  • the above experiment may be performed replacing perfluoropentane with sulfur hexafluoride, hexafluoropropylene, bromochlorofluoromethane, octafluoropropane, 1,1 dichloro, fluoro ethane, hexafluoroethane, hexafluoro-2-butyne, perfluoropentane, perfluorobutane, octafluoro-2-butene or hexafluorobuta-1,3-diene or octafluorocyclopentene, all with the production of gaseous precursor filled liposomes.
  • Gaseous precursor-filled liposomes are produced from DPPC as described in Example 17.
  • the resultant unfiltered liposomes are drawn into a 50 ml syringe and passed through a cascade filter system consisting of a “NUCLEPORE” (Costar, Desion, Calif.) 10 ⁇ m filter followed by an 8 ⁇ m filter spaced a minimum of 150 ⁇ m apart.
  • a stacked 10 ⁇ m and 8 ⁇ m filtration assembly is used, with the two filters adjacent to one another.
  • Gaseous precursor-filled liposomes are passed through the filters at a pressure such that they are filtered a rate of 2.0 ml/min.
  • the filtered gaseous precursor-filled liposomes yields a volume of 80-90% of the unfiltered volume.
  • the resultant gaseous precursor-filled liposomes are sized by four different methods to determine their size distribution. Sizing is performed on a Particle Sizing Systems (Santa Barbara, Calif.) Model 770 Optical Sizing unit, and a Zeiss (Oberkochen, Germany) Axioplan optical microscope interfaced to image processing software (Universal Imaging, West Chester, Pa.) and a Coulter Counter (Coulter Electronics Limited, Luton, Beds., England). As illustrated in FIG. 8, the size of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes is more uniformly distributed around 8-10 ⁇ m as compared to the unfiltered gaseous precursor-filled liposomes.
  • Example 6 The same procedure as in Example 6 is performed except that the shaker used is a Crescent “Wig-L-Bug (Crescent Manufacturing Dental Co., Lyons, Ill.). The formulation is then agitated for 60 seconds instead of the usual 5 minutes to 10 minutes as described previously. Gas-filled lipid spheres are produced.
  • the shaker used is a Crescent “Wig-L-Bug (Crescent Manufacturing Dental Co., Lyons, Ill.).
  • the formulation is then agitated for 60 seconds instead of the usual 5 minutes to 10 minutes as described previously. Gas-filled lipid spheres are produced.
  • Example 23 An experiment identical to Example 23 was performed where the suspension was vortexed and injected into a Harlan-Sprague Dawley rat, 300 grams, previously given a C5A tumor cell line in the left femoral region. A Richmar 1 MHz therapeutic ultrasound was then placed over the tumor region and an adriamycin embedded lipid suspension injected intravenously. The therapeutic ultrasound was then placed on a continuous wave (100% duty cycle) setting and the tumor heated. A second rat, having a C5A tumor cell line in the left femoral region, was given an identical dose of the adriamycin emulsion, however, no ultrasound was utilized in this animal. Within three weeks it was noted that the tumor, compared to the control without the use of ultrasound, was noticeably smaller.
  • the present invention also relates to the use of ultrasonic energy to heat biological tissues and fluids, and more specifically, to the use of hyperthermia potentiators, such as gases, gaseous precursors and perfluorocarbons, in combination with ultrasound to facilitate the selective heating of the tissues and fluids.
  • hyperthermia potentiators such as gases, gaseous precursors and perfluorocarbons
  • the use of the ultrasound induced heat serves to increase blood flow to the affected regions, resulting in various beneficial effects.
  • the temperature of the tumorous tissue rises, generally at a higher rate than in normal tissue. As this temperature reaches above about 43° C., the tumorous cells begin to die and, if all goes well, the tumor eventually disappears.
  • Ultrasound induced heat treatment of biological tissues and fluids is known in the art as hyperthermic ultrasound.
  • the present invention is also directed toward improving the effectiveness and utility of hyperthermic ultrasound by providing agents capable of promoting the selective heating of targeted tissues and body fluids.
  • the present invention is also directed to a method for heat treating biological tissues and fluids which comprises administering to the tissue or fluid to be treated a thera-peutically effective amount of a hyperthermia potentiator, and then applying ultrasound to that tissue or fluid.
  • hypothermic ultrasound becomes a better, more selective and more effective therapeutic method for the treatment of tumors, inflammation, and arthritis, as well as other various conditions.
  • This figure provides a graph which plots the temperature over time for three different samples subjected to ultrasound treatment using a 1.0 megahertz continuous wave source of ultrasonic energy.
  • Sample 1 multilamellar vesicles composed of egg phosphatidylcholine and having encapsulated therein CO 2 gas
  • Sample 3 a phosphate buffered saline solution pressurized with CO 2 gas
  • Sample 2 a degassed phosphate buffered saline solution
  • This figure provides a graph which plots the temperature over time for two different samples subjected to ultrasound treatment using a 1.0 megahertz continuous wave source of ultrasonic energy.
  • Sample 2 (a phosphate buffered saline solution pressurized with CO 2 gas) shows a much greater increase in temperature over time than Sample 1 (a degassed phosphate buffered saline solution).
  • the present invention is also directed to a method for heat treating biological tissues and fluids comprising administering to the tissues or fluids to be treated a therapeutically effective amount of a hyperthermia potentiator, and then applying ultrasound to said tissue or fluid.
  • hyperthermia potentiator denotes any biocompatible solid, liquid or gas capable of increasing the rate of ultrasound induced heating in biological tissues and fluids to which it is administered.
  • the hyperthermia potentiator is selected from the group consisting of gas, gaseous precursors and perfluorocarbons.
  • any and all biocompatible gases may be employed as hyperthermia potentiators in the subject method.
  • the gas employed is air, carbon dioxide, oxygen, nitrogen, xenon, argon, neon or helium, or any and all combinations thereof.
  • the gas is in the form of stabilized gas bubbles.
  • the gas bubbles may be stabilized by a number of different means well-known to those skilled in the art.
  • the gas employed as the hyperthermia potentiator is air and the air is provided in the form of stabilized air bubbles.
  • Gaseous precursors can also be employed as hyperthermia potentiators in the present method.
  • the gaseous precursors may be of various types, and include temperature sensitive, pressure sensitive, photo sensitive, and pH sensitive gaseous precursors which are designed to form gas either before or after administration to the biological tissue or fluid being treated.
  • Such gaseous precursors have the advantage of being more stable on long-term storage than in many cases the gases themselves, including the stabilized gas bubbles.
  • pH sensitive gaseous precursor denotes a compound in solid or liquid form which, when exposed to a change in pH, will form a gas.
  • Such compounds include, but are not limited to, metal carbonate and bicarbonate salts, such as the alkali metal carbonates and bicarbonates, and the alkaline earth carbonates and bicarbonates, and mixtures thereof.
  • metal carbonate and bicarbonate salts such as the alkali metal carbonates and bicarbonates, and the alkaline earth carbonates and bicarbonates, and mixtures thereof.
  • Exemplary of such compounds are lithium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, lithium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate, magnesium carbonate, calcium carbonate, magnesium bicarbonate, and the like.
  • Also useful gas generating compounds are ammonium carbonate, ammonium bicarbonate, ammonium sesquecarbonate, sodium sesquecarbonate, and the like.
  • pH-activated gaseous precursors include aminomalonate, which, when dissolved in water, generally shows a pH of about 5 to 6.
  • the pka1 of aminomalonate is 3.32 and the pka2 is 9.83.
  • Aminomalonate is well known in the art, and its preparation is described, for example, in Thanassi, Biochemistry, Vol. 9, no. 3, pp. 525-532 (1970), Fitzpatrick et al., Inorganic Chemistry, Vol. 13, no. 3, pp. 568-574 (1974), Stelmashok et al., Koordinatsionnaya Khimiya, Vol. 3, no. 4, pp. 524-527 (1977).
  • Other suitable pH sensitive gaseous precursors will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
  • such compounds can be activated prior to administration, if desired.
  • a gaseous precursor with the appropriate pKa one skilled in the art can prepare a formulation that will form a gas after it has been administered to the biological tissues or fluids.
  • the pH sensitive gaseous precursors for example, may form gas at a site with lower pH such as in a hypoxic, acidic tumor, or may simply form a gas upon exposure to physiological pH.
  • photo sensitive gaseous precursor denotes a light sensitive compound in solid or liquid form which becomes a gas after exposure to such light.
  • Suitable photosensitive compounds include diazonium compounds which decompose to form nitrogen gas after exposure to ultraviolet light. Another suitable compound is aminomalonate.
  • other gaseous precursors may be chosen which form gas after exposure to light. Depending upon the application, exposure to such light may be necessary prior to administration, or in some instances can occur subsequent to administration.
  • temperature sensitive gaseous precursor denotes a solid or liquid compound which forms a gas following a change in temperature.
  • Suitable temperature sensitive gaseous precursors are well known to those skilled in the art, and include, for example, methylactate, a compound which is in a liquid phase at ambient temperatures, but which forms a gas at physiological temperatures.
  • methylactate a compound which is in a liquid phase at ambient temperatures, but which forms a gas at physiological temperatures.
  • such compounds can be activated prior to administration or, as in the case of methylactate, can be activated upon administration at physiological temperatures or as a result of the ultrasound induced hyperthermia.
  • gaseous precursors for use with the present invention are those selected from the group consisting of aminomalonate, sodium bicarbonate, methylactate and diazonium compounds, including any and all combinations thereof.
  • the hyperthermia potentiators employed in the method of the subject invention may also comprise one or more perfluorocarbons, preferably a perfluorocarbon compound selected from the group consisting of perfluoro-octyliodide, perfluorotributyl-amine, perfluorotripropyl-amine and perfluorooctlybromide, and any and all combinations thereof.
  • perfluorocarbons are administered in the form of an emulsion. Such emulsions are particularly desirable when using perfluorocarbons for intravascular injection to avoid uptake by the pulmonary vasculature.
  • the emulsion particles should be smaller than 5 microns in size to allow passage through the pulmonary microcirculation.
  • the art of preparing emulsions is well-known, and the subject perfluorocarbon emulsions can be prepared in any conventional fashion, such as by those procedures shown in U.S. Pat. No. 4,865,836 for the preparation of perfluorocarbon emulsions, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
  • the hyperthermia potentiators such as the gases, gaseous precursors and perfluorocarbons described herein, may be encapsulated in liposomes prior to administration, or may be otherwise stabilized. Stabilized gas bubbles are particularly preferred.
  • stabilized gas bubbles refers to any construct wherein the release of gas bubbles is prevented, constrained or modulated.
  • Liposomes may be prepared using any one or a combination of conventional liposome preparatory techniques.
  • conventional techniques include sonication, chelate dialysis, homogenization, solvent infusion coupled with extrusion, freeze-thaw extrusion, microemulsification, as well as others. These techniques, as well as others, are discussed, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 4,728,578, U.K. Patent Application G.B. 2193095 A, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,728,575, 4,737,323, International Application PCT/US85/01161, Mayer et al., Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, Vol. 858, pp.
  • the materials which may be utilized in preparing the liposomes of the present invention include any of the materials or combinations thereof known to those skilled in the art as suitable in liposome construction.
  • the lipids used may be of either natural or synthetic origin. Such materials include, but are not limited to, lipids such as cholesterol, cholesterol hemisuccinate, phosphatidyl-choline, phosphatidylethanolamine, phosphatidylserine, phosphatidylglycerol, phosphatidic acid, phosphatidyl-inositol, lysolipids, fatty acids, sphingomyelin, glycosphingolipids, glucolipids, glycolipids, sulphatides, lipids with ether and ester-linked fatty acids, polymerizable lipids, and combinations thereof.
  • the liposomes may be synthesized in the absence or presence of incorporated glycolipid, complex carbohydrate, protein or synthetic polymer, using conventional procedures.
  • the surface of a liposome may also be modified with a polymer, such as, for example, with polyethylene glycol (PEG), using procedures readily apparent to those skilled in the art.
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • any species of lipid may be used, with the sole proviso that the lipid or combination of lipids and associated materials incorporated within the lipid matrix should form a bilayer phase under physiologically relevant conditions.
  • the composition of the liposomes may be altered to modulate the biodistribution and clearance properties of the resulting liposomes.
  • the size of the vesicles can be adjusted by a variety of procedures including filtration, sonication, homogenization and similar methods to modulate liposomal biodistribution and clearance.
  • the vesicles can be subjected to repeated cycles of freezing and thawing.
  • the liposomes employed may be of varying sizes, but preferably have a mean outer diameter between about 30 nanometers and about 10 microns.
  • vesicle size influences biodistribution and, therefore, different size vesicles are selected for various purposes.
  • vesicle size is generally no larger than about 2 microns, and generally no smaller than about 30 nanometers, in mean outer diameter.
  • larger vesicles e.g., between about 2 and about 10 micron mean outside diameter may be employed, if desired.
  • the lipids employed may be selected to optimize the particular therapeutic use, minimize toxicity and maximize shelf-life of the product.
  • Neutral vesicles composed of either saturated or unsaturated phosphatidyl-choline, with or without sterol, such as cholesterol, function quite well as intravascular hyperthermia potentiators to entrap gas and perfluorocarbons.
  • a negatively charged lipid such as phosphatidylglycerol, phosphatidylserine or similar materials is added.
  • the liposome can be polymerized using polymerizable lipids, or the surface of the vesicle can be coated with polymers such as polyethylene glycol so as to protect the surface of the vesicle from serum proteins, or gangliosides such as GM1 can be incorporated within the lipid matrix.
  • Vesicles or micelles may also be prepared with attached receptors or antibodies to facilitate their targeting to specific cell types such as tumors.
  • the gas, gaseous precursors, perfluorocarbons, and other hyperthermia potentiators can be encapsulated by the liposome by being added to the medium in which the liposome is being formed, in accordance with conventional protocol.
  • gases are concerned, the procedures preferably employed are those techniques for encapsulating gases within a liposome described in applicant's copending application U.S. Ser. No. 569,828, filed on Aug. 20, 1990, the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety herein.
  • ionophores should be incorporated into the liposome membrane so that the gaseous precursors can more efficiently produce gas when exposed to a pH gradient. Indeed, it has been found that although liposomes are not impermeable to protons or hydroxide ions, the permeability coefficient of liposomes is generally so very low that it often takes weeks or months to dissipate a pH gradient. Providing a more rapid transport of hydrogen ions or hydroxide ions across a liposome membrane in order to activate pH-modulated gaseous precursors is necessary.
  • ionophores in the liposome membrane, in accordance with the present invention, provides the necessary means of transporting the activating ions. By increasing the rate of hydrogen or hydroxide ion flux across the liposome membrane, such ionophores will increase the rate within the liposome of gas formation from the pH-activated gaseous precursor.
  • ionophore-containing liposome denotes a liposome having incorporated in the membrane thereof an ionophore.
  • ionophore denotes compounds which are capable of facilitating the transport of ions across the liposome membrane to effect a change in pH inside the liposome membrane, and include compounds commonly referred to as proton carriers and channel formers.
  • Suitable ionophores include proton carriers such as nitro-, halo- and oxygenated phenols and carbonylcyanide phenylhydrazones.
  • proton carriers are carbonylcyanide, p-trifluoromethoxyphenylhydrazone (FCCP), carbonylcyanide M-chlorophenylhydrazone (CCCP), carbonylcyanide phenylhydrazine (CCP), tetrachloro-2-trifluoromethyl benzimidazole (TTFB), 5,6-dichloro-2-trifluoromethyl benzimidazole (DTFB), and Uncoupler 1799
  • Suitable channel formers include gramicidin, alamethicin, filipin, etruscomycin, nystatin, pimaricin, and amphotericin.
  • Suitable proton carriers include the following compounds which preferably exhibit selectivity for cations, but will also transport protons and/or hydroxide ions: valinomycin, enniatin (type A, B or C), beauvericin, monomycin, nonactin, monactin, dinactin, trinactin, tetranactin, antamanide, nigericin, monensin, salinomycin, narisin, mutalomycin, carriomycin, dianemycin, septamycin, A-204 A, X-206, X-537 A (lasalocid), A-23187 and dicyclohexyl-18-crown-6.
  • ionophores are well known in the art and are described, for example in Jain et al., Introduction to Biological Membranes, (J. Wiley and Sons, N.Y. 1980), especially pp. 192-231, and Metal Ions In Biological Systems, ed. H. Sygel, Vol. 19, “Antibiotics And Their Complexes” (Dekker, N.Y. 1985), disclosures of each of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
  • the ionophores may be used alone or in combination with one another.
  • the ionophores which are lipophilic, are simply added to the lipid mixture, and the liposomes are prepared in the usual fashion. They may also, if desired, be added after the liposome has been formed, and will spontaneously intercalate into the membrane.
  • a material may be formulated as a closed membrane-bounded structure encompassing the enclosed gas bubble, examples of which include, but are not limited to polymeric microcapsules prepared by a variety of methodologies such as those disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,898,734, polymer mixtures such as those described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,466,442, and albumin microspheres such as those disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,718,433, the disclosures of each of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
  • Such structures prevent or constrain the release of gas because either the entrapped gas bubble cannot physically pass through the intact membrane and/or the membranes have an intrinsically low permeability to the entrapped gas.
  • Materials may also be formulated as a macroreticulated porous structures which serve to physically entrap the gas bubble within a highly cross-linked matrix. Examples of such systems include, but are not limited to, cross-linked dextran beads, silica aerogels or cross-linked proteinaceous structures.
  • cross-link may be physical, i.e., non-covalent, as in the physical entwining of long polymer fibers, or else may be chemical, i.e., covalent, as in, for example, the glutaraldehyde cross-linking of synthetic polyaminoacid chains.
  • macroreticulated systems may be formulated as a hollow shell or as a filled structure. Micelle structures of lipids may also be employed.
  • a material may be prepared for which the gas has a naturally high affinity and is either absorbed onto the surface or is soluble within the material of the structure.
  • An example of the former includes, but is not limited to, carbon particles or low surface-tension surfactant particles onto which many gases absorb.
  • Examples of the latter include an oil in water emulsion or coacervate, or silicone particles in which a gas such as nitrogen may preferentially dissolve.
  • a gas such as nitrogen may preferentially dissolve.
  • Such materials might preferably be prepared under high pressure, or over a certain range of temperature, in order to maximize the amount of gas either absorbed to or dissolved within the material.
  • the hyperthermic potentiators of the present invention are administered to a biological tissue or to biological fluids, whereupon ultrasound is then applied to the biological matter.
  • the methods of the invention are particularly useful when employed in relation to such biological matter as tumor tissue, muscle tissue or blood fluids.
  • administration may be carried out in various fashions, such as intravascularly, intralymphatically, parenterally, subcutaneously, intramuscularly, intraperitoneally, interstitially, hyperbarically or intratumorly using a variety of dosage forms, the particular route of administration and the dosage used being dependent upon the type of therapeutic use sought, and the particular potentiating agent employed.
  • a gaseous hyperthermic potentiator may be injected directly into a tumor, with or without stabilization.
  • the air bubbles are preferably stabilized to avoid uptake by the pulmonary circulation.
  • Perfluorocarbons are preferably administered either intravascularly or interstitially. Typically, dosage is initiated at lower levels and increased until the desired temperature increase effect is achieved. In tumors with a principal dominant arterial supply such as the kidney, these hyperthermic potentiating agents may be administered intra-arterially.
  • the patient can be any type of mammal, but most preferably is a human.
  • the method of the invention is particularly useful in the treatment of tumors, various inflammatory conditions, and arthritis, especially in the treatment of tumors.
  • the stabilized bubbles, gaseous precursors and perfluorocarbons accumulate in tumors, particularly in the brain, because of the leaky capillaries and delayed wash-out from the diseased tissues.
  • the hyperthermic potentiating agents will accumulate.
  • the hyperthermic potentiators of the present invention may be used alone, or in combination with one another, such as in using perfluorocarbons in combination with gases.
  • the potentiators of the invention may be employed in combination with other therapeutic and/or diagnostic agents.
  • the hyperthermic potentiators may be administered in combination with various chemotherapeutic agents.
  • any of the various types of ultrasound imaging devices can be employed in the practice of the invention, the particular type or model of the device not being critical to the method of the invention.
  • devices specially designed for administering ultrasonic hyperthermia are preferred.
  • Such devices are described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,620,546, to Aida et al., U.S. Pat. No. 4,658,828, to Dory, and U.S. Pat. No. 4,586,512, to Do-huu et al., the disclosures of each of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
  • the Dory patent discloses that conventional echography apparatus are obviously used for examining tumors inside the body by forming an image thereof on the screen of a cathode ray tube. It also discloses applying ultrasound to the examination and hyperthernia treatment and provides an apparatus which combines the three functions of localizing the zone to be treated, of treating by raising the temperature in a well controlled way in a well defined restricted region within this zone and simultaneously checking the results of the treatment.
  • the hyperthermia treatment apparatus of this disclosure combines a generator of ultrasonic beam comprising a main high frequency wave emitter and a main piezoelectric transducer whose active surface is focusing, with an echography device comprising an auxiliary high frequency electric pulse generator associated with an auxiliary piezoelectric transducer and with means for causing the zone to be treated to be swept by the ultrasonic examination beam being generated by the auxiliary transducer; and with switching and adjusting means for causing, during main treatment and checking operation, the emission of said focused beam by the main transducer energized by the main emitter during periodic time intervals separated by shorter time intervals during which the emission of the examination beam and the formation of echographic images are carried out.
  • the Dory patent apparatus advantageously comprises a first auxiliary locating operation mode during which only the periodic emission of the examination beam by the auxiliary transducer is effected and preferably a second auxiliary operating mode for checking the focal region, during which only the periodic emission of the focused beam is effected, but the main emitter is synchronized by the synchronization circuit of the auxiliary generator for echographic operation, the time intervals which separate the successive emission periods during the two auxiliary operation modes being substantially smaller than the intervals which separate the periods of emission of the focused beam during the main mode.
  • the quality of the echographic image either of the zone to be treated (locating mode) or of the focal region (mode for checking the restricted region), will be substantially better than during the treatment mode, during which the successive images of the zone to be treated will follow each other for example at intervals of the order of a second, which however allow the position of the focal region to be checked satisfactorily during treatment.
  • the auxiliary transducer is fixed to the spherical surface of the main transducer and thus, during movement of this latter for bringing the focal spot into successive restricted regions of the tumor, the auxiliary transducer will at all times supply an image of the treated region and of the zone which surrounds it, thus allowing a permanent check of the treatment to be effected easily and accurately.
  • the Dory patent apparatus in part, comprises an echography device comprising a second transducer, electric pulse generator means coupled to said second ttransducer, means for effecting a scanning of an examination volume with the second ultrasound beam, receiver means coupled to said second transducer for receiving the echoes formed during reflexion of the second ultrasound beam on reflecting surfaces within the examination volume and imaging forming means coupled to the receiver means for displaying images of the examination volume, a focal zone being located in a predetermined relative position within the examination volume, and said image forming means further displaying a mark which materializes said predetermined position of the focal zone.
  • the Dory patent apparatus operates as follows: In locating operating mode, the operator searches for and localizes the zone to be treated.
  • the display device is adapted, in a way known per se, so as to materialize on the screen of the cathode ray tube (for example by means of a cross) the theoretical position of the focal spot in the sectional plane shown, which plane passes through the axis of symmetry of transducer 1 .
  • It is a question B type echography.
  • the operator begins by moving transducer 1 along X, until the tumor appears clearly on the screen, then he moves it along Y and Z, until the cross coincides with the central region of the image of the tumor (K, FIG. 4 of the Dory patent).
  • the switches may be placed in position for checking the focal region; only this matter is made visible on the screen, with a luminosity proportional to the corresponding energy concentration.
  • a representation is obtained of what the distribution of energy of the treatment wave will be, which allows the adjustments to be checked and perfected.
  • the apparatus only supplies one image per second, but this rate is sufficient for substantially permanently checking the position of the focal spot.
  • hyperthermic potentiators employed in the methods of the present invention are believed to possess their excellent results because of the following scientific postulates.
  • Ultrasonic energy may either be transmitted through a tissue, reflected or absorbed. It is believed that the potentiators of the invention serve to increase the absorption of sound energy within the biological tissues or fluids, which results in increased heating, thereby increasing the therapeutic effectiveness of ultrasonic hyperthermia.
  • Intense sonic energy is also believed to cause cavitation and, when cavitation occurs, this in turn is thought to cause intense local heating. Gas bubbles are believed to lower the cavitation threshold, that is, accelerate the process of cavitation during sonication.
  • gas bubbles and perfluorocarbons have high acoustic impedance differences between liquids and soft tissues, as well as decrease the cavitation threshold, the gas bubbles and perfluorocarbons may act to increase the rate of absorption of ultrasonic energy and effect a conversion of that energy into local heat. Additionally, the low thermal conductivity of gas may serve to decrease local heat dissipation, with the result that there is both an increase in the rate of heating and an increase in the final equilibrium temperature.
  • the potentiators of the present invention may serve to increase the acoustic heterogeneity and generate cavitation nuclei in tumors and tissues thereby acting as a potentiator of heating in ultrasonic hyperthermia. Because the gases and perfluorocarbons create an acoustic impedance mismatch between tissues and adjacent fluids, the perfluorocarbons and gas bubbles act similarly and increase the absorption of sound and conversion of the energy into heat.
  • Examples 25 through 31 are actual examples of the invention.
  • Examples 32 through 40 are prophetic examples meant to be illustrative of how the invention would operate under the specified conditions.
  • a cooled degassed solution of phosphate buffered saline (PBS) was subjected to ultrasonic hyperthernia.
  • Another equal volume of standard PBS was pressurized in a commercial soda syphon with carbon dioxide. The pressure was released and the solution was then subjected to ultrasound with identical parameters as for the previously described solution of PBS.
  • the gassed solution reached a significantly higher temperature than the degassed solution.
  • Liposomes encapsulating gas were prepared via a pressurization process as previously described in applicant's copending application, U.S. Ser. No. 569,828, filed Aug. 20, 1990. A liposome without gas was also prepared. The two samples were exposed to ultrasonic energy as described above. The results revealed improved heating for the liposomes that encapsulated the gas similar to that shown in FIG. 12. The gas, whether or not entrapped in an outer stabilizing covering such as a liposome, serves to potentiates the heating.
  • the advantage of using liposomes or other such stabilizing methods is that in vivo the stabilized bubbles may perhaps be more readily directed to sites, e.g., tumors than unencapsulated bubbles. Note that the nonencapsulated bubbles as described in Examples 25 and 26 were only stable for several minutes in solution, whereas the liposomal bubbles will have a much longer stablilty.
  • Albumin microspheres were prepared as previously described U.S. Pat. No. 4,718,433 to encapsulate air. Two solutions of PBS were prepared, one containing albumin microspheres encapsulating gas and the other containing a solution of the same concentration of albumin in degassed PBS. The concentration of albumin in both cases was 1%. Ultrasonic energy was then applied as in Example 25. The solution containing the gas filled albumin microspheres reached a significantly higher temperature than the solution of albumin without gas. The temperature increase observed for the gassed solution was similar to that observed for the samples containing gas described in Examples 25 through 27.
  • Stabilized air bubbles were prepared as previously described using a mixture of the polymers polyoxyethylene and polyoxypropylene as in U.S. Pat. No. 4,466,442 in solution. Ultrasonic energy was applied. Again, the temperature measurements showed a higher temperature for the solution containing the stabilized air bubbles.
  • a solution containing emulsions of perfluoro-octylbromide (PFOB) was prepared as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,865,836 (Sample 1), and the solution was exposed to ultrasonic hyperthermia. Additionally, a second solution of PFOB emulsion was prepared following the same procedures, except that this second solution was gassed with oxygen as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,927,623 (Sample 2). Sample 2 was then exposed to ultrasonic hyperthermia. The Samples 1 and 2 containing the PFOB both achieved a higher temperature upon ultrasound treatment than the degassed PBS of Examples 25 and 26. In addition, Sample 2 reached an even higher temperature with ultrasonic hyperthermia than Sample 1.
  • PFOB perfluoro-octylbromide
  • a tissue equivalent phantom was prepared using low temperature agar gel with a 50° C. gelling temperature.
  • a phantom was prepared from degassed PBS and 4% agar gel.
  • Another phantom was prepared, but in this case the liquid gel was pressurized with nitrogen gas at 180 psi for 24 hours in a custom built pressurization chamber at 52° C. The pressure was released over a period of 5 seconds thus forming microbubbles in the liquid yet viscous gel.
  • Both gel samples (degassed and that containing microbubbles) were allowed to gel and to cool to 37° C. The samples were then exposed to ultrasonic energy as above and the temperatures recorded.
  • the sample containing microbubbles again had a much higher rate of heating than the gel prepared from the degassed solution.
  • Two rats bearing C2 clonal derived epithelial carcinoma are treated with ultrasonic therapy.
  • 2 cc of nitrogen gas is injected into approximately 4 cc of tumor volume.
  • Hyperthermia is administered to both rats and the intra-tumoral temperature monitored.
  • the rat treated with an interstitial injection of nitrogen has a higher tumor temperature.
  • One group of rabbits bearing VX2 carcinoma of the brain are treated with ultrasonic hyperthermia while the tumor temperature and the temperature of the surrounding tissue is monitored with a probe.
  • a volume of 3 to 5 cc of perfluorooctybromide emulsion is injected into a second group of rabbits in the carotid artery ipsilateral to the brain tumor, while monitoring the tumor and surrounding tissue.
  • the rabbits treated with the PFOB show increased tumor temperatures and a more selective heating of the brain tumor as compared to the normal tissue.
  • Example 33 The same experiment as in Example 33 is repeated using a 3 cc injection of liposomes encapsulating gas. Again temperature measurements of tumor and normal tissue show increased temperature in the tumor relative to normal tissue of the animal treated with the gas filled liposomes.
  • a solution of liposomes encapsulating the gaseous precursor methylactate is prepared and suspended in PBS.
  • a control solution of PBS and the solution containing the liposomes encapsulating methylactate is heated with ultrasound and the temperature measured.
  • the temperature of the solution containing the liposomes encapsulating methylactate has a biexponential rate of heating reflecting the improvement in heating efficiency past the point at which gas is formed from the gaseous precursor.
  • the left femoral artery is catheterized using standard technique.
  • the renal artery is catheterized and 10 cc of a 1% solution of sonicated albumin microspheres entrapping gas is injected into the renal artery.
  • Therapeutic ultrasound is used to heat the tumor and the microbubbles of gas delivered to the tumor cause improved tumor heating.
  • Example 36 is repeated in another patient but in this case gas bubbles encapsulated in the tensides polyoxyethylene and polyoxypropylene are used to embolize the kidney. Again therapeutic ultrasound is applied to the kidney and the result is improved heating of the tumor.
  • Example 37 is repeated but this time using liposomes encapsulating both chemotherapy and carbon dioxide gas. Again hyperthermia is applied to the tumor using ultrasound and not only is there improved tumor heating, but also improved tumor response caused by the interaction of simultaneous heating and chemotherapy.
  • Small liposomes are prepared to entrap nitrogen gas under pressure.
  • Phase sensitive lipids are selected with gel to liquid crystalline transition temperature of 42.5° C. These are administered intravenously to a patient with glioblastoma multiforme, which is a usually deadly brain tumor.
  • Ultrasonic hyperthermia is applied to the region of the brain tumor through a skull flap which has been previously made surgically.
  • the microbubbles entrapped in the liposomes accumulate in the patient's tumor because of the leakiness of the tumor vessels.
  • the microbubbles are excluded from the normal brain because of the integrity of the blood-brain barrier.
  • the ultrasonic energy raises the tumor temperature to 42.5 degrees centigrade and the liposomes underwent phase transition allowing the bubbles to expand.
  • the intratumoral bubbles increases the effectiveness of heating in the tumor by the therapeutic ultrasound.
  • Air bubbles are entrapped in lipid monolayers as previously described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,684,479.
  • these lipid monolayer stabilized air bubbles are administered I.V. every day for 7 days during daily treatments with ultrasonic hyperthermia.
  • the stabilized air bubbles accumulate in the patient's tumor and the patient has improved response to treatment with ultrasonic hyperthermia.

Abstract

Methods of and apparatus for preparing temperature activated gaseous precursor-filled liposomes are described. Gaseous precursor-filled liposomes prepared by these methods are particularly useful, for example, in ultrasonic imaging applications and in therapeutic drug delivery systems.
Gas, gaseous precursors and perfluorocarbons are presented as novel potentiators for ultrasonic hyper-thermia. The gas, gaseous precursors and perfluorocarbons which may be administered into the vasculature, interstitially or into any body cavity are designed to accumulate in cancerous and diseased tissues. When therapeutic ultrasonic energy is applied to the diseased region heating is increased because of the greater effectiveness of sound energy absorption caused by these agents.

Description

    CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application is a divisional of applicant's copending U.S. application Ser. No. 08/796,798, which is a continuation of applicant's U.S. application Ser. No. 08/487,230, filed Jun. 6, 1995 (now U.S. Pat. No. 5,853,752), which is a divisional of application U.S. Ser. No. 08/159,687, filed Nov. 30, 1993 (now U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,112), which is a continuation-in-part of applications U.S. Ser. No. 08/160,232 (now U.S. Pat. No. 5,542,935) and Ser. No. 08/159,674 (now abandoned), filed concurrently on Nov. 30, 1993, which are continuations-in-part of application U.S. Ser. No. 08/076,239, filed Jun. 11, 1993 (now U.S. Pat. No. 5,469,854), which is a continuation-in-part of applications U.S. Ser. No. 07/717,084 (now U.S. Pat. No. 5,228,446) and U.S. Ser. No. 07/716,899 (now abandoned), both of which were filed Jun. 18, 1991, which in turn are continuations-in-part of applications U.S. Ser. No. 07/569,828, filed Aug. 20, 1990 (now U.S. Pat. No. 5,088,499) (which in turn is a continuation-in-part of application U.S. Ser. No. 07/455,707, filed Dec. 22, 1989, now abandoned) and Ser. No. 07/716,793, filed Jun. 18, 1991, now U.S. Pat. No. 5,209,720 (which in turn is a continuation-in-part of application U.S. Ser. No. 07/581,027, filed Sep. 11, 1990, now U.S. Pat. No. 5,149,319). The disclosures of each of these patents and applications are hereby incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. [0001]
    • FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • This invention relates to novel methods and apparatus for preparing gaseous precursor-filled liposomes. Liposomes prepared by these methods are particularly useful, for example, in ultrasonic imaging applications and in therapeutic delivery systems. [0002]
    • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • A variety of imaging techniques have been used to detect and diagnose disease in animals and humans. X-rays represent one of the first techniques used for diagnostic imaging. The images obtained through this technique reflect the electron density of the object being imaged. Contrast agents such as barium or iodine have been used over the years to attenuate or block X-rays such that the contrast between various structures is increased. X-rays, however, are known to be somewhat dangerous, since the radiation employed in X-rays is ionizing, and the various deleterious effects of ionizing radiation are cumulative. [0003]
  • Another important imaging technique is magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). This technique, however, has various drawbacks such as expense and the fact that it cannot be conducted as a portable examination. In addition, MRI is not available at many medical centers. [0004]
  • Radionuclides, employed in nuclear medicine, provide a further imaging technique. In employing this technique, radionuclides such as technetium labelled compounds are injected into the patient, and images are obtained from gamma cameras. Nuclear medicine techniques, however, suffer from poor spatial resolution and expose the animal or patient to the deleterious effects of radiation. Furthermore, the handling and disposal of radionuclides is problematic. [0005]
  • Ultrasound is another diagnostic imaging technique which is unlike nuclear medicine and X-rays since it does not expose the patient to the harmful effects of ionizing radiation. Moreover, unlike magnetic resonance imaging, ultrasound is relatively inexpensive and can be conducted as a portable examination. In using the ultrasound technique, sound is transmitted into a patient or animal via a transducer. When the sound waves propagate through the body, they encounter interfaces from tissues and fluids. Depending on the acoustic properties of the tissues and fluids in the body, the ultrasound sound waves are partially or wholly reflected or absorbed. When sound waves are reflected by an interface they are detected by the receiver in the transducer and processed to form an image. The acoustic properties of the tissues and fluids within the body determine the contrast which appears in the resultant image. [0006]
  • Advances have been made in recent years in ultrasound technology. However, despite these various technological improvements, ultrasound is still an imperfect tool in a number of respects, particularly with regard to the imaging and detection of disease in the liver and spleen, kidneys, heart and vasculature, including measuring blood flow. The ability to detect and measure these regions depends on the difference in acoustic properties between tissues or fluids and the surrounding tissues or fluids. As a result, contrast agents have been sought which will increase the acoustic difference between tissues or fluids and the surrounding tissues or fluids in order to improve ultrasonic imaging and disease detection. [0007]
  • The principles underlying image formation in ultrasound have directed researchers to the pursuit of gaseous contrast agents. Changes in acoustic properties or acoustic impedance are most pronounced at interfaces of different substances with greatly differing density or acoustic impedance, particularly at the interface between solids, liquids and gases. When ultrasound sound waves encounter such interfaces, the changes in acoustic impedance result in a more intense reflection of sound waves and a more intense signal in the ultrasound image. An additional factor affecting the efficiency or reflection of sound is the elasticity of the reflecting interface. The greater the elasticity of this interface, the more efficient the reflection of sound. Substances such as gas bubbles present highly elastic interfaces. Thus, as a result of the foregoing principles, researchers have focused on the development of ultrasound contrast agents based on gas bubbles or gas containing bodies and on the development of efficient methods for their preparation. [0008]
  • Ryan et al., in U.S. Pat. No. 4,544,545, disclose phospholipid liposomes having a chemically modified cholesterol coating. The cholesterol coating may be a monolayer or bilayer. An aqueous medium, containing a tracer, therapeutic, or cytotoxic agent, is confined within the liposome. Liposomes, having a diameter of 0.001 microns to 10 microns, are prepared by agitation and ultrasonic vibration. [0009]
  • D'Arrigo, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,684,479 and 5,215,680, teaches a gas-in-liquid emulsion and method for the production thereof from surfactant mixtures. U.S. Pat. No. 4,684,479 discloses the production of liposomes by shaking a solution of the surfactant in a liquid medium in air. U.S. Pat. No. 5,215,680 is directed to a large scale method of producing lipid coated microbubbles including shaking a solution of the surfactant in liquid medium in air or other gaseous mixture and filter sterilizing the resultant solution. [0010]
  • WO 80/02365 discloses the production of microbubbles having an inert gas, such as nitrogen; or carbon dioxide, encapsulated in a gellable membrane. The liposomes may be stored at low temperatures and warmed prior and during use in humans. WO 82/01642 describes microbubble precursors and methods for their production. The microbubbles are formed in a liquid by dissolving a solid material. Gas-filled voids result, wherein the gas is 1.) produced from gas present in voids between the microparticles of solid precursor aggregates, 2.) absorbed on the surfaces of particles of the precursor, 3.) an integral part of the internal structure of particles of the precursor, 4.) formed when the precursor reacts chemically with the liquid, and 5.) dissolved in the liquid and released when the precursor is dissolved therein. [0011]
  • In addition, Feinstein, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,718,433 and 4,774,958, teaches the use of albumin coated microbubbles for the purposes of ultrasound. [0012]
  • Widder, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,572,203 and 4,844,882, discloses a method of ultrasonic imaging and a microbubble-type ultrasonic imaging agent. [0013]
  • Quay, in WO 93/05819, describes the use of agents to form microbubbles comprising especially selected gases based upon a criteria of known physical constants, including 1) size of the bubble, 2) density of the gas, 3) solubility of the gas in the surrounding medium, and 4) diffusivity of the gas into the medium. [0014]
  • Kaufman et al., in U.S. Pat. No. 5,171,755, disclose an emulsion comprising an highly fluorinated organic compound, an oil having no substantial surface activity or water solubility and a surfactant. Kaufman et al. also teach a method of using the emulsion in medical applications. [0015]
  • Another area of significant research effort is in the area of targeted drug delivery. Targeted delivery means are particularly important where toxicity is an issue. Specific therapeutic delivery methods potentially serve to minimize toxic side effects, lower the required dosage amounts, and decrease costs for the patient. [0016]
  • The methods and materials in the prior art for introduction of genetic materials, for example, to living cells is limited and ineffective. To date several different mechanisms have been developed to deliver genetic material to living cells. These mechanisms include techniques such as calcium phosphate precipitation and electroporation, and carriers such as cationic polymers and aqueous-filled liposomes. These methods have all been relatively ineffective in vivo and only of limited use for cell culture transfection. None of these methods potentiate local release, delivery and integration of genetic material to the target cell. [0017]
  • Better means of delivery for therapeutics such as genetic materials are needed to treat a wide variety of human and animal diseases. Great strides have been made in characterizing genetic diseases and in understanding protein transcription but relatively little progress has been made in delivering genetic material to cells for treatment of human and animal disease. [0018]
  • A principal difficulty has been to deliver the genetic material from the extracellular space to the intracellular space or even to effectively localize genetic material at the surface of selected cell membranes. A variety of techniques have been tried in vivo but without great success. For example, viruses such as adenoviruses and retroviruses have been used as vectors to transfer genetic material to cells. Whole virus has been used but the amount of genetic material that can be placed inside of the viral capsule is limited and there is concern about possible dangerous interactions that might be caused by live virus. The essential components of the viral capsule may be isolated and used to carry genetic material to selected cells. In vivo, however, not only must the delivery vehicle recognize certain cells but it also must be delivered to these cells. Despite extensive work on viral vectors, it has been difficult to develop a successfully targeted viral mediated vector for delivery of genetic material in vivo. [0019]
  • Conventional, liquid-containing liposomes have been used to deliver genetic material to cells in cell culture but have mainly been ineffective in vivo for cellular delivery of genetic material. For example, cationic liposome transfection techniques have not worked effectively in vivo. More effective means are needed to improve the cellular delivery of therapeutics such as genetic material. [0020]
  • The present invention is directed to addressing the foregoing, as well as other important needs in the area of contrast agents for ultrasonic imaging and vehicles for the effective targeted delivery of therapeutics. [0021]
    • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention provides methods and apparatus for preparing temperature activated gaseous precursor-filled liposomes suitable for use as contrast agents for ultrasonic imaging or as drug delivery agents. The methods of the present invention provide the advantages, for example, of simplicity and potential cost savings during manufacturing of temperature activated gaseous precursor-filled liposomes. [0022]
  • Preferred methods for preparing the temperature activated gaseous precursor-filled liposomes comprise shaking an aqueous solution comprising a lipid in the presence of a temperature activated gaseous precursor, at a temperature below the gel state to liquid crystalline state phase transition temperature of the lipid. [0023]
  • Unexpectedly, the temperature activated gaseous precursor-filled liposomes prepared in accordance with the methods of the present invention possess a number of surprising yet highly beneficial characteristics. For example, gaseous precursor-filled liposomes are advantageous due to their biocompatibility and the ease with which lipophilic compounds can be made to cross cell membranes after the liposomes are ruptured. The liposomes of the invention also exhibit intense echogenicity on ultrasound, are highly stable to pressure, and/or generally possess a long storage life, either when stored dry or suspended in a liquid medium. The echogenicity of the liposomes is of importance to the diagnostic and therapeutic applications of the liposomes made according to the invention. The gaseous precursor-filled liposomes also have the advantages, for example, of stable particle size, low toxicity and compliant membranes. It is believed that the flexible membranes of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes may be useful in aiding the accumulation or targeting of these liposomes to tissues such as tumors. [0024]
  • The temperature activated gaseous precursor-filled liposomes made according to the present invention thus have superior characteristics for ultrasound contrast imaging. When inside an aqueous or tissue media, the gaseous precursor-filled liposome creates an interface for the enhanced absorption of sound. The gaseous precursor-filled liposomes are therefore useful in imaging a patient generally, and/or in diagnosing the presence of diseased tissue in a patient as well as in tissue heating and the facilitation of drug release or activation. [0025]
  • In addition to ultrasound, the temperature activated gaseous precursor-filled liposomes made according to the present invention may be used, for example, for magnetic imaging and as MRI contrast agents. For example, the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes may contain paramagnetic gases, such as atmospheric air, which contains traces of oxygen 17; paramagnetic ions such as Mn[0026] +2, Gd+2, Fe+3; iron oxides; or magnetite (Fe3O4) and may thus be used as susceptibility contrast agents for magnetic resonance imaging. Additionally, for example, the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes made according to the present invention may contain radioopaque metal ions, such as iodine, barium, bromine, or tungsten, for use as x-ray contrast agents.
  • The temperature activated gaseous precursor-filled liposomes are also particularly useful as drug carriers. Unlike liposomes of the prior art that have a liquid interior suitable only for encapsulating drugs that are water soluble, the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes made according to the present invention are particularly useful for encapsulating lipophilic drugs. Furthermore, lipophilic derivatives of drugs may be incorporated into the lipid layer readily, such as alkylated derivatives of metallocene dihalides. Kuo et al., [0027] J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1991, 113, 9027-9045.
    •  BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
  • FIG. 1 is a view, partially schematic, of a preferred apparatus according to the present invention for preparing the gaseous precursor-filled liposome microspheres of the present invention. [0028]
  • FIG. 2 shows a preferred apparatus for filtering and/or dispensing therapeutic containing gaseous precursor-filled liposome microspheres of the present invention. [0029]
  • FIG. 3 shows a preferred apparatus for filtering and/or dispensing therapeutic containing gaseous precursor-filled liposome microspheres of the present invention. [0030]
  • FIG. 4 is an exploded view of a portion of the apparatus of FIG. 3. [0031]
  • FIG. 5 is a micrograph which shows the sizes of gaseous precursor-filled liposomes of the invention before (A) and after (B) filtration. [0032]
  • FIG. 6 graphically depicts the size distribution of gaseous precursor-filled liposomes of the invention before (A) and after (B) filtration. [0033]
  • FIG. 7 is a micrograph of a lipid suspension before (A) and after (B) extrusion through a filter. [0034]
  • FIG. 8 is a micrograph of gaseous precursor-filled liposomes formed subsequent to filtering and autoclaving a lipid suspension, the micrographs having been taken before (A) and after (B) sizing by filtration of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes. [0035]
  • FIG. 9 is a diagrammatic illustration of a temperature activated gaseous precursor-filled liposome prior to temperature activation. The liposome has a multilamellar membrane. [0036]
  • FIG. 10 is a diagrammatic illustration of a temperature activated liquid gaseous precursor-filled liposome after temperature activation of the liquid to gaseous state resulting in a unilamellar membrane and expansion of the liposome diameter.[0037]
    • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention is directed to methods and apparatus for preparing temperature activated gaseous precursor-filled liposomes. Unlike the methods of the prior art which are directed to the formation of liposomes with an aqueous solution filling the interior, the methods of the present invention are directed to the preparation of liposomes which comprise interior gaseous precursor and/or ultimately gas. [0038]
  • As used herein, the phrase “temperature activated gaseous precursor” denotes a compound which, at a selected activation or transition temperature, changes phases from a liquid to a gas. Activation or transition temperature, and like terms, refer to the boiling point of the gaseous precursor, the temperature at which the liquid to gaseous phase transition of the gaseous precursor takes place. Useful gaseous precursors are those gases which have boiling ponts in the range of about −100° C. to 70° C. The activation temperature is particular to each gaseous precursor. This concept is illustrated in FIGS. [0039] 9 and 10. An activation temperature of about 37° C., or human body temperature, is preferred for gaseous precursors of the present invention. Thus, a liquid gaseous precursor is activated to become a gas at 37° C. However, the gaseous precursor may be in liquid or gaseous phase for use in the methods of the present invention. The methods of the present invention may be carried out below the boiling point of the gaseous precursor such that a liquid is incorporated into a microsphere. In addition, the methods may be performed at the boiling point of the gaseous precursor such that a gas is incorporated into a microsphere. For gaseous precursors having low temperature boiling points, liquid precursors may be emulsified using a microfluidizer device chilled to a low temperature. The boiling points may also be depressed using solvents in liquid media to utilize a precursor in liquid form. Alternatively, an upper limit of about 70° C. may be attained with focused high energy ultrasound. Further, the methods may be performed where the temperature is increased throughout the process, whereby the process starts with a gaseous precursor as a liquid and ends with a gas.
  • The gaseous precursor may be selected so as to form the gas in situ in the targeted tissue or fluid, in vivo upon entering the patient or animal, prior to use, during storage, or during manufacture. The methods of producing the temperature-activated gaseous precursor-filled microspheres may be carried out at a temperature below the boiling point of the gaseous precursor. In this embodiment, the gaseous precursor is entrapped within a microsphere such that the phase transition does not occur during manufacture. Instead, the gaseous precursor-filled microspheres are manufactured in the liquid phase of the gaseous precursor. Activation of the phase transition may take place at any time as the temperature is allowed to exceed the boiling point of the precursor. Also, knowing the amount of liquid in a droplet of liquid gaseous precursor, the size of the liposomes upon attaining the gaseous state may be determined. [0040]
  • Alternatively, the gaseous precursors may be utilized to create stable gas-filled microspheres which are pre-formed prior to use. In this embodiment, the gaseous precursor is added to a container housing a suspending and/or stabilizing medium at a temperature below the liquid-gaseous phase transition temperature of the respective gaseous precursor. As the temperature is then exceeded, and an emulsion is formed between the gaseous precursor and liquid solution, the gaseous precursor undergoes transition from the liquid to the gaseous state. As a result of this heating and gas formation, the gas displaces the air in the head space above the liquid suspension so as to form gas-filled lipid spheres which entrap the gas of the gaseous precursor, ambient gas (e.g. air) or coentrap gas state gaseous precursor and ambient air. This phase transition can be used for optimal mixing and stabilization of the contrast medium. For example, the gaseous precursor, perfluorobutane, can be entrapped in liposomes and as the temperature is raised, beyond 3° C. (boiling point of perfluorobutane) liposomally entrapped fluorobutane gas results. As an additional example, the gaseous precursor fluorobutane, can be suspended in an aqueous suspension containing emulsifying and stabilizing agents such as glycerol or propylene glycol and vortexed on a commercial vortexer. Vortexing is commenced at a temperature low enough that the gaseous precursor is liquid and is continued as the temperature of the sample is raised past the phase transition temperature from the liquid to gaseous state. In so doing, the precursor converts to the gaseous state during the microemulsification process. In the presence of the appropriate stabilizing agents, surprisingly stable gas-filled liposomes result. [0041]
  • Accordingly, the gaseous precursors of the present invention may be selected to form a gas-filled liposome in vivo or designed to produce the gas-filled liposome in situ, during the manufacturing process, on storage, or at some time prior to use. [0042]
  • As a further embodiment of this invention, by pre-forming the liquid state of the gaseous precursor into an aqueous emulsion and maintaining a known size, the maximum size of the microbubble may be estimated by using the idea gas law, once the transition to the gaseous state is effectuated. For the purpose of making gaseous microspheres from gaseous precursors, the gas phase is assumed to form instantaneously and no gas in the newly formed microbubble has been depleted due to diffusion into the liquid (generally aqueous in nature). Hence, from a known liquid volume in the emulsion, one actually would predict an upper limit to the size of the gaseous liposome. [0043]
  • Pursuant to the present invention, a emulsion of lipid gaseous precursor-containing liquid droplets of defined size may be formulated, such that upon reaching a specific temperature, the boiling point of the gaseous precursor, the drpolets will expand into gas liposomes of defined size. The defined size represents an upper limit to the actual size because factors such as gas diffusing into solution, loss of gas to the atmosphere, and the effects of increased pressure are factors for which the ideal gas law cannot account. [0044]
  • The ideal gas law and the equation for calculating the increase in volume of the gas bubbles on transition from the liquid to gaseous states follows: [0045]
  • The ideal gas law predicts the following:[0046]
  • PV=nRT
  • where [0047]
  • P=pressure in atmospheres [0048]
  • V=volume in liters [0049]
  • n=moles of gas [0050]
  • T=temperature in °K [0051]
  • R=ideal gas constant=22.4 L atmospheres deg[0052] −1 mole−1
  • With knowledge of volume, density, and temperature of the liquid in the emulsion of liquids, the amount (e.g. number of moles) of liquid precursor as well as the volume of liquid precursor, a priori, may be calculated, which when converted to a gas, will expand into a liposome of known volume. The calculated volume will reflect an upper limit to the size of the gaseous liposome assuming instantaneous expansion into a gas liposome and negligible diffusion of the gas over the time of the expansion. [0053]
  • Thus, stabilization of the precursor in the liquid state in an emulsion whereby the precursor droplet is spherical, the volume of the precursor droplet may be determined by the equation:[0054]
  • Volume(sphere)=4/3 πr 3
  • where [0055]
  • r=radius of the sphere [0056]
  • Thus, once the volume is predicted, and knowing the density of the liquid at the desired temperature, the amount of liquid (gaseous precursor) in the droplet may be determined. In more descriptive terms, the following can be applied:[0057]
  • V gas=4/3π(r gas)3
  • by the ideal gas law,[0058]
  • PV=nRT
  • substituting reveals,[0059]
  • V gas =nRT/P gas
  • or,[0060]
  • n=4/3[πr gas 3 ]P/RT  (A)
  • amount n=4/3[πr gas 3 P/RT]*MW n
  • Converting back to a liquid volume[0061]
  • V liq=[4/3[πr gas 3 ]P/RT]*MW n /D]  (B)
  • where D=the density of the precursor [0062]
  • Solving for the diameter of the liquid droplet,[0063]
  • diameter/2=[3/4 π[4/3*[πrhd gas 3 ]P/RT]MW n /D] ⅓  (C)
  • which reduces to[0064]
  • Diameter=2[[r gas 3 ]P/RT[MW n /D]] ⅓
  • As a further embodiment of the present invention, with the knowledge of the volume and especially the radius, the appropriately sized filter sizes the gaseous precursor droplets to the appropriate diameter sphere. [0065]
  • A representative gaseous precursor may be used to form a microsphere of defined size, for example, 10 microns diameter. In this example, the microshpere is formed in the bloodstream of a human being, thus the typical temperature would be 37° C. or 310° K. At a pressure of 1 atmosphere and using the equation in (A), 7.54×10[0066] −17 moles of gaseous precursor would be required to fill the volume of a 10 micron diameter microsphere.
  • Using the above calculated amount of gaseous precursor, and 1-fluorobutane, which possesses a molecular weight of 76.11, a boiling point of 32.5° C. and a density of 6.7789 grams/mL[0067] −1 at 20° C., further calculations predict that 5.74×10−15 grams of this precursor would be required for a 10 micron microsphere. Extrapolating further, and armed with the knowledge of the density, equation (B) further predicts that 8.47×10−16 mLs of liquid precursor are necessary to form a microsphere with an upper limit of 10 microns.
  • Finally, using equation (C), an emulsion of lipid droplets with a radius of 0.0272 microns or a corresponding diameter of 0.0544 microns need be formed to make a gaseous precursor filled microsphere with an upper limit of a 10 micron microsphere. [0068]
  • An emulsion of this particular size could be easily achieved by the use of an appropriately sized filter. In addition, as seen by the size of the filter necessary to form gaseous precursor droplets of defined size, the size of the filter would also suffice to remove any possible bacterial contaminants and, hence, can be used as a sterile filtration as well. [0069]
  • This embodiment of the present invention may be applied to all gaseous precursors activated by temperature. In fact, depression of the freezing point of the solvent system allows the use gaseous precursors which would undergo liquid-to-gas phase transitions at temperatures below 0° C. The solvent system can be selected to provide a medium for suspension of the gaseous precursor. For example, 20% propylene glycol miscible in buffered saline exhibits a freezing point depression well below the freezing point of water alone. By increasing the amount of propylene glycol or adding materials such as sodium chloride, the freezing point can be depressed even further. [0070]
  • The selection of appropriate solvent systems may be explained by physical methods as well. When substances, solid or liquid, herein referred to as solutes, are dissolved in a solvent, such as water based buffers for example, the freezing point is lowered by an amount that is dependent upon the composition of the solution. Thus, as defined by Wall, one can express the freezing point depression of the solvent by the following:[0071]
  • Inx a=In(1−x b)=ΔH fus /R(1/T o−1/T)
  • where: [0072]
  • x[0073] a=mole fraction of the solvent
  • x[0074] b=mole fraction of the solute
  • ΔH[0075] fus=heat of fusion of the solvent
  • T[0076] o=Normal freezing point of the solvent
  • The normal freezing point of the solvent results. If x[0077] b is small relative to xa, then the above equation may be rewritten:
  • x b =ΔH fus /R[T−T o /T o T]≈ΔH fus ΔT/RT o 2
  • The above equation assumes the change in temperature ΔT is small compared to T[0078] 2. The above equation can be simplified further assuming the concentration of the solute (in moles per thousand grams of solvent) can be expressed in terms of the molality, m. Thus,
  • X b =m/[m+1000/m a ]mMa/1000
  • where: [0079]
  • Ma=Molecular weight of the solvent, and [0080]
  • m=molality of the solute in moles per 1000 grams. [0081]
  • Thus, substituting for the fraction x[0082] b:
  • ΔT=[M a RT o 2/1000ΔH fus ]m
  • or[0083]
  • ΔT=K f m,
  • where[0084]
  • K f =M a RT o 2/1000ΔH fus
  • K[0085] f is referred to as the molal freezing point and is equal to 1.86 degrees per unit of molal concentration for water at one atmosphere pressure. The above equation may be used to accurately determine the molal freezing point of gaseous-precursor filled microsphere solutions of the present invention.
  • Hence, the above equation can be applied to estimate freezing point depressions and to determine the appropriate concentrations of liquid or solid solute necessary to depress the solvent freezing temperature to an appropriate value. [0086]
  • Methods of preparing the temperature activated gaseous precursor-filled liposomes include: [0087]
  • vortexing an aqueous suspension of gaseous precursor-filled liposomes of the present invention; variations on this method include optionally autoclaving before shaking, optionally heating an aqueous suspension of gaseous precursor and lipid, optionally venting the vessel containing the suspension, optionally shaking or permitting the gaseous precursor liposomes to form spontaneously and cooling down the gaseous precursor filled liposome suspension, and optionally extruding an aqueous suspension of gaseous precursor and lipid through a filter of about 0.22 μm, alternatively, filtering may be performed during in vivo administration of the resulting liposomes such that a filter of about 0.22 μm is employed; [0088]
  • a microemulsification method whereby an aqueous suspension of gaseous precursor-filled liposomes of the present invention are emulsified by agitation and heated to form microspheres prior to administration to a patient; and [0089]
  • forming a gaseous precursor in lipid suspension by heating, and/or agitation, whereby the less dense gaseous precursor-filled microspheres float to the top of the solution by expanding and displacing other microspheres in the vessel and venting the vessel to release air. [0090]
  • Freeze drying is useful to remove water and organic materials from the lipids prior to the shaking gas instillation method. Drying-gas instillation method may be used to remove water from liposomes. By pre-entrapping the gaseous precursor in the dried liposomes (i.e. prior to drying) after warming, the gaseous precursor may expand to fill the liposome. Gaseous precursors can also be used to fill dried liposomes after they have been subjected to vacuum. As the dried liposomes are kept at a temperature below their gel state to liquid crystalline temperature the drying chamber can be slowly filled with the gaseous precursor in its gaseous state, e.g. perfluorobutane can be used to fill dried liposomes composed of dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine (DPPC) at temperatures between 3° C. (the boiling point of perfluorobutane) and below 40° C., the phase transition temperature of the lipid. In this case, it would be most preferred to fill the liposomes at a temperature about 4° C. to about 5° C. [0091]
  • Preferred methods for preparing the temperature activated gaseous precursor-filled liposomes comprise shaking an aqueous solution having a lipid in the presence of a gaseous precursor at a temperature below the gel state to liquid crystalline state phase transition temperature of the lipid. The present invention also provides a method for preparing gaseous precursor-filled liposomes comprising shaking an aqueous solution comprising a lipid in the presence of a gaseous precursor, and separating the resulting gaseous precursor-filled liposomes for diagnostic or therapeutic use. Liposomes prepared by the foregoing methods are referred to herein as gaseous precursor-filled liposomes prepared by a gel state shaking gaseous precursor installation method. [0092]
  • Conventional, aqueous-filled liposomes are routinely formed at a temperature above the phase transition temperature of the lipid, since they are more flexible and thus useful in biological systems in the liquid crystalline state. See, for example, Szoka and Papahadjopoulos, [0093] Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 1978, 75, 4194-4198. In contrast, the liposomes made according to preferred embodiments of the methods of the present invention are gaseous precursor-filled, which imparts greater flexibility since gaseous precursors after gas formation are more compressible and compliant than an aqueous solution. Thus, the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes may be utilized in biological systems when formed at a temperature below the phase transition temperature of the lipid, even though the gel phase is more rigid.
  • The methods of the present invention provide for shaking an aqueous solution comprising a lipid in the presence of a temperature activated gaseous precursor. Shaking, as used herein, is defined as a motion that agitates an aqueous solution such that gaseous precursor is introduced from the local ambient environment into the aqueous solution. Any type of motion that agitates the aqueous solution and results in the introduction of gaseous precursor may be used for the shaking. The shaking must be of sufficient force to allow the formation of foam after a period of time. Preferably, the shaking is of sufficient force such that foam is formed within a short period of time, such as 30 minutes, and preferably within 20 minutes, and more preferably, within 10 minutes. The shaking may be by microemulsifying, by microfluidizing, for example, swirling (such as by vortexing), side-to-side, or up and down motion. In the case of the addition of gaseous precursor in the liquid state, sonication may be used in addition to the shaking methods set forth above. Further, different types of motion may be combined. Also, the shaking may occur by shaking the container holding the aqueous lipid solution, or by shaking the aqueous solution within the container without shaking the container itself. Further, the shaking may occur manually or by machine. Mechanical shakers that may be used include, for example, a shaker table, such as a VWR Scientific (Cerritos, Calif.) shaker table, a microfluidizer, Wig-L-Bug™ (Crescent Dental Manufacturing, Inc., Lyons, Ill.) and a mechanical paint mixer, as well as other known machines. Another means for producing shaking includes the action of gaseous precursor emitted under high velocity or pressure. It will also be understood that preferably, with a larger volume of aqueous solution, the total amount of force will be correspondingly increased. Vigorous shaking is defined as at least about 60 shaking motions per minute, and is preferred. Vortexing at at least 1000 revolutions per minute, an example of vigorous shaking, is more preferred. Vortexing at 1800 revolutions per minute is most preferred. [0094]
  • The formation of gaseous precursor-filled liposomes upon shaking can be detected by the presence of a foam on the top of the aqueous solution. This is coupled with a decrease in the volume of the aqueous solution upon the formation of foam. Preferably, the final volume of the foam is at least about two times the initial volume of the aqueous lipid solution; more preferably, the final volume of the foam is at least about three times the initial volume of the aqueous solution; even more preferably, the final volume of the foam is at least about four times the initial volume of the aqueous solution; and most preferably, all of the aqueous lipid solution is converted to foam. [0095]
  • The required duration of shaking time may be determined by detection of the formation of foam. For example, 10 ml of lipid solution in a 50 ml centrifuge tube may be vortexed for approximately 15-20 minutes or until the viscosity of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes becomes sufficiently thick so that it no longer clings to the side walls as it is swirled. At this time, the foam may cause the solution containing the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes to raise to a level of 30 to 35 ml. [0096]
  • The concentration of lipid required to form a preferred foam level will vary depending upon the type of lipid used, and may be readily determined by one skilled in the art, once armed with the present disclosure. For example, in preferred embodiments, the concentration of 1,2-dipalimitoylphosphatidylcholine (DPPC) used to form gaseous precursor-filled liposomes according to the methods of the present invention is about 20 mg/ml to about 30 mg/ml saline solution. The concentration of distearoylphosphatidylcholine (DSPC) used in preferred embodiments is about 5 mg/ml to about 10 mg/ml saline solution. [0097]
  • Specifically, DPPC in a concentration of 20 mg/ml to 30 mg/ml, upon shaking, yields a total suspension and entrapped gaseous precursor volume four times greater than the suspension volume alone. DSPC in a concentration of 10 mg/ml, upon shaking, yields a total volume completely devoid of any liquid suspension volume and contains entirely foam. [0098]
  • It will be understood by one skilled in the art, once armed with the present disclosure, that the lipids or liposomes may be manipulated prior and subsequent to being subjected to the methods of the present invention. For example, the lipid may be hydrated and then lyophilized, processed through freeze and thaw cycles, or simply hydrated. In preferred embodiments, the lipid is hydrated and then lyophilized, or hydrated, then processed through freeze and thaw cycles and then lyophilized, prior to the formation of gaseous precursor-filled liposomes. [0099]
  • According to the methods of the present invention, the presence of gas, such as and not limited to air, may also be provided by the local ambient atmosphere. The local ambient atmosphere may be the atmosphere within a sealed container, or in an unsealed container, may be the external environment. Alternatively, for example, a gas may be injected into or otherwise added to the container having the aqueous lipid solution or into the aqueous lipid solution itself in order to provide a gas other than air. Gases that are not heavier than air may be added to a sealed container while gases heavier than air may be added to a sealed or an unsealed container. Accordingly, the present invention includes co-entrapment of air and/or other gases along with gaseous precursors. [0100]
  • The preferred methods of the invention are carried out at a temperature below the gel state to liquid crystalline state phase transition temperature of the lipid employed. By “gel state to liquid crystalline state phase transition temperature”, it is meant the temperature at which a lipid bilayer will convert from a gel state to a liquid crystalline state. See, for example, Chapman et al., [0101] J. Biol. Chem. 1974, 249, 2512-2521. The gel state to liquid crystalline state phase transition temperatures of various lipids will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art and are described, for example, in Gregoriadis, ed., Liposome Technology, Vol. 1, 1-18 (CRC Press, 1984) and Derek Marsh, CRC Handbook of Lipid Bilayers (CRC Press, Boca Raton, Fla. 1990), at p. 139. See also Table I, below. Where the gel state to liquid crystalline state phase transition temperature of the lipid employed is higher than room temperature, the temperature of the container may be regulated, for example, by providing a cooling mechanism to cool the container holding the lipid solution.
  • Since gaseous precursors (e.g. perfluorobutane) are less soluble and diffusable than other gases, such as air, they tend to be more stable when entrapped in liposomes even when the liposomes are composed of lipids in the liquid-crystalline state. Small liposomes composed of liquid-crystalline state lipid such as egg phosphatidyl choline may be used to entrap a nanodroplet of perfluorobutane. For example, lipid vesicles with diameters of about 30 nm to about 50 nm may be used to entrap nanodroplets of perfluorobutane with with mean diameter of about 25 nm. After temperature activated conversion, the precursor filled liposomes will create microspheres of about 10 microns in diameter. The lipid in this cae, serves the purpose of defining the size of the microsphere via the small liposome. The lipids also serve to stabilize the resultant microsphere size. In this case, techniques such as microemulsification are preferred for forming the small liposomes which entrap the precursor. A microfluidizer (Microfluidics, Newton, Mass.) is particularly useful for making an emulsion of small liposomes which entrap the gaseous precursor. [0102]
    TABLE I
    Saturated Diacyl-sn-Glycero-3-Phosphocholines
    Main Chain Gel State to Liquid Crystalline State
    Phase Transition Temperatures
    Liquid Crystalline Phase
    Transition
    # Carbons in Acyl Chains Temperature (° C.)
    1,2-(12:0) −1.0
    1,2-(13:0) 13.7
    1,2-(14:0) 23.5
    1,2-(15:0) 34.5
    1,2-(16:0) 41.4
    1,2-(17:0) 48.2
    1,2-(18:0) 55.1
    1,2-(19.0) 61.8
    1,2-(20:0) 64.5
    1,2-(21:0) 71.1
    1,2-(22:0) 74.0
    1,2-(23:0) 79.5
    1,2-(24:0) 80.1
  • Conventional, aqueous-filled liposomes are routinely formed at a temperature above the gel to liquid crystalline phase transition temperature of the lipid, since they are more flexible and thus useful in biological systems in the liquid crystalline state. See, for example, Szoka and Papahadjopoulos, [0103] Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 1978, 75, 4194-4198. In contrast, the liposomes made according to preferred embodiments of the methods of the present invention are gaseous precursor-filled, which imparts greater flexibility since gaseous precursor is more compressible and compliant than an aqueous solution. Thus, the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes may be utilized in biological systems when formed at a temperature below the phase transition temperature of the lipid, even though the gel phase is more rigid.
  • A preferred apparatus for producing the temperature activated gaseous precursor-filled liposomes using a gel state shaking gaseous precursor instillation process is shown in FIG. 1. A mixture of lipid and aqueous media is vigorously agitated in the process of gaseous precursor installation to produce gaseous precursor-filled liposomes, either by batch or by continuous feed. Referring to FIG. 1, dried [0104] lipids 51 from a lipid supply vessel 50 are added via conduit 59 to a mixing vessel 66 in either a continuous flow or as intermittent boluses. If a batch process is utilized, the mixing vessel 66 may comprise a relatively small container such as a syringe, test tube, bottle or round bottom flask, or a large container. If a continuous feed process is utilized, the mixing vessel is preferably a large container, such as a vat.
  • Where the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes contain a therapeutic compound, the therapeutic compound may be added, for example, in a manner similar to the addition of the lipid described above before the gaseous precursor installation process. Alternatively, the therapeutic compound may be added after the gaseous precursor installation process when the liposomes are coated on the outside with the therapeutic compound. [0105]
  • In addition to the [0106] lipids 51, an aqueous media 53, such as a saline solution, from an aqueous media supply vessel 52, is also added to the vessel 66 via conduit 61. The lipids 51 and the aqueous media 53 combine to form an aqueous lipid solution 74. Alternatively, the dried lipids 51 could be hydrated prior to being introduced into the mixing vessel 66 so that lipids are introduced in an aqueous solution. In the preferred embodiment of the method for making liposomes, the initial charge of solution 74 is such that the solution occupies only a portion of the capacity of the mixing vessel 66. Moreover, in a continuous process, the rates at which the aqueous lipid solution 74 is added and gaseous precursor-filled liposomes produced are removed is controlled to ensure that the volume of lipid solution 74 does not exceed a predetermined percentage of the mixing vessel 66 capacity.
  • The shaking may be accomplished by introducing a high velocity jet of a pressurized gaseous precursor directly into the [0107] aqueous lipid solution 74. Alternatively, the shaking may be accomplished by mechanically shaking the aqueous solution, either manually or by machine. Such mechanical shaking may be effected by shaking the mixing vessel 66 or by shaking the aqueous solution 74 directly without shaking the mixing vessel itself. As shown in FIG. 1, in the preferred embodiment, a mechanical shaker 75, is connected to the mixing vessel 66. The shaking should be of sufficient intensity so that, after a period of time, a foam 73 comprised of gaseous precursor-filled liposomes is formed on the top of the aqueous solution 74, as shown in FIG. 1. The detection of the formation of the foam 73 may be used as a means for controlling the duration of the shaking; that is, rather than shaking for a predetermined period of time, the shaking may be continued until a predetermined volume of foam has been produced.
  • The apparatus of FIG. 1 may also contain a means for controlling temperature such that the apparatus may be maintained at one temperature for the method of making the liposomes. For example, in the preferred embodiment, the methods of making liposomes are performed at a temperature below the boiling point of the gaseous precursor. In the preferred embodiment, a liquid gaseous precursor fills the internal space of the liposomes. Alternatively, the apparatus may be maintained at about the temperature of the liquid to gas transition temperature of the gaseous precursor such that a gas is contained in the liposomes. Further, the temperature of the apparatus may be adjusted throughout the method of making the liposomes such that the gaseous precursor begins as a liquid, however, a gas is incorporated into the resulting liposomes. In this embodiment, the temperature of the apparatus is adjusted during the method of making the liposomes such that the method begins at a temperature below the phase transition temperature and is adjusted to a temperature at about the phase transition temperature of the gaseous precursor. Accordingly, the vessel may be closed and periodically vented, or open to the ambient atmosphere. [0108]
  • In a preferred embodiment of the apparatus for making gaseous precursor-filled liposomes in which the lipid employed has a gel to liquid crystalline phase transition temperature below room temperature, a means for cooling the [0109] aqueous lipid solution 74 is provided. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 1, cooling is accomplished by means of a jacket 64 disposed around the mixing vessel 66 so as to form an annular passage surrounding the vessel. As shown in FIG. 1, a cooling fluid 63 is forced to flow through this annular passage by means of jacket inlet and outlet ports 62 and 63, respectively. By regulating the temperature and flow rate of the cooling fluid 62, the temperature of the aqueous lipid solution 74 can be maintained at the desired temperature.
  • As shown in FIG. 1, a [0110] gaseous precursor 55, which may be 1-fluorobutane, for example, is introduced into the mixing vessel 66 along with the aqueous solution 74. Air may be introduced by utilizing an unsealed mixing vessel so that the aqueous solution is continuously exposed to environmental air. In a batch process, a fixed charge of local ambient air may be introduced by sealing the mixing vessel 66. If a gaseous precursor heavier than air is used, the container need not be sealed. However, introduction of gaseous precursors that are not heavier than air will require that the mixing vessel be sealed, for example by use of a lid 65, as shown in FIG. 1. The gaseous precursor 55 may be pressurized in the mixing vessel 66, for example, by connecting the mixing vessel to a pressurized gas supply tank 54 via a conduit 57, as shown in FIG. 1.
  • After the shaking is completed, the gaseous precursor-filled [0111] liposome containing foam 73 may be extracted from the mixing vessel 66. Extraction may be accomplished by inserting the needle 102 of a syringe 100, shown in FIG. 2, into the foam 73 and drawing a predetermined amount of foam into the barrel 104 by withdrawing the plunger 106. As discussed further below, the location at which the end of the needle 102 placed in the foam 73 may be used to control the size of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes extracted.
  • Alternatively, extraction may be accomplished by inserting an [0112] extraction tube 67 into the mixing vessel 66, as shown in FIG. 1. If the mixing vessel 66 is pressurized, as previously discussed, the pressure of the gaseous precursor 55 may be used to force the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes 77 from the mixing vessel 66 to an extraction vessel 76 via conduit 70. In the event that the mixing vessel 66 is not pressurized, the extraction vessel 76 may be connected to a vacuum source 58, such as a vacuum pump, via conduit 78, that creates sufficient negative pressure to suck the foam 73 into the extraction vessel 76, as shown in FIG. 1. From the extraction vessel 76, the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes 77 are introduced into vials 82 in which they may be shipped to the ultimate user. A source of pressurized gaseous precursor 56 may be connected to the extraction vessel 76 as aid to ejecting the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes. Since negative pressure may result in increasing the size of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes, positive pressure is preferred for removing the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes.
  • Filtration may be carried out in order to obtain gaseous precursor-filled liposomes of a substantially uniform size. In certain preferred embodiments, the filtration assembly contains more than one filter, and preferably, the filters are not immediately adjacent to each other, as illustrated in FIG. 4. Before filtration, the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes range in size from about 1 micron to greater than 60 microns (FIGS. 5A and 6A). After filtration through a single filter, the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes are generally less than 10 microns but particles as large as 25 microns in size remain. After filtration through two filters (10 micron followed by 8 micron filter), almost all of the liposomes are less than 10 microns, and most are 5 to 7 microns (FIGS. 5B and 6B). [0113]
  • As shown in FIG. 1, filtering may be accomplished by incorporating a [0114] filter element 72 directly onto the end of the extraction tube 67 so that only gaseous precursor-filled liposomes below a pre-determined size are extracted from the mixing vessel 66. Alternatively, or in addition to the extraction tube filter 72, gaseous precursor-filled liposome sizing may be accomplished by means of a filter 80 incorporated into the conduit 79 that directs the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes 77 from the extraction vessel 76 to the vials 82, as shown in FIG. 1. The filter 80 may contain a cascade filter assembly 124, such as that shown in FIG. 4. The cascade filter assembly 124 shown in FIG. 4 comprises two successive filters 116 and 120, with filter 120 being disposed upstream of filter 116. In a preferred embodiment, the upstream filter 120 is a “NUCLEPORE” 10 μm filter and the downstream filter 116 is a “NUCLEPORE” 8 μm filter. Two 0.15 mm metallic mesh discs 115 are preferably installed on either side of the filter 116. In a preferred embodiment, the filters 116 and 120 are spaced apart a minimum of 150 μm by means of a Teflon™ O-ring, 118.
  • In addition to filtering, sizing may also be accomplished by taking advantage of the dependence of gaseous precursor-filled liposome buoyancy on size. The gaseous precursor-filled liposomes have appreciably lower density than water and hence may float to the top of the mixing [0115] vessel 66. Since the largest liposomes have the lowest density, they will float most quickly to the top. The smallest liposomes will generally be last to rise to the top and the non gaseous precursor-filled lipid portion will sink to the bottom. This phenomenon may be advantageously used to size the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes by removing them from the mixing vessel 66 via a differential flotation process. Thus, the setting of the vertical location of the extraction tube 67 within the mixing vessel 66 may control the size of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes extracted; the higher the tube, the larger the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes extracted. Moreover, by periodically or continuously adjusting the vertical location of the extraction tube 67 within the mixing vessel 66, the size of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes extracted may be controlled on an on-going basis. Such extraction may be facilitated by incorporating a device 68, which may be a threaded collar 71 mating with a threaded sleeve 72 attached to the extraction tube 67, that allows the vertical location of the extraction tube 66 within the extraction vessel 66 to be accurately adjusted.
  • The gel state shaking gaseous precursor installation process itself may also be used to improve sizing of the gaseous precursor-filled lipid based microspheres. In general, the greater the intensity of the shaking energy, the smaller the size of the resulting gaseous precursor-filled liposomes. [0116]
  • The current invention also includes novel methods for preparing drug-containing gaseous precursor-filled liposomes to be dispensed to the ultimate user. Once gaseous precursor-filled liposomes are formed, they generally cannot be sterilized by heating at a temperature that would cause rupture. Therefore, it is desirable to form the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes from sterile ingredients and to perform as little subsequent manipulation as possible to avoid the danger of contamination. According to the current invention, this may be accomplished, for example, by sterilizing the mixing vessel containing the lipid and aqueous solution before shaking and dispensing the gaseous precursor-filled [0117] liposomes 77 from the mixing vessel 66, via the extraction vessel 76, directly into the barrel 104 of a sterile syringe 100, shown in FIG. 2, without further processing or handling; that is, without subsequent sterilization. The syringe 100, charged with gaseous precursor-filled liposomes 77 and suitably packaged, may then be dispensed to the ultimate user. Thereafter, no further manipulation of the product is required in order to administer the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes to the patient, other than removing the syringe from its packaging and removing a protector (not shown) from the syringe needle 102 and inserting the needle into the body of the patient, or into a catheter. Moreover, the pressure generated when the syringe plunger 106 is pressed into the barrel 104 will cause the largest gaseous precursor-filled liposomes to collapse, thereby achieving a degree of sizing without filtration.
  • Where it is desired to filter the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes at the point of use, for example because they are removed from the [0118] extraction vessel 76 without filtration or because further filtration is desired, the syringe 100 may be fitted with its own filter 108, as shown in FIG. 2. This results in the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes being sized by causing them to be extruded through the filter 108 by the action of the plunger 106 when the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes are injected. Thus, the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes may be sized and injected into a patient in one step.
  • In order to accommodate the use of a single or dual filter in the hub housing of the syringe, a non-standard syringe with hub housing is necessary. As shown in FIG. 3, the hub that houses the filter(s) are of a dimension of approximately 1 cm to approximately 2 cm in diameter by about 1.0 cm to about 3.0 cm in length with an inside diameter of about 0.8 cm for which to house the filters. The abnormally large dimensions for the filter housing in the hub are to accommodate passage of the microspheres through a hub with sufficient surface area so as to decrease the pressure that need be applied to the plunger of the syringe. In this manner, the microspheres will not be subjected to an inordinately large pressure head upon injection, which may cause rupture of the micro spheres. [0119]
  • As shown in FIG. 3, a [0120] cascade filter housing 110 may be fitted directly onto a syringe 112, thereby allowing cascade filtration at the point of use. As shown in FIG. 4, the filter housing 110 is comprised of a cascade filter assembly 124, previously discussed, incorporated between a lower collar 122, having male threads, and a female collar 114, having female threads. The lower collar 122 is fitted with a Luer lock that allows it to be readily secured to the syringe 112 and the upper collar 114 is fitted with a needle 102.
  • In preferred embodiments, the lipid solution is extruded through a filter and the lipid solution is heat sterilized prior to shaking. Once gaseous precursor-filled liposomes are formed, they may be filtered for sizing as described above. These steps prior to the formation of gaseous precursor-filled liposomes provide the advantages, for example, of reducing the amount of unhydrated lipid and thus providing a significantly higher yield of gaseous precursor-filled liposomes, as well as and providing sterile gaseous precursor-filled liposomes ready for administration to a patient. For example, a mixing vessel such as a vial or syringe may be filled with a filtered lipid suspension, and the solution may then be sterilized within the mixing vessel, for example, by autoclaving. A gaseous precursor may be instilled into the lipid suspension to form gaseous precursor-filled liposomes by shaking the sterile vessel. Preferably, the sterile vessel is equipped with a filter positioned such that the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes pass through the filter before contacting a patient. [0121]
  • The first step of this preferred method, extruding the lipid solution through a filter, decreases the amount of unhydrated lipid by breaking up the dried lipid and exposing a greater surface area for hydration. Preferably, the filter has a pore size of about 0.1 to about 5 μm, more preferably, about 0.1 to about 4 μm, even more preferably, about 0.1 to about 2 μm, and even more preferably, about 1 μm, most preferably 0.22 μm. As shown in FIG. 7, when a lipid suspension is filtered (FIG. 7B), the amount of unhydrated lipid is reduced when compared to a lipid suspension that was not pre-filtered (FIG. 7A). Unhydrated lipid appears as amorphous clumps of non-uniform size and is undesirable. [0122]
  • The second step, sterilization, provides a composition that may be readily administered to a patient. Preferably, sterilization is accomplished by heat sterilization, preferably, by autoclaving the solution at a temperature of at least about 100° C., and more preferably, by autoclaving at about 100° C. to about 130° C., even more preferably, about 110° C. to about 130° C., even more preferably, about 120° C. to about 130° C., and most preferably, about 130° C. Preferably, heating occurs for at least about 1 minute, more preferably, about 1 to about 30 minutes, even more preferably, about 10 to about 20 minutes, and most preferably, about 15 minutes. [0123]
  • Where sterilization occurs by a process other than heat sterilization at a temperature which would cause rupture of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes, sterilization may occur subsequent to the formation of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes, and is preferred. For example, gamma radiation may be used before and/or after gaseous precursor-filled liposomes are formed. [0124]
  • Sterilization of the gaseous precursor may be achieved via passage through a 0.22 μm filter or a smaller filter, prior to emulsification in the aqueous media. This can be easily achieved via sterile filtration of the contents directly into a vial which contains a predetermined amount of likewise sterilized and sterile-filled aqueous carrier. [0125]
  • FIG. 8 illustrates the ability of gaseous precursor-filled liposomes to successfully form after autoclaving, which was carried out at 130° C. for 15 minutes, followed by vortexing for 10 minutes. Further, after the extrusion and sterilization procedure, the shaking step yields gaseous precursor-filled liposomes with little to no residual anhydrous lipid phase. FIG. 8A shows gaseous precursor-filled liposomes generated after autoclaving but prior to filtration, thus resulting in a number of gaseous precursor-filled liposomes having a size greater than 10 μm. FIG. 8B shows gaseous precursor-filled liposomes after a filtration through a 10 μm “NUCLEPORE” filter, resulting in a uniform size around 10 μm. [0126]
  • The materials which may be utilized in preparing the gaseous precursor-filled lipid microspheres include any of the materials or combinations thereof known to those skilled in the art as suitable for liposome preparation. Gas precursors which undergo phase transition from a liquid to a gas at their boiling point may be used in the present invention. The lipids used may be of either natural or synthetic origin. The particular lipids are chosen to optimize the desired properties, e.g., short plasma half-life versus long plasma half-life for maximal serum stability. It will also be understood that certain lipids may be more efficacious for particular applications, such as the containment of a therapeutic compound to be released upon rupture of the gaseous precursor-filled lipid microsphere. [0127]
  • The lipid in the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes may be in the form of a single bilayer or a multilamellar bilayer, and are preferably multilamellar. [0128]
  • Gaseous precursors which may be activated by temperature may be useful in the present invention. Table II lists examples of gaseous precursors which undergo phase transitions from liquid to gaseous states at close to normal body temperature (37° C.) and the size of the emulsified droplets that would be required to form a microsphere having a size of 10 microns. The list is composed of potential gaseous precursors that may be used to form temperature activated gaseous precursor-containing liposomes of a defined size. The list should not be construed as being limiting by any means, as to the possibilities of gaseous precursors for the methods of the present invention. [0129]
    TABLE II
    Physical Characteristics of Gaseous Precursors and
    Diameter of Emulsified Droplet to Form a 10 μm Microsphere
    Diameter (μm) of
    Emulsified droplet
    Molecular Boiling Point to make 10 micron
    Compound Weight (° C.) Density microsphere
    1- 76.11 32.5 6.7789 1.2
    fluorobutane
    2-methyl 72.15 27.8 0.6201 2.6
    butane
    (isopentane)
    2-methyl 1- 70.13 31.2 0.6504 2.5
    butene
    2-methyl-2- 70.13 38.6 0.6623 2.5
    butene
    1-butene-3- 66.10 34.0 0.6801 2.4
    yne-2-methyl
    3-methyl-1- 68.12 29.5 0.6660 2.5
    butyne
    perfluoro 88.00 −129 3.034 3.3
    methane
    perfluoro 138.01 −79 1.590 1.0
    ethane
    perfluoro 238.03 3.96 1.6484 2.8
    butane
    perfluoro 288.04 57.73 1.7326 2.9
    pentane
    octafluoro 200.04 −5.8 1.48 2.8
    cyclobutane
    decafluoro 238.04 −2 1.517 3.0
    butane
    hexafluoro 138.01 −78.1 1.607 2.7
    ethane
    docecafluoro 288.05 29.5 1.664 2.9
    pentane
    octafluoro-2- 200.04 1.2 1.5297 2.8
    butene
    perfluoro 200.04 −5.8 1.48 2.8
    cyclobutane
    octafluoro 212.05 27 1.58 2.7
    cyclopentene
    perfluoro 162 5 1.602 2.5
    cyclobutene
  • Examples of gaseous precursors are by no means limited to Table II. In fact, for a variety of different applications, virtually any liquid can be used to make gaseous precursors so long as it is capable of undergoing a phase transition to the gas phase upon passing through the appropriate activation temperature. Examples of gaseous precursors that may be used include, and are by no means limited to, the following: hexafluoro acetone; isopropyl acetylene; allene; tetrafluoroallene; boron trifluoride; 1,2-butadiene; 1,3-butadiene; 1,3-butadiene; 1,2,3-trichloro, 2-fluoro-1,3-butadiene; 2-methyl,1,3 butadiene; hexafluoro-1,3-butadiene; butadiyne; 1-fluoro-butane; 2-methyl-butane; decafluoro butane; 1-butene; 2-butene; 2-methy-1-butene; 3-methyl-1-butene; perfluoro-1-butene; perfluoro-1-butene; perfluoro-2-butene; 1,4-phenyl-3 -butene-2-one; 2-methyl-1-butene-3-yne; butyl nitrate; 1-butyne; 2-butyne; 2-chloro-1,1,1,4,4,4-hexafluoro-butyne; 3-methyl-1-butyne; perfluoro-2-butyne; 2-bromo-butyraldehyde; carbonyl sulfide; crotononitrile; cyclobutane; methyl-cyclobutane; octafluoro-cyclobutane; perfluoro-cyclobutene; 3-chloro-cyclopentene; perfluoro ethane; perfluoro propane; perfluoro butane; perfluoro pentane; perfluoro hexane;cyclopropane; 1,2-dimethyl-cyclopropane; 1,1-dimethyl cyclopropane; 1,2-dimethyl cyclopropane; ethyl cyclopropane; methyl cyclopropane; diacetylene; 3-ethyl-3-methyl diaziridine; 1,1,1-trifluorodiazoethane; dimethyl amine; hexafluoro-dimethyl amine; dimethylethylamine; -bis-(Dimethyl phosphine)amine; 2,3-dimethyl-2-norbornane; perfluorodimethylamine; dimethyloxonium chloride; 1,3-dioxolane-2-one; perfluorocarbons such as and not limited to 4-methyl, 1,1,1,2-tetrafluoro ethane; 1,1,1-trifluoroethane; 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethane; 1,1,2-trichloro-1,2,2-trifluoroethane; 1,1 dichloroethane; 1,1-dichloro-1,2,2,2-tetrafluoro ethane; 1,2-difluoro ethane; 1-chloro-1,1,2,2,2-pentafluoro ethane; 2-chloro, 1,1-difluoroethane; 1-chloro-1,1,2,2-tetrafluoro ethane; 2-chloro, 1,1-difluoroethane; chloroethane; chloropentafluoro ethane; dichlorotrifluoroethane; fluoro-ethane; hexafluoro-ethane; nitro-pentafluoro ethane; nitroso-pentafluoro ethane; perfluoro ethane; perfluoro ethylamine; ethyl vinyl ether; 1,1-dichloro ethylene; 1,1-dichloro-1,2-difluoro ethylene; 1,2-difluoro ethylene; Methane; Methane-sulfonyl chloride-trifluoro; Methanesulfonyl fluoride-trifluoro; Methane-(pentafluorothio)trifluoro; Methane-bromo difluoro nitroso; Methane-bromo fluoro; Methane-bromo chloro-fluoro; Methanebromo-trifluoro; Methane-chloro difluoro nitro; Methane-chloro dinitro; Methanechloro fluoro; Methane-chloro trifluoro; Methane-chloro-difluoro; Methane dibromo difluoro; Methane-dichloro difluoro; Methane-dichloro-fluoro; Methanedifluoro; Methane-difluoro-iodo; Methane-disilano; Methane-fluoro; Methaneiodo; Methane-iodo-trifluoro; Methane-nitro-trifluoro; Methane-nitroso-trifluoro; Methane-tetrafluoro; Methane-trichlorofluoro; Methane-trifluoro; Methanesulfenylchloride-trifluoro; 2-Methyl butane; Methyl ether; Methyl isopropyl ether; Methyl lactate; Methyl nitrite; Methyl sulfide; Methyl vinyl ether; Neon; Neopentane; Nitrogen (N[0130] 2); Nitrous oxide; 1,2,3-Nonadecane tricarboxylic acid-2-hydroxytrimethylester; 1-Nonene-3-yne; Oxygen (O2); 1,4-Pentadiene; n-Pentane; Pentane-perfluoro; 2-Pentanone-4-amino-4-methyl; 1-Pentene; 2-Pentene [cis]; 2-Pentene (trans); 1-Pentene-3-bromo; 1-Pentene-perfluoro; Phthalic acid-tetrachloro; Piperidine-2,3,6-trimethyl; Propane, Propane-1,1,1,2,2,3-hexafluoro; Propane-1,2-epoxy; Propane-2,2 difluoro; Propane 2-amino, Propane-2-chloro; Propane-heptafluoro-1-nitro; Propane-heptafluoro-1-nitroso; Propane-perfluoro; Propene; Propyl-1,1,1,2,3,3-hexafluoro-2,3 dichloro; Propylene-1-chloro; Propylenechloro-(trans); Propylene-2-chloro; Propylene-3-fluoro; Propylene-perfluoro; Propyne; Propyne-3,3,3-trifluoro; Styrene-3-fluoro; Sulfur hexafluoride; Sulfur (di)-decafluoro(S2F10); Toluene-2,4-diamino; Trifluoroacetonitrile; Trifluoromethyl peroxide; Trifluoromethyl sulfide; Tungsten hexafluoride; Vinyl acetylene; Vinyl ether; Xenon; Nitrogen; air; and other ambient gases.
  • Perfluorocarbons are the preferred gases of the present invention, fluorine gas, perfluoromethane, perfluoroethane, perfluorobutane, perfluoropentane, perfluorohexane; even more preferrably perfluoroethane, perfluoropropane and perfluorobutane; most preferrably perfluoropropane and perfluorobutane as the more inert perfluorinated gases are less toxic. [0131]
  • Microspheres of the present invention include and are not limited to liposomes, lipid coatings, emulsions and polymers. [0132]
  • Lipids which may be used to create lipid microspheres include but are not limited to: lipids such as fatty acids, lysolipids, phosphatidylcholine with both saturated and unsaturated lipids including dioleoylphosphatidylcholine; dimyristoylphosphatidyl-choline; dipentadecanoylphosphatidyl-choline, dilauroylphosphatidylcholine, dioleoylphosphatidyl-choline, dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine; distearoyl-phosphatidylcholine; phosphatidylethanolamines such as dioleoylphosphatidylethanolamine; phosphatidylserine; phosphatidylglycerol; phosphatidylinositol, sphingolipids such as sphingomyelin; glycolipids such as ganglioside GM1 and GM2; glucolipids; sulfatides; glycosphingolipids; phosphatidic acid; palmitic acid; stearic acid; arachidonic acid; oleic acid; lipids bearing polymers such as polyethyleneglycol, chitin, hyaluronic acid or polyvinylpyrrolidone; lipids bearing sulfonated mono-, di-, oligo- or polysaccharides; cholesterol, cholesterol sulfate and cholesterol hemisuccinate; tocopherol hemisuccinate, lipids with ether and ester-linked fatty acids, polymerized lipids, diacetyl phosphate, stearylamine, cardiolipin, phospholipids with short chain fatty acids of 6-8 carbons in length, synthetic phospholipids with asymmetric acyl chains (e.g., with one acyl chain of 6 carbons and another acyl chain of 12 carbons), 6-(5-cholesten-3β-yloxy)-1-thio-β-D-galactopyranoside, digalactosyldiglyceride, 6-(5-cholesten-3β-yloxy)hexyl-6-amino-6-deoxy-1-thio-β-D-galactopyranoside, 6-(5-cholesten-3β-yloxy)hexyl-6-amino-6-deoxyl-1-thio-α-D-mannopyranoside, 12-(((7′-diethylaminocoumarin-3-yl)carbonyl)methylamino)octadecanoic acid; N-[12-(((7′-diethylaminocoumarin-3-yl)carbonyl)methyl-amino)-octadecanoyl]-2-aminopalmitic acid; cholesteryl)4′-trimethyl-ammonio)butanoate; N-succinyldioleoylphosphatidylethanol-amine; 1,2-dioleoyl-sn-glycerol;1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-3-succinylglycerol; 1,3-dipalmitoyl-2-succinylglycerol;1-hexadecyl-2-palmitoylglycero-phosphoethanolamine; and palmitoylhomocysteine; and/or combinations thereof. The liposomes may be formed as monolayers or bilayers and may or may not have a coating. [0133]
  • Lipids bearing hydrophilic polymers such as polyethyleneglycol (PEG), including and not limited to PEG 2,000 MW, 5,000 MW, and PEG 8,000 MW, are particularly useful for improving the stability and size distribution of the gaseous precursor-containing liposomes. Various different mole ratios of PEGylated lipid, dipalmitoylphosphatidylethanolamine (DPPC) bearing PEG 5,000 MW, for example, are also useful; 8 mole percent DPPC is preferred. A preferred product which is highly useful for entrapping gaseous precursors contains 83 mole percent DPPC, 8 mole percent DPPE-PEG 5,000 MW and 5 mole percent dipalmitoylphosphatidic acid. [0134]
  • In addition, examples of compounds used to make mixed systems include, but by no means are limited to lauryltrimethylammonium bromide (dodecyl-), cetyltrimethylammonium bromide (hexadecyl-), myristyltrimethylammonium bromide (tetradecyl-), alkyldimethylbenzylammonium chloride (alkyl=C12, C14, C16), benzyldimethyldodecylammonium bromide/chloride, benzyldimethylhexadecylammonium bromide/chloride, benzyldimethyltetradecylammonium bromide/chloride, cetyldimethylethylammonium bromide/chloride, or cetylpyridinium bromide/chloride. Likewise perfluorocarbons such as pentafluoro octadecyl iodide, perfluorooctylbromide (PFOB), perfluorodecalin, perfluorododecalin, perfluorooctyliodide, perfluorotripropylamine, and perfluorotributylamine. The perfluorocarbons may be entrapped in liposomes or stabilized in emulsions as is well know in the art such as U.S. Pat. No. 4,865,836. The above examples of lipid suspensions may also be sterilized via autoclave without appreciable change in the size of the suspensions. [0135]
  • If desired, either anionic or cationic lipids may be used to bind anionic or cationic pharmaceuticals. Cationic lipids may be used to bind DNA and RNA analogues with in or on the surface of the gaseous precursor-filled microsphere. A variety of lipids such as DOTMA, N-[1-(2,3-dioleoyloxy)propyl]-N,N,N-trimethylammonium chloride; DOTAP, 1,2-dioleoyloxy-3-(trimethylammonio)propane; and DOTB, 1,2-dioleoyl-3-(4′-trimethyl-ammonio)butanoyl-sn-glycerol may be used. In general the molar ratio of cationic lipid to non-cationic lipid in the liposome may be, for example, 1:1000, 1:100, preferably, between 2:1 to 1:10, more preferably in the range between 1:1 to 1:2.5 and most preferably 1:1 (ratio of mole amount cationic lipid to mole amount non-cationic lipid, e.g., DPPC). A wide variety of lipids may comprise the non-cationic lipid when cationic lipid is used to construct the microsphere. Preferably, this non-cationic lipid is dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine, dipalmitoylphosphatidylethanolamine or dioleoylphosphatidylethanolamine. In lieu of cationic lipids as described above, lipids bearing cationic polymers such as polylysine or polyarginine may also be used to construct the microspheres and afford binding of a negatively charged therapeutic, such as genetic material, to the outside of the microspheres. Additionally, negatively charged lipids may be used, for example, to bind positively charged therapeutic compounds. Phosphatidic acid, a negatively charged lipid, can also be used to complex DNA. This is highly surprising, as the positively charged lipids were heretofore thought to be generally necessary to bind genetic materials to liposomes. 5 to 10 mole percent phosphatidic acid in the liposomes improves the stability and size distribution of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes. [0136]
  • Other useful lipids or combinations thereof apparent to those skilled in the art which are in keeping with the spirit of the present invention are also encompassed by the present invention. For example, carbohydrate-bearing lipids may be employed for in vivo targeting, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,310,505, the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. [0137]
  • The most preferred lipids are phospholipids, preferably DPPC and DSPC, and most preferably DPPC. [0138]
  • Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids that may be used to generate gaseous precursor-filled microspheres preferably include, but are not limited to molecules that have between 12 carbon atoms and 22 carbon atoms in either linear or branched form. Examples of saturated fatty acids that may be used include, but are not limited to, lauric, myristic, palmitic, and stearic acids. Examples of unsaturated fatty acids that may be used include, but are not limited to, lauroleic, physeteric, myristoleic, palmitoleic, petroselinic, and oleic acids. Examples of branched fatty acids that may be used include, but are not limited to, isolauric, isomyristic, isopalmitic, and isostearic acids and isoprenoids. [0139]
  • Cationic polymers may be bound to the lipid layer through one or more alkyl groups or sterol groups which serve to anchor the cationic polymer into the lipid layer surrounding the gaseous precursor. Cationic polymers that may be used in this manner include, but are not limited to, polylysine and polyarginine, and their analogs such as polyhomoarginine or polyhomolysine. The positively charged groups of cationic lipids and cationic polymers, or perfluoroalkylated groups bearing cationic groups, for example, may be used to complex negatively charged molecules such as sugar phosphates on genetic material, thus binding the material to the surface of the gaseous precursor-filled lipid sphere. For example, cationic analogs of amphiphilic perfluoroalkylated bipyridines, as described in Garelli and Vierling, [0140] Biochim. Biophys Acta, 1992, 1127, 41-48, the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference in their entirety, may be used. Alternatively, for example, negatively charged molecules may be bound directly to the head groups of the lipids via ester, amide, ether, disulfide or thioester linkages.
  • Bioactive materials, such as peptides or proteins, may be incorporated into the lipid layer provided the peptides have sufficient lipophilicity or may be derivatized with alkyl or sterol groups for attachment to the lipid layer. Negatively charged peptides may be attached, for example, using cationic lipids or polymers as described above. [0141]
  • One or more emulsifying or stabilizing agents may be included with the gaseous precursors to formulate the temperature activated gaseous precursor-filled microspheres. The purpose of these emulsifying/stabilizing agents is two-fold. Firstly, these agents help to maintain the size of the gaseous precursor-filled microsphere. As noted above, the size of these microspheres will generally affect the size of the resultant gas-filled microspheres. Secondly the emulsifying and stabilizing agents may be used to coat or stabilize the microsphere which results from the precursor. Stabilization of contrast agent-containing microspheres is desirable to maximize the in vivo contrast effect. Although stabilization of the microsphere is preferred this is not an absolute requirement. Because the gas-filled microspheres resulting from these gaseous precursors are more stable than air, they may still be designed to provide useful contrast enhancement; for example, they pass through the pulmonary circulation following peripheral venous injection, even when not specifically stabilized by one or more coating or emulsifying agents. One or more coating or stabilizing agents is preferred however, as are flexible stabilizing materials. Gas microspheres stabilized by polysaccharides, gangliosides, and polymers are more effective than those stabilized by albumin and other proteins. Liposomes prepared using aliphatic compounds are preferred as microspheres stabilized with these compounds are much more flexible and stable to pressure changes. [0142]
  • Solutions of lipids or gaseous precursor-filled liposomes may be stabilized, for example, by the addition of a wide variety of viscosity modifiers, including, but not limited to carbohydrates and their phosphorylated and sulfonated derivatives; polyethers, preferably with molecular weight ranges between 400 and 8000; di- and trihydroxy alkanes and their polymers, preferably with molecular weight ranges between 800 and 8000. Glycerol propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, and polyvinyl alcohol may also be useful as stabilizers in the present invention. Particles which are porous or semi-solid such as hydroxyapatite, metal oxides and coprecipitates of gels, e.g. hyaluronic acid with calcium may be used to formulate a center or nidus to stabilize the gaseous precursors. [0143]
  • Emulsifying and/or solubilizing agents may also be used in conjunction with lipids or liposomes. Such agents include, but are not limited to, acacia, cholesterol, diethanolamine, glyceryl monostearate, lanolin alcohols, lecithin, mono- and di-glycerides, mono-ethanolamine, oleic acid, oleyl alcohol, poloxamer, [0144] polyoxyethylene 50 stearate, polyoxyl 35 castor oil, polyoxyl 10 oleyl ether, polyoxyl 20 cetostearyl ether, polyoxyl 40 stearate, polysorbate 20, polysorbate 40, polysorbate 60, polysorbate 80, propylene glycol diacetate, propylene glycol monostearate, sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium stearate, sorbitan mono-laurate, sorbitan mono-oleate, sorbitan mono-palmitate, sorbitan monostearate, stearic acid, trolamine, and emulsifying wax. All lipids with perfluoro fatty acids as a component of the lipid in lieu of the saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon fatty acids found in lipids of plant or animal origin may be used. Suspending and/or viscosity-increasing agents that may be used with lipid or liposome solutions include but are not limited to, acacia, agar, alginic acid, aluminum mono-stearate, bentonite, magma, carbomer 934P, carboxymethylcellulose, calcium and sodium and sodium 12, glycerol, carrageenan, cellulose, dextrin, gelatin, guar gum, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, magnesium aluminum silicate, methylcellulose, pectin, polyethylene oxide, polyvinyl alcohol, povidone, propylene glycol, alginate, silicon dioxide, sodium alginate, tragacanth, and xanthum gum. A preferred product of the present invention incorporates lipid as a mixed solvent system in a ratio of 8:1:1 or 9:1:1 normal saline: glycerol:propylene glycol.
  • The gaseous precursor-filled liposomes of the present invention are preferably comprised of an impermeable material. Impermeable material is defined a material that does not permit the passage of a substantial amount of the contents of the liposome in typical storage conditions. Substantial is defined as greater than about 50% of the contents, the contents being both the gas as well as any other component encapsulated within the interior of the liposome, such as a therapeutic. Preferably, no more than about 25% of the gas is released, more preferably, no more than about 10% of the gas is released, and most preferably, no more than about 1% of the gas is released during storage and prior to administration to a patient. [0145]
  • At least in part, the gas impermeability of gaseous precursor-filled liposomes has been found to be related to the gel state to liquid crystalline state phase transition temperature. It is believed that, generally, the higher gel state to liquid crystalline state phase transition temperature, the more gas impermeable the liposomes are at a given temperature. See Table I above and Derek Marsh, [0146] CRC Handbook of Lipid Bilayers (CRC Press, Boca Raton, Fla. 1990), at p. 139 for main chain melting transitions of saturated diacyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholines. However, it should be noted that a lesser degree of energy can generally be used to release a therapeutic compound from gaseous precursor-filled liposomes composed of lipids with a lower gel state to liquid crystalline state phase transition temperature.
  • In certain preferred embodiments, the phase transition temperature of the lipid is greater than the internal body temperature of the patient to which they are administered. For example, lipids having a phase transition temperature greater than about 37° C. are preferred for administration to humans. In general, microspheres having a gel to liquid phase transition temperature greater than about 20° C. are adequate and those with a phase transition temperature greater than about 37° C. are preferred. [0147]
  • In preferred embodiments, the liposomes made by the methods of the present invention are stable, stability being defined as resistance to rupture from the time of formation until the application of ultrasound. The lipids used to construct the microspheres may be chosen for stability. For example, gaseous precursor-filled liposomes composed of DSPC (distearoylphosphatidylcholine) are more stable than gaseous precursor-filled liposomes composed of DPPC (dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine) and that these in turn are more stable than gaseous precursor-filled liposomes composed of egg phosphatidylcholine (EPC). Preferably, no more than about 50% of the liposomes rupture from the time of formation until the application of ultrasound, more preferably, no more than about 25% of the liposomes rupture, even more preferably, no more than about 10% of the liposomes, and most preferably, no more than about 1% of the liposomes. [0148]
  • The subject liposomes tend to have greater gas impermeability and stability during storage than other gas-filled liposomes produced via known procedures such as pressurization or other techniques. At 72 hours after formation, for example, conventionally prepared liposomes often are essentially devoid of gas, the gas having diffused out of the liposomes and/or the liposomes having ruptured and/or fused, resulting in a concomitant loss in reflectivity. In comparison, gaseous precursor-filled liposomes of the present invention maintained in aqueous solution generally have a shelf life stability of greater than about three weeks, preferably a shelf life stability of greater than about four weeks, more preferably a shelf life stability of greater than about five weeks, even more preferably a shelf life stability of greater than about three months, and often a shelf life stability that is even much longer, such as over six months, twelve months, or even two years. [0149]
  • In addition, it has been found that the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes of the present invention can be stabilized with lipids covalently linked to polymers of polyethylene glycol, commonly referred to as PEGylated lipids. It has also been found that the incorporation of at least a small amount of negatively charged lipid into any liposome membrane, although not required, is beneficial to providing liposomes that do not have a propensity to rupture by aggregation. By at least a small amount, it is meant about 1 to about 10 mole percent of the total lipid. Suitable negatively charged lipids, or lipids bearing a net negative charge, will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art, and include, for example, phosphatidylserine, phosphatidylglycerol, phosphatidic acid, and fatty acids. Liposomes prepared from dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine are most preferred as they are selected for their ability to rupture on application of resonant frequency ultrasound, radiofrequency energy, (e.g. microwave), and/or echogenicity in addition to their stability during delivery. [0150]
  • Further, the liposomes of the invention are preferably sufficiently stable in the vasculature such that they withstand recirculation. The gaseous precursor-filled liposomes may be coated such that uptake by the reticuloendothelial system is minimized. Useful coatings include, for example, gangliosides, glucuronide, galacturonate, guluronate, polyethyleneglycol, polypropylene glycol, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyvinylalcohol, dextran, starch, phosphorylated and sulfonated mono, di, tri, oligo and polysaccharides and albumin. The liposomes may also be coated for purposes such as evading recognition by the immune system. [0151]
  • The lipid used is also preferably flexible. Flexibility, as defined in the context of gaseous precursor-filled liposomes, is the ability of a structure to alter its shape, for example, in order to pass through an opening having a size smaller than the liposome. [0152]
  • Provided that the circulation half-life of the liposomes is sufficiently long, the liposomes will generally pass through the target tissue while passing through the body. Thus, by focusing the sound waves on the selected tissue to be treated, the therapeutic will be released locally in the target tissue. As a further aid to targeting, antibodies, carbohydrates, peptides, glycopeptides, glycolipids, lectins, and synthetic and natural polymers may also be incorporated into the surface of the liposomes. Other aids for targeting include polymers such as polyethyleneglycol, polyvinylpyrrolidone, and polvinylalcohol, which may be incorporated onto the surface via alkylation, acylation, sterol groups or derivatized head groups of phospholipids such as dioleoylphosphatidylethanolamine (DOPE), dipalmitoylphosphatidylethanolamine (DPPE), or distearoylphosphatidylethanolamine (DSPE). Peptides, antibodies, lectins, glycopeptides, oligonucleotides, and glycoconjugates may also be incorporated onto the surfaces of the gaseous precursor-filled lipid spheres. [0153]
  • In certain preferred embodiments, as an aid to the gaseous precursor instillation process as well as to maintain the stability of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes, for example, emulsifiers may be added to the lipid. Examples of emulsifiers include, but are not limited to, glycerol, cetyl alcohol, sorbitol, polyvinyl alcohol, polypropylene glycol, propylene glycol, ethyl alcohol, sodium lauryl sulfate, Laureth 23, polysorbates (all units), all saturated and unsaturated fatty acids, triethanolamine, [0154] Tween 20, tween 40, Tween 60, tween 80, Polysorbate 20, Polysorbate 40, Polysorbate 60, and Polysorbate 80.
  • For storage prior to use, the liposomes of the present invention may be suspended in an aqueous solution, such as a saline solution (for example, a phosphate buffered saline solution), or simply water, and stored preferably at a temperature of between about 2° C. and about 10° C., preferably at about 4° C. Preferably, the water is sterile. [0155]
  • Typical storage conditions are, for example, a non-degassed aqueous solution of 0.9% NaCl maintained at 4° C. for 48 hours. The temperature of storage is preferably below the gel state to liquid crystalline state phase transition temperature of the material forming the liposomes. [0156]
  • Most preferably, the liposomes are stored in an isotonic saline solution, although, if desired, the saline solution may be hypotonic (e.g., about 0.3 to about 0.5% NaCl). The solution also may be buffered, if desired, to provide a pH range of about [0157] pH 5 to about pH 7.4. Suitable buffers include, but are not limited to, acetate, citrate, phosphate, bicarbonate, and phosphate-buffered saline, 5%dextrose, and physiological saline (normal saline).
  • Bacteriostatic agents may also be included with the liposomes to prevent bacterial degradation on storage. Suitable bacteriostatic agents include but are not limited to benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride, benzoic acid, benzyl alcohol, butylparaben, cetylpyridinium chloride, chlorobutanol, chlorocresol, methylparaben, phenol, potassium benzoate, potassium sorbate, sodium benzoate and sorbic acid. [0158]
  • By “gas-filled”, as used herein, it is meant liposomes having an interior volume that is at least about 10% gas, preferably at least about 25% gas, more preferably at least about 50% gas, even more preferably at least about 75% gas, and most preferably at least about 90% gas. It will be understood by one skilled in the art, once armed with the present disclosure, that a gaseous precursor may also be used, followed by activation to form a gas. [0159]
  • Various biocompatible gases may be employed in the gas-filled liposomes of the present invention. Such gases include air, nitrogen, carbon dioxide, oxygen, argon, fluorine, xenon, neon, helium, or any and all combinations thereof. Other suitable gases will be apparent to those skilled in the art once armed with the present disclosure. In addition to the gaseous precursors disclosed herein, the precursors may be co-entrapped with other gases. For example, during the transition from the gaseous precursor to a gas in an enclosed environment containing ambient gas (as air), the two gases may mix and upon agitation and formation of microspheres, the gaseous content of the microspheres results in a mixture of two or more gases, dependent upon the densities of the gases mixed. [0160]
  • The size of the liposomes of the present invention will depend upon the intended use. With the smaller liposomes, resonant frequency ultrasound will generally be higher than for the larger liposomes. Sizing also serves to modulate resultant liposomal biodistribution and clearance. In addition to filtration, the size of the liposomes can be adjusted, if desired, by procedures known to one skilled in the art, such as extrusion, sonication, homogenization, the use of a laminar stream of a core of liquid introduced into an immiscible sheath of liquid. See, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 4,728,578; U.K. Patent Application GB 2193095 A; U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,728,575; 4,737,323; International Application PCT/US85/01161; Mayer et al., [0161] Biochimica et Biophysica Acta 1986, 858, 161-168; Hope et al., Biochimica et Biophysica Acta 1985, 812, 55-65; U.S. Pat. No. 4,533,254; Mayhew et al., Methods in Enzymology 1987, 149, 64-77; Mayhew et al., Biochimica et Biophysica Acta 1984, 755, 169-74; Cheng et al, Investigative Radiology 1987, 22, 47-55; PCT/US89/05040; U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,162,282; 4,310,505; 4,921,706; and Liposomes Technology, Gregoriadis, G., ed., Vol. 1, pp. 29-37, 51-67 and 79-108 (CRC Press Inc, Boca Raton, Fla. 1984). The disclosures of each of the foregoing patents, publications and patent applications are incorporated by reference herein, in their entirety. Extrusion under pressure through pores of defined size is a preferred method of adjusting the size of the liposomes.
  • Since liposome size influences biodistribution, different size liposomes may be selected for various purposes. For example, for intravascular application, the preferred size range is a mean outside diameter between about 30 nanometers and about 10 microns, with the preferable mean outside diameter being about 5 microns. [0162]
  • More specifically, for intravascular application, the size of the liposomes is preferably about 10 μm or less in mean outside diameter, and preferably less than about 7 μm, and more preferably no smaller than about 5 nanometers in mean outside diameter. Preferably, the liposomes are no smaller than about 30 nanometers in mean outside diameter. [0163]
  • To provide therapeutic delivery to organs such as the liver and to allow differentiation of tumor from normal tissue, smaller liposomes, between about 30 nanometers and about 100 nanometers in mean outside diameter, are preferred. [0164]
  • For embolization of a tissue such as the kidney or the lung, the liposomes are preferably less than about 200 microns in mean outside diameter. [0165]
  • For intranasal, intrarectal or topical administration, the microspheres are preferably less than about 100 microns in mean outside diameter. [0166]
  • Large liposomes, e.g., between 1 and 10 microns in size, will generally be confined to the intravascular space until they are cleared by phagocytic elements lining the vessels, such as the macrophages and Kuppfer cells lining capillary sinusoids. For passage to the cells beyond the sinusoids, smaller liposomes, for example, less than about a micron in mean outside diameter, e.g., less than about 300 nanometers in size, may be utilized. [0167]
  • The route of administration of the liposomes will vary depending on the intended use. As one skilled in the art would recognize, administration of therapeutic delivery systems of the present invention may be carried out in various fashions, such as intravascularly, intralymphatically, parenterally, subcutaneously, intramuscularly, intranasally, intrarectally, intraperitoneally, interstitially, into the airways via nebulizer, hyperbarically, orally, topically, or intratumorly, using a variety of dosage forms. One preferred route of administration is intravascularly. For intravascular use, the therapeutic delivery system is generally injected intravenously, but may be injected intraarterially as well. The liposomes of the invention may also be injected interstitially or into any body cavity. [0168]
  • The delivery of therapeutics from the liposomes of the present invention using ultrasound is best accomplished for tissues which have a good acoustic window for the transmission of ultrasonic energy. This is the case for most tissues in the body such as muscle, the heart, the liver and most other vital structures. In the brain, in order to direct the ultrasonic energy past the skull a surgical window may be necessary. For body parts without an acoustic window, e.g. through bone, radiofrequency or microwave energy is preferred. [0169]
  • Additionally, the invention is especially useful in delivering therapeutics to a patient's lungs. Gaseous precursor-filled liposomes of the present invention are lighter than, for example, conventional liquid-filled liposomes which generally deposit in the central proximal airway rather than reaching the periphery of the lungs. It is therefore believed that the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes of the present invention may improve delivery of a therapeutic compound to the periphery of the lungs, including the terminal airways and the alveoli. For application to the lungs, the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes may be applied through nebulization, for example. [0170]
  • 2 cc of liposomes (lipid=83% DPPC/8% DPPE-PEG 5,000/5% DPPA) entrapping air was placed in a nebulizer and nebulized. The resulting liposomes post nebulization, were around 1 to 2 microns in size and were shown to float in the air. These size particles appear ideal for delivering drugs, peptides, genetic materials and other therapeutic compounds into the far reaches of the lung (i.e. terminal airways and alveoli). Because the gas filled liposomes are almost as light as air, much lighter than conventional water filled liposomes, they float longer in the air, and as such are better for delivering compounds into the distal lung. When DNA is added to these liposomes, it is readily adsorbed or bound to the liposomes. Thus, liposomes and microspheres filled by gas and gaseous precursors hold vast potential for pulmonary drug delivery. [0171]
  • In applications such as the targeting of the lungs, which are lined with lipids, the therapeutic may be released upon aggregation of the gaseous precursor-filled liposome with the lipids lining the targeted tissue. Additionally, the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes may burst after administration without the use of ultrasound. Thus, ultrasound need not be applied to release the drug in the above type of administration. [0172]
  • Further, the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes of the invention are especially useful for therapeutics that may be degraded in aqueous media or upon exposure to oxygen and/or atmospheric air. For example, the liposomes may be filled with an inert gas such as nitrogen or argon, for use with labile therapeutic compounds. Additionally, the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes may be filled with an inert gas and used to encapsulate a labile therapeutic for use in a region of a patient that would normally cause the therapeutic to be exposed to atmospheric air, such as cutaneous and ophthalmic applications. [0173]
  • The gaseous precursor-filled liposomes are also especially useful for transcutaneous delivery, such as a patch delivery system. The use of rupturing ultrasound may increase transdermal delivery of therapeutic compounds. Further, a mechanism may be used to monitor and modulate drug delivery. For example, diagnostic ultrasound may be used to visually monitor the bursting of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes and modulate drug delivery and/or a hydrophone may be used to detect the sound of the bursting of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes and modulate drug delivery. [0174]
  • In preferred embodiments, the gas-filled liposomes are administered in a vehicle as individual particles, as opposed to being embedded in a polymeric matrix for the purposes of controlled release. [0175]
  • For in vitro use, such as cell culture applications, the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes may be added to the cells in cultures and then incubated. Subsequently sonic energy, microwave, or thermal energy (e.g. simple heating) can be applied to the culture media containing the cells and liposomes. [0176]
  • Generally, the therapeutic delivery systems of the invention are administered in the form of an aqueous suspension such as in water or a saline solution (e.g., phosphate buffered saline). Preferably, the water is sterile. Also, preferably the saline solution is an isotonic saline solution, although, if desired, the saline solution may be hypotonic (e.g., about 0.3 to about 0.5% NaCl). The solution may also be buffered, if desired, to provide a pH range of about [0177] pH 5 to about pH 7.4. In addition, dextrose may be preferably included in the media. Further solutions that may be used for administration of gaseous precursor-filled liposomes include, but are not limited to almond oil, corn oil, cottonseed oil, ethyl oleate, isopropyl myristate, isopropyl palmitate, mineral oil, myristyl alcohol, octyldodecanol, olive oil, peanut oil, persic oil, sesame oil, soybean oil, squalene, myristyl oleate, cetyl oleate, myristyl palmitate, as well as other saturated and unsaturated alkyl chain alcohols (C=2-22) esterified to alkyl chain fatty acids (C=2-22).
  • The useful dosage of gaseous precursor-filled microspheres to be administered and the mode of administration will vary depending upon the age, weight, and mammal to be treated, and the particular application (therapeutic/diagnostic) intended. Typically, dosage is initiated at lower levels and increased until the desired therapeutic effect is achieved. [0178]
  • For use in ultrasonic imaging, preferably, the liposomes of the invention possess a reflectivity of greater than 2 dB, more preferably between about 4 dB and about 20 dB. Within these ranges, the highest reflectivity for the liposomes of the invention is exhibited by the larger liposomes, by higher concentrations of liposomes, and/or when higher ultrasound frequencies are employed. [0179]
  • For therapeutic drug delivery, the rupturing of the therapeutic containing liposomes of the invention is surprisingly easily carried out by applying ultrasound of a certain frequency to the region of the patient where therapy is desired, after the liposomes have been administered to or have otherwise reached that region. Specifically, it has been unexpectedly found that when ultrasound is applied at a frequency corresponding to the peak resonant frequency of the therapeutic containing gaseous precursor-filled liposomes, the liposomes will rupture and release their contents. [0180]
  • The peak resonant frequency can be determined either in vivo or in vitro, but preferably in vivo, by exposing the liposomes to ultrasound, receiving the reflected resonant frequency signals and analyzing the spectrum of signals received to determine the peak, using conventional means. The peak, as so determined, corresponds to the peak resonant frequency (or second harmonic, as it is sometimes termed). [0181]
  • Preferably, the liposomes of the invention have a peak resonant frequency of between about 0.5 mHz and about 10 mHz. Of course, the peak resonant frequency of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes of the invention will vary depending on the outside diameter and, to some extent, the elasticity or flexibility of the liposomes, with the larger and more elastic or flexible liposomes having a lower resonant frequency than the smaller and less elastic or flexible liposomes. [0182]
  • The therapeutic-containing gaseous precursor-filled liposomes will also rupture when exposed to non-peak resonant frequency ultrasound in combination with a higher intensity (wattage) and duration (time). This higher energy, however, results in greatly increased heating, which may not be desirable. By adjusting the frequency of the energy to match the peak resonant frequency, the efficiency of rupture and therapeutic release is improved, appreciable tissue heating does not generally occur (frequently no increase in temperature above about 2° C.), and less overall energy is required. Thus, application of ultrasound at the peak resonant frequency, while not required, is most preferred. [0183]
  • For diagnostic or therapeutic ultrasound, any of the various types of diagnostic ultrasound imaging devices may be employed in the practice of the invention, the particular type or model of the device not being critical to the method of the invention. Also suitable are devices designed for administering ultrasonic hyperthermia, such devices being described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,620,546, 4,658,828, and 4,586,512, the disclosures of each of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. Preferably, the device employs a resonant frequency (RF) spectral analyzer. The transducer probes may be applied externally or may be implanted. Ultrasound is generally initiated at lower intensity and duration, and then intensity, time, and/or resonant frequency increased until the liposome is visualized on ultrasound (for diagnostic ultrasound applications) or ruptures (for therapeutic ultrasound applications). [0184]
  • Although application of the various principles will be readily apparent to one skilled in the art, once armed with the present disclosure, by way of general guidance, for gaseous precursor-filled liposomes of about 1.5 to about 10 microns in mean outside diameter, the resonant frequency will generally be in the range of about 1 to about 10 megahertz. By adjusting the focal zone to the center of the target tissue (e.g., the tumor) the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes can be visualized under real time ultrasound as they accumulate within the target tissue. Using the 7.5 megahertz curved array transducer as an example, adjusting the power delivered to the transducer to maximum and adjusting the focal zone within the target tissue, the spatial peak temporal average (SPTA) power will then be a maximum of approximately 5.31 mW/cm[0185] 2 in water. This power will cause some release of therapeutic from the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes, but much greater release can be accomplished by using higher power.
  • By switching the transducer to the doppler mode, higher power outputs are available, up to 2.5 watts per cm[0186] 2 from the same transducer. With the machine operating in doppler mode, the power can be delivered to a selected focal zone within the target tissue and the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes can be made to release their therapeutics. Selecting the transducer to match the resonant frequency of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes will make this process of therapeutic release even more efficient.
  • For larger diameter gaseous precursor-filled liposomes, e.g., greater than 3 microns in mean outside diameter, a lower frequency transducer may be more effective in accomplishing therapeutic release. For example, a lower frequency transducer of 3.5 megahertz (20 mm curved array model) may be selected to correspond to the resonant frequency of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes. Using this transducer, 101.6 milliwatts per cm[0187] 2 may be delivered to the focal spot, and switching to doppler mode will increase the power output (SPTA) to 1.02 watts per cm2.
  • To use the phenomenon of cavitation to release and/or activate the drugs/prodrugs within the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes, lower frequency energies may be used, as cavitation occurs more effectively at lower frequencies. Using a 0.757 megahertz transducer driven with higher voltages (as high as 300 volts) cavitation of solutions of gaseous precursor-filled liposomes will occur at thresholds of about 5.2 atmospheres. [0188]
  • Table III shows the ranges of energies transmitted to tissues from diagnostic ultrasound on commonly used instruments such as the Piconics Inc. (Tyngsboro, Mass.) Portascan general purpose scanner with receiver pulser 1966 Model 661; the Picker (Cleveland, Ohio) Echoview 8L Scanner including 80C System or the Medisonics (Mountain View, Calif.) Model D-9 Versatone Bidirectional Doppler. In general, these ranges of energies employed in pulse repetition are useful for diagnosis and monitoring the gas-filled liposomes but are insufficient to rupture the gas-filled liposomes of the present invention. [0189]
    TABLE III
    Power and Intensities Produced by Diagnostic Equipment*
    Pulse repetition Total ultrasonic power Average Intensity at
    rate (Hz) output P (mW) transducer face ITD (W/m2)
    520 4.2 32
    676 9.4 71
    806 6.8 24
    1000  14.4  51
    1538  2.4   8.5
  • Higher energy ultrasound such as commonly employed in therapeutic ultrasound equipment is preferred for activation of the therapeutic containing gaseous precursor-filled liposomes. In general, therapeutic ultrasound machines employ as much as 50% to 100% duty cycles dependent upon the area of tissue to be heated by ultrasound. Areas with larger amounts of muscle mass (i.e., backs, thighs) and highly vascularized tissues such as heart may require the larger duty cycle, e.g., 100%. [0190]
  • In diagnostic ultrasound, one or several pulses of sound are used and the machine pauses between pulses to receive the reflected sonic signals. The limited number of pulses used in diagnostic ultrasound limits the effective energy which is delivered to the tissue which is being imaged. [0191]
  • In therapeutic ultrasound, continuous wave ultrasound is used to deliver higher energy levels. In using the liposomes of the present invention, the sound energy may be pulsed, but continuous wave ultrasound is preferred. If pulsing is employed, the sound will preferably be pulsed in echo train lengths of at least about 8 and preferably at 15 least about 20 pulses at a time. [0192]
  • Either fixed frequency or modulated frequency ultrasound may be used. Fixed frequency is defined wherein the frequency of the sound wave is constant over time. A modulated frequency is one in which the wave frequency changes over time, for example, from high to low (PRICH) or from low to high (CHIRP). For example, a PRICH pulse with an initial frequency of 10 MHz of sonic energy is swept to 1 MHz with increasing power from 1 to 5 watts. Focused, frequency modulated, high energy ultrasound may increase the rate of local gaseous expansion within the liposomes and rupturing to provide local delivery of therapeutics. [0193]
  • The frequency of the sound used may vary from about 0.025 to about 100 megahertz. Frequency ranges between about 0.75 and about 3 megahertz are preferred and frequencies between about 1 and about 2 megahertz are most preferred. Commonly used therapeutic frequencies of about 0.75 to about 1.5 megahertz may be used. Commonly used diagnostic frequencies of about 3 to about 7.5 megahertz may also be used. For very small liposomes, e.g., below 0.5 micron in mean outside diameter, higher frequencies of sound may be preferred as these smaller liposomes will absorb sonic energy more effectively at higher frequencies of sound. When very high frequencies are used, e.g., over 10 megahertz, the sonic energy will generally have limited depth penetration into fluids and tissues. External application may be preferred for the skin and other superficial tissues, but for deep structures, the application of sonic energy via interstitial probes or intravascular ultrasound catheters may be preferred. [0194]
  • Where the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes are used for therapeutic delivery, the therapeutic compound to be delivered may be embedded within the wall of the liposome, encapsulated in the liposome and/or attached to the liposome, as desired. The phrase “attached to” or variations thereof, as used herein in connection with the location of the therapeutic compound, means that the therapeutic compound is linked in some manner to the inside and/or the outside wall of the microsphere, such as through a covalent or ionic bond or other means of chemical or electrochemical linkage or interaction. The phrase “encapsulated in variations thereof” as used in connection with the location of the therapeutic compound denotes that the therapeutic compound is located in the internal microsphere void. The phrase “embedded within” or variations thereof as used in connection with the location of the therapeutic compound, signifies the positioning of the therapeutic compound within the microsphere wall. The phrase “comprising a therapeutic” denotes all of the varying types of therapeutic positioning in connection with the microsphere. Thus, the therapeutic can be positioned variably, such as, for example, entrapped within the internal void of the gaseous precursor-filled microsphere, situated between the gaseous precursor and the internal wall of the gaseous precursor-filled microsphere, incorporated onto the external surface of the gaseous precursor-filled microsphere and/or enmeshed within the microsphere structure itself. [0195]
  • Any of a variety of therapeutics may be encapsulated in the liposomes. By therapeutic, as used herein, it is meant an agent having beneficial effect on the patient. As used herein, the term therapeutic is synonymous with the terms contrast agent and/or drug. [0196]
  • Examples of drugs that may be delivered with gaseous precursor-filled liposomes may contain for drug delivery purposes, but by no means is limited to; hormone products such as, vasopressin and oxytocin and their derivatives, glucagon, and thyroid agents as iodine products and anti-thyroid agents; cardiovascular products as chelating agents and mercurial diuretics and cardiac glycosides; respiratory products as xanthine derivatives (theophylline & aminophylline); anti-infectives as aminoglycosides, antifungals (amphotericin), penicillin and cephalosporin antibiotics, antiviral agents as Zidovudine, Ribavirin, Amantadine, Vidarabine, and Acyclovir, anti-helmintics, antimalarials, and antituberculous drugs; biologicals as immune serums, antitoxins and antivenins, rabies prophylaxis products, bacterial vaccines, viral vaccines, toxoids; antineoplastics as nitrosureas, nitrogen mustards, antimetabolites (fluorouracil, hormones as progestins and estrogens and antiestrogens; antibiotics as Dactinomycin; mitotic inhibitors as Etoposide and the Vinca alkaloids, Radiopharmaceuticals as radioactive iodine and phosphorus products; as well as Interferon, hydroxyurea, procarbazine, Dacarbazine, Mitotane, Asparaginase and cyclosporins. [0197]
  • Genetic and bioactive materials may be incorporated into the internal gaseous precursor-filled space of these liposomes during the gaseous precursor installation process or into or onto the lipid membranes of these particles. Incorporation onto the surface of these particles is preferred. Genetic materials and bioactive products with a high octanol/water partition coefficient may be incorporated directly into the lipid layer surrounding the gaseous precursor but incorporation onto the surface of the gaseous precursor-filled lipid spheres is more preferred. To accomplish this, groups capable of binding genetic materials or bioactive materials are generally incorporated into the lipid layers which will then bind these materials. In the case of genetic materials (DNA, RNA, both single stranded and double stranded and antisense and sense oligonucleotides) this is readily accomplished through the use of cationic lipids or cationic polymers which may be incorporated into the dried lipid starting materials. [0198]
  • It is the surprising discovery of the invention that liposomes, gas-filled and gas precursor-filled, when produced with phosphatidic acid, e.g. dipalmitoylphosphatidic acid in molar arnounts in excess of 5 mole % and preferably about 10 mole %, function as highly effective binders of genetic material. Such liposomes bind DNA avidly. This is surprising since positively charged liposomes were heretofore recognized as most useful for binding DNA. Liposomes with 5 mole % to 10 mole % DPPA function as highly effective gas and gaseous precursor retaining structures. Compositions incorporating phosphatidic acid are more robust for diagnostic ultrasound and useful for carrying DNA as well as other pharmaceuticals. [0199]
  • It is believed that nanoparticles, microparticles, and emulsions of certain precursors are particularly effective at accumulating in ischemic and diseased tissue. Such precursors can be used for detecting ischemic and diseased tissue via ultrasound and also for delivering drugs to these tissues. By co-entrapping drugs with the emulsions or nanoparticles comprising the gaseous precursors said drugs can then be delivered to the diseased tissues. For example, emulsions of, sulfur hexafluoride, hesafluoropropylene, bromochlorofluoromethane, octafluoropropane, 1,1 dichloro,fluoro ethane, hexafluoroethane, hesafluoro-2-butyne, perfluoropentane, perfluorobutane, octafluoro-2-butene or hexafluorobuta-1,3-diene or octafluorocyclopentene (27° C.) can be used to deliver drugs such as cardiac glycosides, angiogenic factors and vasoactive compounds to ischemic regions of the myocardium. Similarly, emulsions of the above precursors may also be used to deliver antisense DNA or chemotherapeutics to tumors. It is postulated that subtle changes in temperature, pH and oxygen tension are responsible for the accumulation of certain precursors preferentially by diseased and ischemic tissues. These precursors can be used as a delivery vehicle or in ultrasound for drug delivery. [0200]
  • Suitable therapeutics include, but are not limited to paramagnetic gases, such as atmospheric air, which contains traces of oxygen 17; paramagnetic ions such as Mn[0201] +2, Gd+2, Fe+3; iron oxides or magnetite (Fe3O4) and may thus be used as susceptibility contrast agents for magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), radioopaque metal ions, such as iodine, barium, bromine, or tungsten, for use as x-ray contrast agents, gases from quadrupolar nuclei, may have potential for use as Magnetic Resonance contrast agents, antineoplastic agents, such as platinum compounds (e.g., spiroplatin, cisplatin, and carboplatin), methotrexate, fluorouracil, adriamycin, taxol, mitomycin, ansamitocin, bleomycin, cytosine arabinoside, arabinosyl adenine, mercaptopolylysine, vincristine, busulfan, chlorambucil, melphalan (e.g., PAM, L-PAM or phenylalanine mustard), mercaptopurine, mitotane, procarbazine hydrochloride dactinomycin (actinomycin D), daunorubicin hydrochloride, doxorubicin hydrochloride, mitomycin, plicamycin (mithramycin), aminoglutethimide, estramustine phosphate sodium, flutamide, leuprolide acetate, megestrol acetate, tamoxifen citrate, testolactone, trilostane, amsacrine (m-AMSA), asparaginase (L-asparaginase) Erwina asparaginase, etoposide (VP-16), interferon α-2a, interferon α-2b, teniposide (VM-26), vinblastine sulfate (VLB), vincristine sulfate, bleomycin, bleomycin sulfate, methotrexate, adriamycin, and arabinosyl, hydroxyurea, procarbazine, and dacarbazine; mitotic inhibitors such as etoposide and the vinca alkaloids, radiopharmaceuticals such as radioactive iodine and phosphorus products; hormones such as progestins, estrogens and antiestrogens; antihelmintics, antimalarials, and antituberculosis drugs; biologicals such as immune serums, antitoxins and antivenins; rabies prophylaxis products; bacterial vaccines; viral vaccines; aminoglycosides; respiratory products such as xanthine derivatives theophylline and aminophylline; thyroid agents such as iodine products and anti-thyroid agents; cardiovascular products including chelating agents and mercurial diuretics and cardiac glycosides; glucagon; blood products such as parenteral iron, hemin, hematoporphyrins and their derivatives; biological response modifiers such as muramyldipeptide, muramyltripeptide, microbial cell wall components, lymphokines (e.g., bacterial endotoxin such as lipopolysaccharide, macrophage activation factor), sub-units of bacteria (such as Mycobacteria, Corynebacteria), the synthetic dipeptide N-acetyl-muramyl-L-alanyl-D-isoglutamine; anti-fungal agents such as ketoconazole, nystatin, griseofulvin, flucytosine (5-FC), miconazole, amphotericin B, ricin, cyclosporins, and β-lactam antibiotics (e.g., sulfazecin); hormones such as growth hormone, melanocyte stimulating hormone, estradiol, beclomethasone dipropionate, betamethasone, betamethasone acetate and betamethasone sodium phosphate, vetamethasone disodium phosphate, vetamethasone sodium phosphate, cortisone acetate, dexamethasone, dexamethasone acetate, dexamethasone sodium phosphate, flunsolide, hydrocortisone, hydrocortisone acetate, hydrocortisone cypionate, hydrocortisone sodium phosphate, hydrocortisone sodium succinate, methylprednisolone, methylprednisolone acetate, methylprednisolone sodium succinate, paramethasone acetate, prednisolone, prednisolone acetate, prednisolone sodium phosphate, prednisolone terbutate, prednisone, triamcinolone, triamcinolone acetonide, triamcinolone diacetate, triamcinolone hexacetonide and fludrocortisone acetate, oxytocin, vassopressin, and their derivatives; vitamins such as cyanocobalamin neinoic acid, retinoids and derivatives such as retinol palmitate, and α-tocopherol; peptides, such as manganese super oxide dimutase; enzymes such as alkaline phosphatase; anti-allergic agents such as amelexanox; anti-coagulation agents such as phenprocoumon and heparin; circulatory drugs such as propranolol; metabolic potentiators such as glutathione; antituberculars such as para-aminosalicylic acid, isoniazid, capreomycin sulfate cycloserine, ethambutol hydrochloride ethionamide, pyrazinamide, rifampin, and streptomycin sulfate; antivirals such as acyclovir, amantadine azidothymidine (AZT or Zidovudine), ribavirin and vidarabine monohydrate (adenine arabinoside, ara-A); antianginals such as diltiazem, nifedipine, verapamil, erythrityl tetranitrate, isosorbide dinitrate, nitroglycerin (glyceryl trinitrate) and pentaerythritol tetranitrate; anticoagulants such as phenprocoumon, heparin; antibiotics such as dapsone, chloramphenicol, neomycin, cefaclor, cefadroxil, cephalexin, cephradine erythromycin, clindamycin, lincomycin, amoxicillin, ampicillin, bacampicillin, carbenicillin, dicloxacillin, cyclacillin, picloxacillin, hetacillin, methicillin, nafcillin, oxacillin, penicillin, including penicillin G, penicillin V, ticarcillin rifampin and tetracycline; antiinflammatories such as difunisal, ibuprofen, indomethacin, meclofenamate, mefenamic acid, naproxen, oxyphenbutazone, phenylbutazone, piroxicam, sulindac, tolmetin, aspirin and salicylates; antiprotozoans such as chloroquine, hydroxychloroquine, metronidazole, quinine and meglumine antimonate; antirheumatics such as penicillamine; narcotics such as paregoric; opiates such as codeine, heroin, methadone, morphine and opium; cardiac glycosides such as deslanoside, digitoxin, digoxin, digitalin and digitalis; neuromuscular blockers such as atracurium besylate, gallamine triethiodide, hexafluorenium bromide, metocurine iodide, pancuronium bromide, succinylcholine chloride (suxamethonium chloride), tubocurarine chloride and vecuronium bromide; sedatives (hypnotics) such as amobarbital, amobarbital sodium, aprobarbital, butabarbital sodium, chloral hydrate, ethchlorvynol, ethinamate, flurazepam hydrochloride, glutethimide, methotrimeprazine hydrochloride, methyprylon, midazolam hydrochloride, paraldehyde, pentobarbital, pentobarbital sodium, phenobarbital sodium, secobarbital sodium, talbutal, temazepam and triazolam; local anesthetics such as bupivacaine hydrochloride, chloroprocaine hydrochloride, etidocaine hydrochloride, lidocaine hydrochloride, mepivacaine hydrochloride, procaine hydrochloride and tetracaine hydrochloride; general anesthetics such as droperidol, etomidate, fentanyl citrate with droperidol, ketamine hydrochloride, methohexital sodium and thiopental sodium; and radioactive particles or ions such as strontium, iodide rhenium and yttrium.
  • In certain preferred embodiments, the therapeutic is a monoclonal antibody, such as a monoclonal antibody capable of binding to melanoma antigen. [0202]
  • Other preferred therapeutics include genetic material such as nucleic acids, RNA, and DNA, of either natural or synthetic origin, including recombinant RNA and DNA and antisense RNA and DNA. Types of genetic material that may be used include, for example, genes carried on expression vectors such as plasmids, phagemids, cosmids, yeast artificial chromosomes (YACs), and defective or “helper” viruses, antigene nucleic acids, both single and double stranded RNA and DNA and analogs thereof, such as phosphorothioate, phosphoroamidate, and phosphorodithioate oligodeoxynucleotides. Additionally, the genetic material may be combined, for example, with proteins or other polymers. [0203]
  • Examples of genetic therapeutics that may be applied using the liposomes of the present invention include DNA encoding at least a portion of an HLA gene, DNA encoding at least a portion of dystrophin, DNA encoding at least a portion of CFTR, DNA encoding at least a portion of IL-2, DNA encoding at least a portion of TNF, an antisense oligonucleotide capable of binding the DNA encoding at least a portion of Ras. [0204]
  • DNA encoding certain proteins may be used in the treatment of many different types of diseases. For example, adenosine deaminase may be provided to treat ADA deficiency; tumor necrosis factor and/or interleukin-2 may be provided to treat advanced cancers; HDL receptor may be provided to treat liver disease; thymidine kinase may be provided to treat ovarian cancer, brain tumors, or HIV infection; HLA-B7 may be provided to treat malignant melanoma; interleukin-2 may be provided to treat neuroblastoma, malignant melanoma, or kidney cancer; interleukin-4 may be provided to treat cancer; HIV env may be provided to treat HIV infection; antisense ras/p53 may be provided to treat lung cancer; and Factor VIII may be provided to treat Hemophilia B. See, for example, Thompson, L., [0205] Science, 1992, 258, 744-746.
  • If desired, more than one therapeutic may be applied using the liposomes. For example, a single liposome may contain more than one therapeutic or liposomes containing different therapeutics may be co-administered. By way of example, a monoclonal antibody capable of binding to melanoma antigen and an oligonucleotide encoding at least a portion of IL-2 may be administered at the same time. The phrase “at least a portion of,” as used herein, means that the entire gene need not be represented by the oligonucleotide, so long as the portion of the gene represented provides an effective block to gene expression. [0206]
  • Similarly, prodrugs may be encapsulated in the liposomes, and are included within the ambit of the term therapeutic, as used herein. Prodrugs are well known in the art and include inactive drug precursors which, when exposed to high temperature, metabolizing enzymes, cavitation and/or pressure, in the presence of oxygen or otherwise, or when released from the liposomes, will form active drugs. Such prodrugs can be activated from, or released from, gas-filled lipid spheres in the method of the invention, upon the application of ultrasound or radiofrequency microwave energy to the prodrug-containing liposomes with the resultant cavitation, heating, pressure, and/or release from the liposomes. Suitable prodrugs will be apparent to those skilled in the art, and are described, for example, in Sinkula et al., [0207] J. Pharm. Sci. 1975, 64, 181-210, the disclosure of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • Prodrugs, for example, may comprise inactive forms of the active drugs wherein a chemical group is present on the prodrug which renders it inactive and/or confers solubility or some other property to the drug. In this form, the prodrugs are generally inactive, but once the chemical group has been cleaved from the prodrug, by heat, cavitation, pressure, and/or by enzymes in the surrounding environment or otherwise, the active drug is generated. Such prodrugs are well described in the art, and comprise a wide variety of drugs bound to chemical groups through bonds such as esters to short, medium or long chain aliphatic carbonates, hemiesters of organic phosphate, pyrophosphate, sulfate, amides, amino acids, azo bonds, carbamate, phosphamide, glucosiduronate, N-acetylglucosamine and β-glucoside. [0208]
  • Examples of drugs with the parent molecule and the reversible modification or linkage are as follows: convallatoxin with ketals, hydantoin with alkyl esters, chlorphenesin with glycine or alanine esters, acetaminophen with caffeine complex, acetylsalicylic acid with THAM salt, acetylsalicylic acid with acetamidophenyl ester, naloxone with sulfate ester, 15-methylprostaglandin F[0209] 2α, with methyl ester, procaine with polyethylene glycol, erythromycin with alkyl esters, clindamycin with alkyl esters or phosphate esters, tetracycline with betaine salts, 7-acylaminocephalosporins with ring-substituted acyloxybenzyl esters, nandrolone with phenylproprionate decanoate esters, estradiol with enol ether acetal, methylprednisolone with acetate esters, testosterone with n-acetylglucosaminide glucosiduronate (trimethylsilyl) ether, cortisol or prednisolone or dexamethasone with 21-phosphate esters.
  • Prodrugs may also be designed as reversible drug derivatives and utilized as modifiers to enhance drug transport to site-specific tissues. Examples of parent molecules with reversible modifications or linkages to influence transport to a site specific tissue and for enhanced therapeutic effect include isocyanate with haloalkyl nitrosurea, testosterone with propionate ester, methotrexate (3-5′-dichloromethotrexate) with dialkyl esters, cytosine arabinoside with 5′-acylate, nitrogen mustard (2,2′-dichloro-N-methyldiethylamine), nitrogen mustard with aminomethyl tetracycline, nitrogen mustard with cholesterol or estradiol or dehydroepiandrosterone esters and nitrogen mustard with azobenzene. [0210]
  • As one skilled in the art would recognize, a particular chemical group to modify a given drug may be selected to influence the partitioning of the drug into either the membrane or the internal space of the liposomes. The bond selected to link the chemical group to the drug may be selected to have the desired rate of metabolism, e.g., hydrolysis in the case of ester bonds in the presence of serum esterases after release from the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes. Additionally, the particular chemical group may be selected to influence the biodistribution of the drug employed in the gaseous precursor-filled drug carrying liposome invention, e.g., N,N-bis(2-chloroethyl)-phosphorodiamidic acid with cyclic phosphoramide for ovarian adenocarcinoma. [0211]
  • Additionally, the prodrugs employed within the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes may be designed to contain reversible derivatives which are utilized as modifiers of duration of activity to provide, prolong or depot action effects. For example, nicotinic acid may be modified with dextran and carboxymethlydextran esters, streptomycin with alginic acid salt, dihydrostreptomycin with pamoate salt, cytarabine (ara-C) with 5′-adamantoate ester, ara-adenosine (ara-A) with 5-palmitate and 5′-benzoate esters, amphotericin B with methyl esters, testosterone with 17-β-alkyl esters, estradiol with formate ester, prostaglandin with 2-(4-imidazolyl)ethylamine salt, dopamine with amino acid amides, chloramphenicol with mono- and bis(trimethylsilyl) ethers, and cycloguanil with pamoate salt. In this form, a depot or reservoir of long-acting drug may be released in vivo from the gaseous precursor-filled prodrug bearing liposomes. [0212]
  • In addition, compounds which are generally thermally labile may be utilized to create toxic free radical compounds. Compounds with azolinkages, peroxides and disulfide linkages which decompose with high temperature are preferred. With this form of prodrug, azo, peroxide or disulfide bond containing compounds are activated by cavitation and/or increased heating caused by the interaction of high energy sound with the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes to create cascades of free radicals from these prodrugs entrapped therein. A wide variety of drugs or chemicals may constitute these prodrugs, such as azo compounds, the general structure of such compounds being R—N═N—R, wherein R is a hydrocarbon chain, where the double bond between the two nitrogen atoms may react to create free radical products in vivo. [0213]
  • Exemplary drugs or compounds which may be used to create free radical products include azo containing compounds such as azobenzene, 2,2′-azobisisobutyronitrile, azodicarbonamide, azolitmin, azomycin, azosemide, azosulfamide, azoxybenzene, aztreonam, sudan III, sulfachrysoidine, sulfamidochrysoidine and sulfasalazine, compounds containing disulfide bonds such as sulbentine, thiamine disulfide, thiolutin, thiram, compounds containing peroxides such as hydrogen peroxide and benzoylperoxide, 2,2′-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2,2′-azobis(2-amidopropane) dihydrochloride, and 2,2′-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile). [0214]
  • A gaseous precursor-filled liposome filled with oxygen gas should create extensive free radicals with cavitation. Also, metal ions from the transition series, especially manganese, iron and copper can increase the rate of formation of reactive oxygen intermediates from oxygen. By encapsulating metal ions within the liposomes, the formation of free radicals in vivo can be increased. These metal ions may be incorporated into the liposomes as free salts, as complexes, e.g., with EDTA, DTPA, DOTA or desferrioxamine, or as oxides of the metal ions. Additionally, derivatized complexes of the metal ions may be bound to lipid head groups, or lipophilic complexes of the ions may be incorporated into a lipid bilayer, for example. When exposed to thermal stimulation, e.g., cavitation, these metal ions then will increase the rate of formation of reactive oxygen intermediates. Further, radiosensitizers such as metronidazole and misonidazole may be incorporated into the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes to create free radicals on thermal stimulation. [0215]
  • By way of an example of the use of prodrugs, an acylated chemical group may be bound to a drug via an ester linkage which would readily cleave in vivo by enzymatic action in serum. The acylated prodrug is incorporated into the gaseous precursor-filled liposome of the invention. The derivatives, in addition to hydrocarbon and substituted hydrocarbon alkyl groups, may also be composed of halo substituted and perhalo substituted groups as perfluoroalkyl groups. Perfluoroalkyl groups should possess the ability to stabilize the emulsion. When the gaseous precursor-filled liposome is popped by the sonic pulse from the ultrasound, the prodrug encapsulated by the liposome will then be exposed to the serum. The ester linkage is then cleaved by esterases in the serum, thereby generating the drug. [0216]
  • Similarly, ultrasound may be utilized not only to rupture the gaseous precursor-filled liposome, but also to cause thermal effects which may increase the rate of the chemical cleavage and the release of the active drug from the prodrug. [0217]
  • The liposomes may also be designed so that there is a symmetric or an asymmetric distribution of the drug both inside and outside of the liposome. [0218]
  • The particular chemical structure of the therapeutics may be selected or modified to achieve desired solubility such that the therapeutic may either be encapsulated within the internal gaseous precursor-filled space of the liposome, attached to the liposome or enmeshed in the liposome. The surface-bound therapeutic may bear one or more acyl chains such that, when the bubble is popped or heated or ruptured via cavitation, the acylated therapeutic may then leave the surface and/or the therapeutic may be cleaved from the acyl chains chemical group. Similarly, other therapeutics may be formulated with a hydrophobic group which is aromatic or sterol in structure to incorporate into the surface of the liposome. [0219]
  • The present invention is further described in the following examples, which illustrate the preparation and testing of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes. Examples 1-5, and 22-24 are actual; Examples 6-21 are prophetic. The following examples should not be construed as limiting the scope of the appended claims. [0220]
    • EXAMPLE 1
  • Preparation of Gas-Filled Lipid Spheres from Perfluorobutane [0221]
  • Gaseous precursor-containing liposomes were prepared using perfluorobutane (Pfaltz and Bauer, Waterbury, Conn.) as follows: A 5 mL solution of lipid, 5 mg per ml, lipid=87 mole percent DPPC, 8 mole percent DPPE-PEG 5,000, 5 mole percent dipalmitoylphosphatidic acid (all lipids from Avanti Polar Lipids, Alabaster, Ala.), in 8:1:1 normal saline:glycerol:propylene glycol, was placed in a glass bottle with a rubber stopper (volume of bottle=15.8 ml). Air was evacuated from the bottle using a vacuum pump, Model Welch 2-Stage DirecTorr Pump (VWR Scientific, Cerritos, Calif.) by connecting the hose to the bottle through a 18 gauge needle which perforated the rubber stopper. After removing the gas via vacuum, perfluorobutane was placed in the stoppered bottle via another 18 gauge needle connected to tubing attached to the canister of perfluorobutane. This process was repeated 5 time such that any traces of air were removed from the stoppered bottle and the space above the lipid solution was completely filled with perfluorobutane. The pressure inside the glass bottle was equilibrated to ambient pressure by allowing the 18 gauge needle to vent for a moment or two before removing the 18 gauge needle from the stopper. After filling the bottle with perfluorobutane the bottle was secured to the arms of a Wig-L-Bug (Crescent Dental Mfg. Co., Lyons, Ill.) using rubber bands to fasten the bottle. The bottle was then shaken by the Wig-L-Bug™ for 60 seconds. A frothy suspension of foam resulted and it was noted that it took several minutes for any appreciable separation of the foam layer from the clear solution at the bottom. After shaking, the volume of the material increased from 5 cc to about 12 cc, suggesting that the liposomes entrapped about 7 cc of the perfluorocarbon gaseous precursor. The material was sized using an Accusizer (Model 770, Particle Sizing System, Santa Barbara, Calif.) and also examined by a light polarizing microscope (Nikon TMS, Nikon) at 150× magnification power. The liposomes appeared as rather large spherical structure with mean diameter of about 20 to 50 microns. A portion of these liposomes was then injected via a syringe through a Costar filter (Syrfil 800938, Costar, Pleasanton, Calif.) with pore sizes of 8 microns. The liposomes were again examined via light microscope and the Accusizer System. The mean size of the liposomes was about 3 microns and the volume weighted mean was about 7 microns. Greater that 99.9 percent of the liposomes were under 11 microns in size. The above experiment exhibits the use of a gaseous precursor gas, perfluorobutane, can be used to make very desirable sized liposomes by a process of shaking and filtration. [0222]
  • The above was substantially repeated except that after filling the bottle with perfluorobutane at room temperature the bottle was then transferred to a freezer and the material subjected to a temperature of −20° C. At this temperature the perfluorobutane became liquid. Because of the glycerol and propylene glycol, the lipid solution did not freeze. The bottle was quickly transferred to the Wig-L-Bug and subjected to shaking as described above for three cycles, one minute each, at room temperature. During this time the contents of the bottle equilibrated to room temperature and was noted to be slightly warm to the touch secondary to the energy imparted through shaking by the Wig-L-Bug. At the end of vortexing a large volume of foam was again noted similar to that described above. The resulting liposomes were again studied by light microscopy and Accusizer. A portion was then subjected to filtration sizing through an 8 micron filter as described above and again studied by microscope and Accusizer. The results from sizing were substantially the same as with the gaseous precursor as described above. [0223]
  • Imaging was performed in a New Zealand White rabbit weighing about 3.5 kg. The animal was sedated with rabbit mix ([0224] Xylene 10 mg/ml; Ketamine 100 mg/ml and Acepromazine 20 mg/ml) and scanned with an Acoustic Imaging, Model No. 7200, clinical ultrasound machine, scanning the kidney by color doppler with a 7.5 MHz transducer. Simultaneously while the kidney was scanned the rabbits heart was also scanned using a second Acoustic Imaging ultrasound machine, model n. 5200, with a 7.5 MHz transducer for grey scale imaging of the heart. Injection of the perfluorobutane-filled liposomes was administered via ear vein through a syringe fitted with a 8 micron filter (see above). After injection of 0.5 cc (0.15 cc per kg) of liposomes containing the gaseous precursor perfluorobutane, dramatic and sustained enhancement of the kidney was observed for over 30 minutes. This was shown as brilliant color within the renal parenchyma reflecting increased signal within the renal arcuate arteries and microcirculation. The simultaneous imaging of the heart demonstrated shadowing for the first several minutes which precluded visualization of the heart, i.e. the reflections were so strong the ultrasound beam was completely reflected and absorbed. After several minutes, however, brilliant and sustained ventricular and blood pool enhancement was observed which also persisted for more than 50 minutes. Images were also obtained of the liver using the grey scale ultrasound machine. These showed parenchymal and vascular enhancement at the same time as the cardiac and blood pool enhancement.
  • In summary, this experiment demonstrates how liposomes can be used to entrap a gaseous precursor and create very stable liposomes of defined and ideal size. The invention has vast potential as an ultrasound contrast agent and for drug delivery. Because the liposomes are so stable they will pass through the target tissue (a tumor for example) via the circulation. Energy can then be focused on the target tissue using ultrasound, microwave radiofrequency or magnetic fields to pop the liposomes and perform local drug delivery. [0225]
    • EXAMPLE 2
  • Preparation of Gaseous Precursors via Microfluidization [0226]
  • Gaseous precursor-filled lipid bilayers were prepared as in Example 1 except, after addition of the gaseous precursor, the contents were microfluidized through six passes on a Microfluidics microfluidizer (Microfluidics Inc., Newton, Mass.). The stroke pressure ranged between 10,000 and 20,000 psi. Continuing with the preparation as per Example 1, produced gas-filled lipid bilayers with gaseous precursor encapsulated. [0227]
    • EXAMPLE 3
  • Formulation of Gas-filled Lipid Bilayers Using Phosphatidic Acid and Dipalmitoyphosphatidylcholine [0228]
  • Gas-filled lipid bilayers were prepared as set forth in Example 6 except for the fact that DPPC was used in combination with 5 mole % phosphatidic acid (Avanti Polar Lipids, Alabaster, Ala.). Formulation of gas-filled lipid bilayers resulted in an increase in solubility as exemplified by a decrease in the amount of lipid particulate in the lower aqueous vehicle layer. Resultant sizing appeared to decrease the overall mean size vs. DPPC alone to less than 40 um. [0229]
    • EXAMPLE 4
  • Formulation of Gas-filled Lipid Bilayers Using Phosphatidic Acid, Dipalmitoylphosphatidylethanolamine-PEG 5,000 and Dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine [0230]
  • Perfluorobutane encapsulated lipid bilayers were formed as discussed in Example 3 except that the lipid formulation contained 82% dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine, 10 mole % dipalmitoylphosphatidic acid, and 8 mole % dipalmitoylphosphatidylethanolamine-PEG 5,000 (Avanti Polar Lipids, Alabaster, Ala.) in a vehicle consisting of 8:1:1 (v:v:v) normal saline:propylene glycol:glycerol, yielding a foam and a lower vehicle layer that was predominantly devoid of any particulate. Variations of this vehicle yielded varying degrees of clarity to the lower vehicle layer. The formulation was prepared identically as in Example 3 to yield gas-filled lipid bilayers containing perfluorobutane. Prior to filtration, the gas-filled microspheres were sized on a Particle Sizing SYstems Model 770 optical sizer (Particle Sizing Systems, Santa Barbara, Calif.). Sizing resulted in 99% of all particles residing below 34 μm. The resultant product ws then filtered through an 8 μm filter to yield microspheres of uniform size. Sizing of the subsequent microspheres resulted in 99.5% of all particles residing below 10 μm. This product was used in the in vivo experiments in Example 1. [0231]
  • It is noted that the vehicle was altered with other viscosity modifiers and solubilizers in varying proportions which resulted in greater or lesser degrees of clarity and particulate. Amongst a variety of lipids and lipid analogs used in combination, it was subsequently found that the introduction of DPPE-PEG lipid significantly improved the size distribution and apparent stability of the gas-filled lipid bilayers. [0232]
    • EXAMPLE 4
  • Binding of DNA by Gas-Filled Lipid Bilayers [0233]
  • Binding of DNA by liposomes containing phosphatidic acid and gaseous precursor and gas containing liposomes. A 7 mM solution of distearoyl-sn-glycerophospate (DSPA) (Avanti Polar Lipids, Alabaster, Ala.) was suspended in normal saline and vortexed at 50° C. The material was allowed to cool to room temperature. 40 micrograms of pBR322 plasmid DNA (International Biotechnologies, Inc., New Haven, Conn.) was added to the lipid solution and shaken gently. The solution was centrifuged for 10 minutes in a Beckman TJ-6 Centrifuge (Beckman, Fullerton, Calif.). The supernatant and the precipitate were assayed for DNA content using a Hoefer TKO-100 DNA Fluorometer (Hoefer, San Francisco, Calif.). This method only detects double stranded DNA as it uses an intercalating dye, Hoechst 33258 which is DNA specific. It was found that the negatively charged liposomes, or lipids with a net negative charge, prepared with phosphatidic acid surprisingly bound the DNA. This experiment was repeated using neutral liposomes composed of DPPC as a control. No appreciable amount of DNA was detected with the DPPC liposomes. The experiment was repeated using gas-filled liposomes prepared from an 87:8:5 mole percent of DPPC to DPPE-[0234] PEG 500 to DPPA mixture of lipids in a microsphere. Again, the DNA bound to the gas-filled liposomes containing dipalmitoylphosphatidic acid.
    • EXAMPLE 5
  • Microemulsification of Precursor [0235]
  • A Microfluidizer (Microfluidics, Newton, Mass.) was placed in a cold room at −20° C. A stoppered glass flask containing a head space of 35 cc of perfluorobutane and 25 cc of lipid solution was taken into the cold room. The lipid solution contained an 83:8:5 molar ratio of DPPC:DPPE+PEG 5,000:DPPA in 8:1:1 phosphate buffered saline (pH 7.4):glycerol:propylene glycol. The solution did not freeze in the cold room but the perfluorobutane became liquid. [0236]
  • The suspension of lipids and liquid gaseous precursor was then placed into the chamber of the Microfluidizer and subjected to 20 passes at 16,000 psi. Limited size vesicles, having a size of about 30 nm to about 50 nm, resulted. Upon warming to room temperature, stabilized microspheres of about 10 microns resulted. [0237]
    • EXAMPLE 6
  • Preparation of Gaseous Precursor-filled Liposomes [0238]
  • Fifty mg of 1,2-Dipalmitoyl-Sn-Glycero-3-Phosphocholine (MW: 734.05, powder, Lot No. 160pc-183) (Avanti-Polar Lipids, Alabaster, Ala.) is weighed and hydrated with 5.0 ml of saline solution (0.9% NaCl) or phosphate buffered saline (0.8% sodium chloride, 0.02% potassium chloride, 0.115% dibasic sodium phosphate and 0.02% monobasic potassium phosphate, pH adjusted to 7.4) in a centrifuge tube. To this suspension is added 165 μL mL[0239] −1 of 2-methyl-2-butene. The hydrated suspension is then shaken on a vortex machine (Scientific Industries, Bohemia, N.Y.) for 10 minutes at an instrument setting of 6.5. A total volume of 12 ml is then noted. The saline solution is expected to decrease from 5.0 ml to about 4 ml.
  • The gaseous precursor-filled liposomes made via this new method are then sized by optical microscopy. It will be determined that the largest size of the liposomes ranged from about 50 to about 60 μm and the smallest size detected is about 8 μm. The average size ranges from about 15 to about 20 μm. [0240]
  • The gaseous precursor-filled liposomes are then filtered through a 10 or 12 μm “NUCLEPORE” membrane using a Swin-Lok Filter Holder, (Nuclepore Filtration Products, Costar Corp., Cambridge, Mass.) and a 20 cc syringe (Becton Dickinsion & Co., Rutherford, N.J.). The membrane is a 10 or 12 μm “NUCLEPORE” membrane (Nuclepore Filtration Products, Costar Corp., Cambridge, Mass.). The 10.0 μm filter is placed in the Swin-Lok Filter Holder and the cap tightened down securely. The liposome solution is shaken up and transferred to the 20 cc syringe via an 18 gauge needle. Approximately 12 ml of liposome solution is placed into the syringe, and the syringe is screwed onto the Swin-Lok Filter Holder. The syringe and the filter holder assembly are inverted so that the larger of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes vesicles could rise to the top. Then the syringe is gently pushed up and the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes are filtered in this manner. [0241]
  • The survival rate (the amount of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes that are retained after the extrusion process) of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes after the extrusion through the 10.0 μm filter is about 83-92%. Before hand extrusion, the volume of foam is about 12 ml and the volume of aqueous solution is about 4 ml. After hand extrusion, the volume of foam is about 10-11 ml and the volume of aqueous solution is about 4 ml. [0242]
  • The optical microscope is used again to determine the size distribution of the extruded gaseous precursor-filled liposomes. It will be determined that the largest size of the liposomes range from about 25 to about 30 μm and the smallest size detected is about 5 μm. The average size range is from about 8 to about 15 μm. [0243]
  • It is found that after filtering, greater than 90% of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes are smaller than 15 μm. [0244]
    • EXAMPLE 7
  • Preparation of Gaseous Precursor-Filled Liposomes Incorporating Lyophilization [0245]
  • Fifty mg of 1,2-Dipalmitoyl-sn-Glycero-3-Phosphocholine, (MW: 734.05, powder) (Avanti-Polar Lipids, Alabaster, Ala.) is weighed and placed into a centrifuge tube. The lipid is then hydrated with 5.0 ml of saline solution (0.9% NaCl). To this suspension is added 165 μL mL[0246] −1 of 2-methyl-2-butene. The lipid is then vortexed for 10 minutes at an instrument setting of 6.5. After vortexing, the entire solution is frozen in liquid nitrogen. Then the sample is put on the lyophilizer for freeze drying. The sample is kept on the lyophilizer for 18 hours. The dried lipid is taken off the lyophilizer and rehydrated in 5 ml of saline solution and vortexed for ten minutes at a setting of 6.5. A small sample of this solution is pipetted onto a slide and the solution is viewed under a microscope. The size of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes will then be determined. It will be determined that the largest size of the liposomes is about 60 μm and the smallest size detected is about 20 μm. The average size range is from about 30 to about 40 μm.
    • EXAMPLE 8
  • Example of Gaseous Precursor-filled Liposome Preparation Above the Phase Transition Temperature of the Lipid [0247]
  • Fifty mg of 1,2-Dipalmitoyl-Sn-Glycero-3-Phosphocholine (MW: 734.05, powder) (Avanti-Polar Lipids, Alabaster, Ala.) is weighed and placed into a centrifuge tube. To this suspension is added 165 μL mL[0248] −1 of 2-methyl-2-butene. Approximately two feet of latex tubing (0.25 in. inner diameter) is wrapped around a conical centrifuge tube in a coil-like fashion. The latex tubing is then fastened down to the centrifuge tube with electrical tape. The latex tubing is then connected to a constant temperature circulation bath (VWR Scientific Model 1131). The temperature of the bath is set to 60° C. and the circulation of water is set to high speed to circulate through the tubing. A thermometer is placed in the lipid solution and found to be between 42° C. and 50° C.
  • The lipid solution is vortexed for a period of 10 minutes at a vortex instrument setting of 6.5. It will be noted that very little foaming of the lipid (phase transition temp.=41° C.) and that the suspension did not appreciably form gaseous precursor-filled liposomes. Optical microscopy revealed large lipidic particles in the solution. The number of gaseous precursor-filled liposomes that form at this temperature is less than 3% of the number that form at a temperature below the phase transition temperature. The solution is allowed to sit for 15 minutes until the solution temperature equilibrated to room temperature (25° C). The solution is then vortexed for a duration of 10 minutes. After 10 minutes, it will be noted that gaseous precursor-filled liposomes formed. [0249]
    • EXAMPLE 9
  • Preparation of Gaseous Precursor-filled Liposomes Incorporating a Freeze-Thaw Procedure [0250]
  • 50 mg of 1,2-Dipalmitoyl-Sn-Glycero-3-Phosphocholine (MW: 734.05, powder) (Avanti-Polar Lipids, Alabaster, Ala.) is weighed and placed into a centrifuge tube. The lipid is then hydrated with 5.0 ml of 0.9% NaCl added. To this suspension is added 165 μII mL[0251] −1 of 2-methyl-2-butene. The aqueous lipid solution is vortexed for 10 minutes at an instrument setting of 6.5. After vortexing, the entire solution is frozen in liquid nitrogen. The entire solution is then thawed in a water bath at room temperature (25° C). The freeze thaw procedure is then repeated eight times. The hydrated suspension is then vortexed for 10 minutes at an instrument setting of 6.5. Gaseous precursor-filled liposomes are then detected as described in Example 6.
    • EXAMPLE 10
  • Preparation of Gaseous Precursor-Filled Liposomes with an Emulsifying Agent (Sodium Lauryl Sulfate) [0252]
  • Two centrifuge tubes are prepared, each having 50 mg of DPPC. 1 mol % (˜0.2 mg of Duponol C lot No. 2832) of sodium lauryl sulfate is added to one of the centrifguge tubes, and the other tube receives 10 mol % (2.0 mg of Duponol C lot No. 2832). Five ml of 0.9% NaCl is added to both centrifuge tubes. 165 μL mL[0253] −1 of 2-methyl-2-butene is added to both tubes. Both of the tubes are frozen in liquid nitrogen and lyophilized for approximately 16 hours. Both samples are removed from the lyophilizer and 5 ml of saline is added to both of the tubes. Both of the tubes are vortexed at position 6.5 for 10 minutes.
  • It will be determined that the largest size of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes with 1 mol % of sodium lauryl sulfate is about 75 μm and the smallest size detected is about 6 μm. The average size range is from about 15 to about 40 μm. It will be determined that the largest size of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes with 10 mol % of sodium lauryl sulfate is about 90 μm and the smallest size detected is about 6 μm. The average size range is from about 15 to about 35 μm. [0254]
  • The volume of foam in the solution containing gaseous precursor-filled liposomes with 1 mol % sodium lauryl sulfate is about 15 ml and the volume of aqueous solution is about 3-4 ml. The volume of foam in the solution containing gaseous precursor-filled liposomes with 10 mol % sodium lauryl sulfate is also about 15 ml and the volume of aqueous solution is about 3-4 ml. [0255]
    • EXAMPLE 11
  • Determination of Whether Gaseous Precursor-Filled Liposomes Can be Generated by Sonication [0256]
  • 50 mg of lipid, 1,2-Dipalmitoyl-Sn-Glycero-3-Phosphocholine (Avanti-Polar Lipids, Alabaster, Ala.), is weighed out and hydrated with 5 ml of 0.9% NaCl. To this suspension is added 165 μL/mL[0257] −1 of 2-methyl-2-butene. Instead of vortexing, the aqueous solution is sonicated using a Heat Systems Sonicator Ultrasonic Processor XL (Heat Systems, Inc., Farmingdale, N.Y.) Model XL 2020. The sonicator, with a frequency of 20 KHz, is set to continuous wave, at position 4 on the knob of the sonicator. A micro tip is used to sonicate for 10 minutes at a temperature of 4° C. Following sonication, the temperature is increased to 40° C. and the solution is viewed under an optical microscope. There will be evidence of gaseous precursor-filled liposomes having been produced.
  • Next, the above is repeated with sonication at a temperature of 50° C. and 165 μL mL[0258] −1 of 2-methyl 2-butene is added. The micro tip of the sonicator is removed and replaced with the end cap that is supplied with the sonicator. Another solution (50 mg of lipid per 5 ml of saline) is prepared and sonicated with this tip. After 10 minutes, the solution is viewed under the microscope. The production of gas-filled liposomes with sonication above the temperature of the transition of the gas resulted in a lower yield of gas-filled lipid spheres.
    • EXAMPLE 12
  • Determination of Concentration Effects on Gaseous Precursor-Filled Liposome Production [0259]
  • This example determined whether a lower concentration limit of the lipid halts the production of gaseous precursor-filled liposomes. Ten mg of 1,2-Dipalmitoyl-Sn-Glycero-3-Phosphocholine (Avanti-Polar Lipids, Alabaster, Ala.) is added to 10 ml of saline. To this suspension is added 165 μL/mL[0260] −1 of 2-methyl-2-butene. The lipid/saline/gas precursor solution is vortexed at position 6.5 for 10 minutes. The solution is viewed under an optical microscope for sizing. It will be determined that the largest size of the liposomes ranges from about 30 to about 45 μm and the smallest size detected is about 7 μm. The average size range is from about 30 to about 45 μm.
  • It appears that the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes are more fragile as they appear to burst more rapidly than previously shown. Thus, it appears that concentration of the lipid is a factor in the generation and stability of gaseous precursor-filled liposomes. [0261]
    • EXAMPLE 13
  • Cascade Filtration [0262]
  • Unfiltered gaseous precursor-filled liposomes may be drawn into a 50 ml syringe and passed through a cascade of a “NUCLEPORE” 10 μm filter and 8 μm filter that are a minimum of 150 μm apart (FIGS. 3 and 4). Alternatively, for example, the sample may be filtered through a stack of 10 μm and 8 μm filters that are immediately adjacent to each other. Gaseous precursor-filled liposomes are passed through the filters at a pressure whereby the flow rate is 2.0 ml min[0263] −1. The subsequently filtered gaseous precursor-filled liposomes are then measured for yield of gaseous precursor-filled lipid liposomes which results in a volume of 80-90% of the unfiltered volume.
  • The resulting gaseous precursor-filled liposomes are sized by four different methods to determine their size and distribution. Sizing is performed on a Particle Sizing Systems Model 770 Optical Sizing unit, a Zeiss Axioplan optical microscope interfaced to image processing software manufactured by Universal Imaging, and a Coulter Counter (Coulter Electronics Limited, Luton, Beds., England). As seen in FIGS. 5 and 6, the size of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes are more uniformly distributed around 8-10 μm as compared to the unfiltered gaseous precursor-filled liposomes. Thus, it can be seen that the filtered gaseous precursor-filled liposomes are of much more uniform size. [0264]
    • EXAMPLE 14
  • Preparation of Filtered DPPC Suspension [0265]
  • 250 mg DPPC (dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine) and 10 ml of 0.9% NaCl are added to a 50 ml Falcon centrifuge tube (Becton-Dickinson, Lincoln Park, N.J.) and maintained at an ambient temperature (approx. 20° C.). To this suspension is added 165 μL/mL[0266] −1 of 2-methyl-2-butene. The suspension is then extruded through a 1 μm Nuclepore (Costar, Pleasanton, Calif.) polycarbonate membrane under nitrogen pressure. The resultant suspension is sized on a Particle Sizing Systems (Santa Barbara, Calif.) Model 370 laser light scattering sizer. All lipid particles are 1 μm or smaller in mean outside diameter.
  • In addition, the same amount of DPPC/gas precursor suspension is passed five times through a Microfluidics™ (Microfluidics Corporation, Newton, Mass.) microfluidizer at 18,000 p.s.i. The suspension, which becomes less murky, is sized on a Particle Sizing Systems (Santa Barbara, Calif.) Sub Micron Particle Sizer Model 370 laser light scattering sizer where it is found that the size is uniformly less than 1 μm. The particle size of microfluidized suspensions is known to remain stable up to six months. [0267]
    • EXAMPLE 15
  • Preparation of Filtered DSPC Suspension [0268]
  • 100 mg DSPC (distearoylphosphatidylcholine) and 10 ml of 0.9% NaCl are added to a 50 ml Falcon centrifuge tube (Becton-Dickinson, Lincoln Park, N.J.). To this suspension is added 165 μL/mL[0269] −1 of 2-methyl-2-butene. The suspension is then extruded through a 1 μm “NUCLEPORE” (Costar, Pleasanton, Calif.) polycarbonate membrane under nitrogen pressure at 300-800 p.s.i. The resultant suspension is sized on a Particle Sizing Systems (Santa Barbara, Calif.) Sub Micron Particle Sizer Model 370 laser light scattering sizer. It will be found that all particles are 1 μm or smaller in size.
  • In addition, the same amount of DPPC/gas precursor suspension is passed five times through a Microfluidics™ (Microfluidics Corporation, Newton, Mass.), microfluidizer at 18,000 p.s.i. The resultant suspension, which is less murky, is sized on a Sub Micron Particle Sizer Systems Model 370 laser light scattering sizer and it is found that the size is uniformly less than 1 μm. [0270]
    • EXAMPLE 16
  • Sterilization of Filtered Lipid Suspensions by Autoclaving [0271]
  • The previously sized suspensions of DPPC/gas precursor and DSPC/gas precursor of Examples 9 and 10 are subjected to autoclaving for twenty minutes on a Barnstead Model C57835 autoclave (Bamstead/Thermolyne, Dubuque, Iowa) and then subjected to shaking. A filtration step may be performed immediately prior to use through an in line filter. Also, the gaseous precursor may be autoclaved before sizing and shaking. [0272]
  • After equilibration to room temperature (approx. 20° C.), the sterile suspension is used for gaseous precursor instillation. [0273]
    • EXAMPLE 17
  • Gaseous Precursor Instillation of Filtered, Autoclaved Lipids via Vortexing [0274]
  • 10 ml of a solution of 1,2-dipalmitoyl-phosphatidylcholine at 25 mg/ml in 0.9% NaCl, which had previously been extruded through a 1 μm filter and autoclaved for twenty minutes, is added to a [0275] Falcon 50 ml centrifuge tube (Becton-Dickinson, Lincoln Park, N.J.). To this suspension is added 165 μL/mL−1 of 2-methyl-2-butene. After equilibration of the lipid suspension to room temperature (approximately 20° C.), the liquid is vortexed on a VWR Genie-2 (120V, 0.5 amp, 60 Hz.) (Scientific Industries, Inc., Bohemia, N.Y.) for 10 minutes or until a time that the total volume of gaseous precursor-filled liposomes is at least double or triple the volume of the original aqueous lipid solution. The solution at the bottom of the tube is almost totally devoid of anhydrous particulate lipid, and a large volume of foam containing gaseous precursor-filled liposomes results. Thus, prior autoclaving does not affect the ability of the lipid suspension to form gaseous precursor-filled liposomes. Autoclaving does not change the size of the liposomes, and it does not decrease the ability of the lipid suspensions to form gaseous precursor-filled liposomes.
    • EXAMPLE 18
  • Gaseous Precursor Instillation of Filtered, Autoclaved Lipids via Shaking on Shaker Table [0276]
  • 10 ml of a solution of 1,2-dipalmitoyl-phosphatidylcholine at 25 mg/ml in 0.9% NaCl, which has previously been extruded through a 1 μm filter and autoclaved for twenty minutes, is added to a [0277] Falcon 50 ml centrifuge tube (Becton-Dickinson, Lincoln Park, N.J.). To this suspension is added 165 μL/mL−1 of perfluoropentane (PCR Research Chemicals, Gainesville, Fla.). After equilibration of the lipid suspension to room temperature (approximately 20° C.), the tube is then placed upright on a VWR Scientific Orbital shaker (VWR Scientific, Cerritos, Calif.) and shaken at 300 r.p.m. for 30 minutes. The resultant agitation on the shaker table results in the production of gaseous precursor-filled liposomes.
    • EXAMPLE 18A
  • The above experiment may be performed replacing perfluoropentane with sulfur hexafluoride, hexafluoropropylene, bromochlorofluoromethane, octafluoropropane, 1,1 dichloro, fluoro ethane, hexafluoroethane, hexafluoro-2-butyne, perfluoropentane, perfluorobutane, octafluoro-2-butene or hexafluorobuta-1,3-diene or octafluorocyclopentene, all with the production of gaseous precursor filled liposomes. [0278]
    • EXAMPLE 19
  • Gaseous Precursor Instillation of Filtered, Autoclaved Lipids via Shaking on Shaker Table via Shaking on Paint Mixer [0279]
  • 10 ml of a solution of 1,2-dipalmitoyl-phosphatidylcholine at 25 mg/ml in 0.9% NaCl, which has previously been extruded through a 1 μm filter and autoclaved for twenty minutes, is added to a [0280] Falcon 50 ml centrifuge tube (Becton-Dickinson, Lincoln Park, N.J.). To this suspension is added 165 μL/mL−1 of 2-methyl-2-butene. After equilibration of the lipid suspension to room temperature (approximately 20° C.), the tube is immobilized inside a 1 gallon empty household paint container and subsequently placed in a mechanical paint mixer employing a gyrating motion for 15 minutes. After vigorous mixing, the centrifuge tube is removed, and it is noted that gaseous precursor-filled liposomes form.
    • EXAMPLE 20
  • Gaseous Precursor Instillation of Filtered, Autoclaved Lipids via Shaking by Hand [0281]
  • 10 ml of a solution of 1,2-dipalmitoyl-phosphatidylcholine at 25 mg/ml in 0.9% NaCl, which had previously been extruded through a 1 μm nuclepore filter and autoclaved for twenty minutes, is added to a [0282] Falcon 50 ml centrifuge tube (Becton-Dickinson, Lincoln Park, N.J.). To this suspension is added 165 μL/mL-−1 of 2-methyl-2-butene. After equilibration of the lipid suspension to room temperature (approximately 20° C.), the tube is shaken forcefully by hand for ten minutes. Upon ceasing agitation, gaseous precursor-filled liposomes form.
    • EXAMPLE 21
  • Sizing Filtration of Autoclaved Gaseous Precursor-Filled Liposomes via Cascade or Stacked Filters [0283]
  • Gaseous precursor-filled liposomes are produced from DPPC as described in Example 17. The resultant unfiltered liposomes are drawn into a 50 ml syringe and passed through a cascade filter system consisting of a “NUCLEPORE” (Costar, Pleasanton, Calif.) 10 μm filter followed by an 8 μm filter spaced a minimum of 150 μm apart. In addition, on a separate sample, a stacked 10 μm and 8 μm filtration assembly is used, with the two filters adjacent to one another. Gaseous precursor-filled liposomes are passed through the filters at a pressure such that they are filtered a rate of 2.0 ml/min. The filtered gaseous precursor-filled liposomes yields a volume of 80-90% of the unfiltered volume. [0284]
  • The resultant gaseous precursor-filled liposomes are sized by four different methods to determine their size distribution. Sizing is performed on a Particle Sizing Systems (Santa Barbara, Calif.) Model 770 Optical Sizing unit, and a Zeiss (Oberkochen, Germany) Axioplan optical microscope interfaced to image processing software (Universal Imaging, West Chester, Pa.) and a Coulter Counter (Coulter Electronics Limited, Luton, Beds., England). As illustrated in FIG. 8, the size of the gaseous precursor-filled liposomes is more uniformly distributed around 8-10 μm as compared to the unfiltered gaseous precursor-filled liposomes. [0285]
    • EXAMPLE 22
  • Extra Efficient Production of Gas-Precursor Filled Lipid Spheres [0286]
  • The same procedure as in Example 6 is performed except that the shaker used is a Crescent “Wig-L-Bug (Crescent Manufacturing Dental Co., Lyons, Ill.). The formulation is then agitated for 60 seconds instead of the usual 5 minutes to 10 minutes as described previously. Gas-filled lipid spheres are produced. [0287]
    • EXAMPLE 23
  • 100 μL of perfluoropentane (bp 29.5° C., PCR Research Chemicals, Gainesville, Fla.) was added to a 5 mg/mL lipid suspension and vortexed on a Genie II mixer (Scientific Industries, Inc., Bohemia, N.Y.) at room temperature at power setting of 6.5. A Richmar (Richmar Industries, Inola, Okla.) 1 MHz therapeutic ultrasound device was then used to perform hyperthermia, elevating the temperature to above 42° C. as measured by a thermometer. Upon reaching the phase transition temperature, gas microspheres were noted. A simultaneous scanning was performed with a diagnostic ultrasound (Acoustic Imaging, Phoenix, Ariz.). Acoustic signals from the gas microspheres could also be visualized on the clinical diagnostic ultrasound. [0288]
  • The same exeriment was conducted with octafluorocyclopentene (bp 27° C., PCR Research Chemicals, Gainesville, Fla.). [0289]
    • EXAMPLE 24
  • An experiment identical to Example 23 was performed where the suspension was vortexed and injected into a Harlan-Sprague Dawley rat, 300 grams, previously given a C5A tumor cell line in the left femoral region. A [0290] Richmar 1 MHz therapeutic ultrasound was then placed over the tumor region and an adriamycin embedded lipid suspension injected intravenously. The therapeutic ultrasound was then placed on a continuous wave (100% duty cycle) setting and the tumor heated. A second rat, having a C5A tumor cell line in the left femoral region, was given an identical dose of the adriamycin emulsion, however, no ultrasound was utilized in this animal. Within three weeks it was noted that the tumor, compared to the control without the use of ultrasound, was noticeably smaller.
  • Various modifications of the invention in addition to those shown and described herein will be apparent to those skilled in the art from the foregoing description. Such modifications are also intended to fall within the scope of the appended claims. [0291]
  • The present invention also relates to the use of ultrasonic energy to heat biological tissues and fluids, and more specifically, to the use of hyperthermia potentiators, such as gases, gaseous precursors and perfluorocarbons, in combination with ultrasound to facilitate the selective heating of the tissues and fluids. [0292]
  • The usefulness of heat to treat various inflammatory and arthritic conditions has long been known. The use of ultrasound to generate such heat for these as well as other therapeutic purposes, such as in, for example, the treatment of tumors has, however, been a fairly recent development. [0293]
  • Where the treatment of inflammation and arthritis is concerned, the use of the ultrasound induced heat serves to increase blood flow to the affected regions, resulting in various beneficial effects. Moreover, when ultrasonic energy is delivered to a tumor, the temperature of the tumorous tissue rises, generally at a higher rate than in normal tissue. As this temperature reaches above about 43° C., the tumorous cells begin to die and, if all goes well, the tumor eventually disappears. Ultrasound induced heat treatment of biological tissues and fluids is known in the art as hyperthermic ultrasound. [0294]
  • The non-invasive nature of the hyperthermia ultrasound technique is one of its benefits. Nonetheless, in employing hyperthermic ultrasound, certain precautions must be taken. Specifically, one must be careful to focus the ultrasound energy on only the areas to be treated, in an attempt to avoid heat-induced damage to the surrounding, non-targeted, tissues. In the treatment of tumors, for example, when temperatures exceeding about 43° C. are reached, damage to the surrounding normal tissue is of particular concern. This concern with over heating the non-target tissues thus places limits on the use of hyperthermic ultrasound. Such therapeutic treatments would clearly be more effective and more widely employed if a way of targeting the desired tissues and fluids, and of maximizing the heat generated in those targeted tissues, could be devised. [0295]
  • The present invention is also directed toward improving the effectiveness and utility of hyperthermic ultrasound by providing agents capable of promoting the selective heating of targeted tissues and body fluids. [0296]
  • The present invention is also directed to a method for heat treating biological tissues and fluids which comprises administering to the tissue or fluid to be treated a thera-peutically effective amount of a hyperthermia potentiator, and then applying ultrasound to that tissue or fluid. [0297]
  • By using the potentiators of the present invention, hyperthermic ultrasound becomes a better, more selective and more effective therapeutic method for the treatment of tumors, inflammation, and arthritis, as well as other various conditions. [0298]
  • FIG. 11[0299]
  • This figure provides a graph which plots the temperature over time for three different samples subjected to ultrasound treatment using a 1.0 megahertz continuous wave source of ultrasonic energy. Both Sample 1 (multilamellar vesicles composed of egg phosphatidylcholine and having encapsulated therein CO[0300] 2 gas) and Sample 3 (a phosphate buffered saline solution pressurized with CO2 gas) have a similar increase in temperature over time. Sample 2 (a degassed phosphate buffered saline solution) exhibited a much lower increase in temperature over time, as compared with Samples 1 and 3.
  • FIG. 12[0301]
  • This figure provides a graph which plots the temperature over time for two different samples subjected to ultrasound treatment using a 1.0 megahertz continuous wave source of ultrasonic energy. Sample 2 (a phosphate buffered saline solution pressurized with CO[0302] 2 gas) shows a much greater increase in temperature over time than Sample 1 (a degassed phosphate buffered saline solution).
  • The present invention is also directed to a method for heat treating biological tissues and fluids comprising administering to the tissues or fluids to be treated a therapeutically effective amount of a hyperthermia potentiator, and then applying ultrasound to said tissue or fluid. [0303]
  • As used herein the phrase “hyperthermia potentiator” denotes any biocompatible solid, liquid or gas capable of increasing the rate of ultrasound induced heating in biological tissues and fluids to which it is administered. Preferably, the hyperthermia potentiator is selected from the group consisting of gas, gaseous precursors and perfluorocarbons. [0304]
  • Any and all biocompatible gases may be employed as hyperthermia potentiators in the subject method. Preferably, however, the gas employed is air, carbon dioxide, oxygen, nitrogen, xenon, argon, neon or helium, or any and all combinations thereof. Preferably the gas is in the form of stabilized gas bubbles. The gas bubbles may be stabilized by a number of different means well-known to those skilled in the art. In the most preferred embodiment, the gas employed as the hyperthermia potentiator is air and the air is provided in the form of stabilized air bubbles. [0305]
  • Gaseous precursors can also be employed as hyperthermia potentiators in the present method. The gaseous precursors may be of various types, and include temperature sensitive, pressure sensitive, photo sensitive, and pH sensitive gaseous precursors which are designed to form gas either before or after administration to the biological tissue or fluid being treated. Such gaseous precursors have the advantage of being more stable on long-term storage than in many cases the gases themselves, including the stabilized gas bubbles. [0306]
  • The phrase “pH sensitive gaseous precursor”, as used herein, denotes a compound in solid or liquid form which, when exposed to a change in pH, will form a gas. Such compounds include, but are not limited to, metal carbonate and bicarbonate salts, such as the alkali metal carbonates and bicarbonates, and the alkaline earth carbonates and bicarbonates, and mixtures thereof. Exemplary of such compounds are lithium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, lithium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate, magnesium carbonate, calcium carbonate, magnesium bicarbonate, and the like. Also useful gas generating compounds are ammonium carbonate, ammonium bicarbonate, ammonium sesquecarbonate, sodium sesquecarbonate, and the like. These compounds, when dissolved in water, show a pH of greater than about 7, usually between about 8 and about 12. Other pH-activated gaseous precursors include aminomalonate, which, when dissolved in water, generally shows a pH of about 5 to 6. The pka1 of aminomalonate is 3.32 and the pka2 is 9.83. Aminomalonate is well known in the art, and its preparation is described, for example, in Thanassi, [0307] Biochemistry, Vol. 9, no. 3, pp. 525-532 (1970), Fitzpatrick et al., Inorganic Chemistry, Vol. 13, no. 3, pp. 568-574 (1974), Stelmashok et al., Koordinatsionnaya Khimiya, Vol. 3, no. 4, pp. 524-527 (1977). Other suitable pH sensitive gaseous precursors will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
  • As those skilled in the art would recognize, such compounds can be activated prior to administration, if desired. Of course, by choosing a gaseous precursor with the appropriate pKa, one skilled in the art can prepare a formulation that will form a gas after it has been administered to the biological tissues or fluids. The pH sensitive gaseous precursors, for example, may form gas at a site with lower pH such as in a hypoxic, acidic tumor, or may simply form a gas upon exposure to physiological pH. [0308]
  • As used herein, the phrase “photo sensitive gaseous precursor” denotes a light sensitive compound in solid or liquid form which becomes a gas after exposure to such light. Suitable photosensitive compounds include diazonium compounds which decompose to form nitrogen gas after exposure to ultraviolet light. Another suitable compound is aminomalonate. As one skilled in the art would recognize, other gaseous precursors may be chosen which form gas after exposure to light. Depending upon the application, exposure to such light may be necessary prior to administration, or in some instances can occur subsequent to administration. [0309]
  • As used herein, the phrase “temperature sensitive gaseous precursor” denotes a solid or liquid compound which forms a gas following a change in temperature. Suitable temperature sensitive gaseous precursors are well known to those skilled in the art, and include, for example, methylactate, a compound which is in a liquid phase at ambient temperatures, but which forms a gas at physiological temperatures. As those skilled in the art would recognize, such compounds can be activated prior to administration or, as in the case of methylactate, can be activated upon administration at physiological temperatures or as a result of the ultrasound induced hyperthermia. [0310]
  • Of all of the possible gaseous precursors, the most preferred gaseous precursors for use with the present invention are those selected from the group consisting of aminomalonate, sodium bicarbonate, methylactate and diazonium compounds, including any and all combinations thereof. [0311]
  • The hyperthermia potentiators employed in the method of the subject invention may also comprise one or more perfluorocarbons, preferably a perfluorocarbon compound selected from the group consisting of perfluoro-octyliodide, perfluorotributyl-amine, perfluorotripropyl-amine and perfluorooctlybromide, and any and all combinations thereof. Preferably the perfluorocarbons are administered in the form of an emulsion. Such emulsions are particularly desirable when using perfluorocarbons for intravascular injection to avoid uptake by the pulmonary vasculature. For such uses, the emulsion particles should be smaller than 5 microns in size to allow passage through the pulmonary microcirculation. The art of preparing emulsions is well-known, and the subject perfluorocarbon emulsions can be prepared in any conventional fashion, such as by those procedures shown in U.S. Pat. No. 4,865,836 for the preparation of perfluorocarbon emulsions, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. [0312]
  • If desired, the hyperthermia potentiators, such as the gases, gaseous precursors and perfluorocarbons described herein, may be encapsulated in liposomes prior to administration, or may be otherwise stabilized. Stabilized gas bubbles are particularly preferred. The phrase stabilized gas bubbles, as used herein, refers to any construct wherein the release of gas bubbles is prevented, constrained or modulated. [0313]
  • Liposomes may be prepared using any one or a combination of conventional liposome preparatory techniques. As will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art, such conventional techniques include sonication, chelate dialysis, homogenization, solvent infusion coupled with extrusion, freeze-thaw extrusion, microemulsification, as well as others. These techniques, as well as others, are discussed, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 4,728,578, U.K. Patent Application G.B. 2193095 A, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,728,575, 4,737,323, International Application PCT/US85/01161, Mayer et al., [0314] Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, Vol. 858, pp. 161-168 (1986), Hope et al., Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, Vol. 812, pp. 55-65 (1985), U.S. Pat. No. 4,533,254, Mahew et al., Methods In Enzymology, Vol. 149, pp. 64-77 (1987), Mahew et al., Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, Vol. 75, pp. 169-174 (1984), and Cheng et al., Investigative Radiology, Vol. 22, pp. 47-55 (1987), and U.S. Ser. No. 428,339, filed Oct. 27, 1989. The disclosures of each of the foregoing patents, publications and patent applications are incorporated by reference herein, in their entirety. As a preferred technique, a solvent free system similar to that described in International Application PCT/US85/01161, or U.S. Ser. No. 428,339, filed Oct. 27, 1989, is employed in preparing the liposome constructions. By following these procedures, one is able to prepare liposomes having encapsulated therein a gaseous precursor or a solid or liquid contrast enhancing agent.
  • The materials which may be utilized in preparing the liposomes of the present invention include any of the materials or combinations thereof known to those skilled in the art as suitable in liposome construction. The lipids used may be of either natural or synthetic origin. Such materials include, but are not limited to, lipids such as cholesterol, cholesterol hemisuccinate, phosphatidyl-choline, phosphatidylethanolamine, phosphatidylserine, phosphatidylglycerol, phosphatidic acid, phosphatidyl-inositol, lysolipids, fatty acids, sphingomyelin, glycosphingolipids, glucolipids, glycolipids, sulphatides, lipids with ether and ester-linked fatty acids, polymerizable lipids, and combinations thereof. As one skilled in the art will recognize, the liposomes may be synthesized in the absence or presence of incorporated glycolipid, complex carbohydrate, protein or synthetic polymer, using conventional procedures. The surface of a liposome may also be modified with a polymer, such as, for example, with polyethylene glycol (PEG), using procedures readily apparent to those skilled in the art. [0315]
  • Any species of lipid may be used, with the sole proviso that the lipid or combination of lipids and associated materials incorporated within the lipid matrix should form a bilayer phase under physiologically relevant conditions. As one skilled in the art will recognize, the composition of the liposomes may be altered to modulate the biodistribution and clearance properties of the resulting liposomes. [0316]
  • In addition, the size of the vesicles can be adjusted by a variety of procedures including filtration, sonication, homogenization and similar methods to modulate liposomal biodistribution and clearance. To increase internal aqueous trap volume, the vesicles can be subjected to repeated cycles of freezing and thawing. [0317]
  • The liposomes employed may be of varying sizes, but preferably have a mean outer diameter between about 30 nanometers and about 10 microns. As is known to those skilled in the art, vesicle size influences biodistribution and, therefore, different size vesicles are selected for various purposes. For intravascular use, for example, vesicle size is generally no larger than about 2 microns, and generally no smaller than about 30 nanometers, in mean outer diameter. For non-vascular uses, larger vesicles, e.g., between about 2 and about 10 micron mean outside diameter may be employed, if desired. [0318]
  • The lipids employed may be selected to optimize the particular therapeutic use, minimize toxicity and maximize shelf-life of the product. Neutral vesicles composed of either saturated or unsaturated phosphatidyl-choline, with or without sterol, such as cholesterol, function quite well as intravascular hyperthermia potentiators to entrap gas and perfluorocarbons. To improve uptake by cells such as the reticuloendothelial system (RES), a negatively charged lipid such as phosphatidylglycerol, phosphatidylserine or similar materials is added. For even greater vesicle stability, the liposome can be polymerized using polymerizable lipids, or the surface of the vesicle can be coated with polymers such as polyethylene glycol so as to protect the surface of the vesicle from serum proteins, or gangliosides such as GM1 can be incorporated within the lipid matrix. Vesicles or micelles may also be prepared with attached receptors or antibodies to facilitate their targeting to specific cell types such as tumors. [0319]
  • The gas, gaseous precursors, perfluorocarbons, and other hyperthermia potentiators can be encapsulated by the liposome by being added to the medium in which the liposome is being formed, in accordance with conventional protocol. Where gases are concerned, the procedures preferably employed are those techniques for encapsulating gases within a liposome described in applicant's copending application U.S. Ser. No. 569,828, filed on Aug. 20, 1990, the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety herein. [0320]
  • It should be noted that where pH sensitive gaseous precursors are encapsulated in liposomes, ionophores should be incorporated into the liposome membrane so that the gaseous precursors can more efficiently produce gas when exposed to a pH gradient. Indeed, it has been found that although liposomes are not impermeable to protons or hydroxide ions, the permeability coefficient of liposomes is generally so very low that it often takes weeks or months to dissipate a pH gradient. Providing a more rapid transport of hydrogen ions or hydroxide ions across a liposome membrane in order to activate pH-modulated gaseous precursors is necessary. The incorporation of ionophores in the liposome membrane, in accordance with the present invention, provides the necessary means of transporting the activating ions. By increasing the rate of hydrogen or hydroxide ion flux across the liposome membrane, such ionophores will increase the rate within the liposome of gas formation from the pH-activated gaseous precursor. [0321]
  • As used herein, the phrase “ionophore-containing liposome” denotes a liposome having incorporated in the membrane thereof an ionophore. The term “ionophore”, as used herein, denotes compounds which are capable of facilitating the transport of ions across the liposome membrane to effect a change in pH inside the liposome membrane, and include compounds commonly referred to as proton carriers and channel formers. [0322]
  • Suitable ionophores include proton carriers such as nitro-, halo- and oxygenated phenols and carbonylcyanide phenylhydrazones. Preferred of such proton carriers are carbonylcyanide, p-trifluoromethoxyphenylhydrazone (FCCP), carbonylcyanide M-chlorophenylhydrazone (CCCP), carbonylcyanide phenylhydrazine (CCP), tetrachloro-2-trifluoromethyl benzimidazole (TTFB), 5,6-dichloro-2-trifluoromethyl benzimidazole (DTFB), and Uncoupler 1799 Suitable channel formers include gramicidin, alamethicin, filipin, etruscomycin, nystatin, pimaricin, and amphotericin. Other suitable proton carriers include the following compounds which preferably exhibit selectivity for cations, but will also transport protons and/or hydroxide ions: valinomycin, enniatin (type A, B or C), beauvericin, monomycin, nonactin, monactin, dinactin, trinactin, tetranactin, antamanide, nigericin, monensin, salinomycin, narisin, mutalomycin, carriomycin, dianemycin, septamycin, A-204 A, X-206, X-537 A (lasalocid), A-23187 and dicyclohexyl-18-crown-6. Such ionophores are well known in the art and are described, for example in Jain et al., [0323] Introduction to Biological Membranes, (J. Wiley and Sons, N.Y. 1980), especially pp. 192-231, and Metal Ions In Biological Systems, ed. H. Sygel, Vol. 19, “Antibiotics And Their Complexes” (Dekker, N.Y. 1985), disclosures of each of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. The ionophores may be used alone or in combination with one another.
  • To incorporate ionophores into the liposome membrane, the ionophores, which are lipophilic, are simply added to the lipid mixture, and the liposomes are prepared in the usual fashion. They may also, if desired, be added after the liposome has been formed, and will spontaneously intercalate into the membrane. [0324]
  • Other methods of stabilizing the compounds of the invention, particularly the gases, are well known. For example, a material may be formulated as a closed membrane-bounded structure encompassing the enclosed gas bubble, examples of which include, but are not limited to polymeric microcapsules prepared by a variety of methodologies such as those disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,898,734, polymer mixtures such as those described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,466,442, and albumin microspheres such as those disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,718,433, the disclosures of each of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. Such structures prevent or constrain the release of gas because either the entrapped gas bubble cannot physically pass through the intact membrane and/or the membranes have an intrinsically low permeability to the entrapped gas. Materials may also be formulated as a macroreticulated porous structures which serve to physically entrap the gas bubble within a highly cross-linked matrix. Examples of such systems include, but are not limited to, cross-linked dextran beads, silica aerogels or cross-linked proteinaceous structures. The nature of the cross-link may be physical, i.e., non-covalent, as in the physical entwining of long polymer fibers, or else may be chemical, i.e., covalent, as in, for example, the glutaraldehyde cross-linking of synthetic polyaminoacid chains. Such macroreticulated systems may be formulated as a hollow shell or as a filled structure. Micelle structures of lipids may also be employed. Finally, a material may be prepared for which the gas has a naturally high affinity and is either absorbed onto the surface or is soluble within the material of the structure. An example of the former includes, but is not limited to, carbon particles or low surface-tension surfactant particles onto which many gases absorb. Examples of the latter include an oil in water emulsion or coacervate, or silicone particles in which a gas such as nitrogen may preferentially dissolve. Such materials might preferably be prepared under high pressure, or over a certain range of temperature, in order to maximize the amount of gas either absorbed to or dissolved within the material. [0325]
  • The hyperthermic potentiators of the present invention are administered to a biological tissue or to biological fluids, whereupon ultrasound is then applied to the biological matter. The methods of the invention are particularly useful when employed in relation to such biological matter as tumor tissue, muscle tissue or blood fluids. [0326]
  • Where the usage is in vivo, administration may be carried out in various fashions, such as intravascularly, intralymphatically, parenterally, subcutaneously, intramuscularly, intraperitoneally, interstitially, hyperbarically or intratumorly using a variety of dosage forms, the particular route of administration and the dosage used being dependent upon the type of therapeutic use sought, and the particular potentiating agent employed. A gaseous hyperthermic potentiator, for example, may be injected directly into a tumor, with or without stabilization. To deliver the air bubbles to the tumor site using an intravascular administrative route, however, the air bubbles are preferably stabilized to avoid uptake by the pulmonary circulation. Where intraarterial injection of gas is used for delivery to a tumor, the air bubbles need not be as stable as in the case of peripheral intravascular injection. Perfluorocarbons are preferably administered either intravascularly or interstitially. Typically, dosage is initiated at lower levels and increased until the desired temperature increase effect is achieved. In tumors with a principal dominant arterial supply such as the kidney, these hyperthermic potentiating agents may be administered intra-arterially. [0327]
  • For in vivo usage, the patient can be any type of mammal, but most preferably is a human. The method of the invention is particularly useful in the treatment of tumors, various inflammatory conditions, and arthritis, especially in the treatment of tumors. The stabilized bubbles, gaseous precursors and perfluorocarbons accumulate in tumors, particularly in the brain, because of the leaky capillaries and delayed wash-out from the diseased tissues. Similarly, in other regions of the body where tumor vessels are leaky, the hyperthermic potentiating agents will accumulate. [0328]
  • The hyperthermic potentiators of the present invention may be used alone, or in combination with one another, such as in using perfluorocarbons in combination with gases. In addition, the potentiators of the invention may be employed in combination with other therapeutic and/or diagnostic agents. In tumor therapy applications, for example, the hyperthermic potentiators may be administered in combination with various chemotherapeutic agents. [0329]
  • Any of the various types of ultrasound imaging devices can be employed in the practice of the invention, the particular type or model of the device not being critical to the method of the invention. Preferably, however, devices specially designed for administering ultrasonic hyperthermia are preferred. Such devices are described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,620,546, to Aida et al., U.S. Pat. No. 4,658,828, to Dory, and U.S. Pat. No. 4,586,512, to Do-huu et al., the disclosures of each of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. [0330]
  • The above-incorporated U.S. Pat. No. 4,658,828 to Dory (“the Dory patent”), discloses that conventional echography apparatus are obviously used for examining tumors inside the body by forming an image thereof on the screen of a cathode ray tube. It also discloses applying ultrasound to the examination and hyperthernia treatment and provides an apparatus which combines the three functions of localizing the zone to be treated, of treating by raising the temperature in a well controlled way in a well defined restricted region within this zone and simultaneously checking the results of the treatment. The hyperthermia treatment apparatus of this disclosure combines a generator of ultrasonic beam comprising a main high frequency wave emitter and a main piezoelectric transducer whose active surface is focusing, with an echography device comprising an auxiliary high frequency electric pulse generator associated with an auxiliary piezoelectric transducer and with means for causing the zone to be treated to be swept by the ultrasonic examination beam being generated by the auxiliary transducer; and with switching and adjusting means for causing, during main treatment and checking operation, the emission of said focused beam by the main transducer energized by the main emitter during periodic time intervals separated by shorter time intervals during which the emission of the examination beam and the formation of echographic images are carried out. [0331]
  • The Dory patent apparatus advantageously comprises a first auxiliary locating operation mode during which only the periodic emission of the examination beam by the auxiliary transducer is effected and preferably a second auxiliary operating mode for checking the focal region, during which only the periodic emission of the focused beam is effected, but the main emitter is synchronized by the synchronization circuit of the auxiliary generator for echographic operation, the time intervals which separate the successive emission periods during the two auxiliary operation modes being substantially smaller than the intervals which separate the periods of emission of the focused beam during the main mode. It follows from the foregoing that, during the auxiliary operating modes for obtaining accurate adjustments, the quality of the echographic image, either of the zone to be treated (locating mode) or of the focal region (mode for checking the restricted region), will be substantially better than during the treatment mode, during which the successive images of the zone to be treated will follow each other for example at intervals of the order of a second, which however allow the position of the focal region to be checked satisfactorily during treatment. In a preferred embodiment, the auxiliary transducer is fixed to the spherical surface of the main transducer and thus, during movement of this latter for bringing the focal spot into successive restricted regions of the tumor, the auxiliary transducer will at all times supply an image of the treated region and of the zone which surrounds it, thus allowing a permanent check of the treatment to be effected easily and accurately. [0332]
  • The Dory patent apparatus, in part, comprises an echography device comprising a second transducer, electric pulse generator means coupled to said second ttransducer, means for effecting a scanning of an examination volume with the second ultrasound beam, receiver means coupled to said second transducer for receiving the echoes formed during reflexion of the second ultrasound beam on reflecting surfaces within the examination volume and imaging forming means coupled to the receiver means for displaying images of the examination volume, a focal zone being located in a predetermined relative position within the examination volume, and said image forming means further displaying a mark which materializes said predetermined position of the focal zone. [0333]
  • The Dory patent apparatus operates as follows: In locating operating mode, the operator searches for and localizes the zone to be treated. The display device is adapted, in a way known per se, so as to materialize on the screen of the cathode ray tube (for example by means of a cross) the theoretical position of the focal spot in the sectional plane shown, which plane passes through the axis of symmetry of [0334] transducer 1. (It is a question B type echography). The operator begins by moving transducer 1 along X, until the tumor appears clearly on the screen, then he moves it along Y and Z, until the cross coincides with the central region of the image of the tumor (K, FIG. 4 of the Dory patent). At this moment, the switches may be placed in position for checking the focal region; only this matter is made visible on the screen, with a luminosity proportional to the corresponding energy concentration. Thus a representation is obtained of what the distribution of energy of the treatment wave will be, which allows the adjustments to be checked and perfected. During treatment, the apparatus only supplies one image per second, but this rate is sufficient for substantially permanently checking the position of the focal spot.
  • Although applicant does not intend to be limited to any particular theory of operation, the hyperthermic potentiators employed in the methods of the present invention are believed to possess their excellent results because of the following scientific postulates. [0335]
  • Ultrasonic energy may either be transmitted through a tissue, reflected or absorbed. It is believed that the potentiators of the invention serve to increase the absorption of sound energy within the biological tissues or fluids, which results in increased heating, thereby increasing the therapeutic effectiveness of ultrasonic hyperthermia. [0336]
  • Absorption of sound is believed to be increased in acoustic regions which have a high degree of ultrasonic heterogeneity. Soft tissues and fluids with a higher degree of heterogeneity will absorb sound at a higher rate than tissues or liquids which are more homogeneous acoustically. When sound encounters an interface which has a different acoustic impedance than the surrounding medium, there is believed to be both increased reflection of sound and increased absorption of sound. The degree of absorption of sound is believed to rise as the difference between the acoustic impedances between the two tissues or structures comprising the interface increases. [0337]
  • Intense sonic energy is also believed to cause cavitation and, when cavitation occurs, this in turn is thought to cause intense local heating. Gas bubbles are believed to lower the cavitation threshold, that is, accelerate the process of cavitation during sonication. [0338]
  • Since gas bubbles and perfluorocarbons have high acoustic impedance differences between liquids and soft tissues, as well as decrease the cavitation threshold, the gas bubbles and perfluorocarbons may act to increase the rate of absorption of ultrasonic energy and effect a conversion of that energy into local heat. Additionally, the low thermal conductivity of gas may serve to decrease local heat dissipation, with the result that there is both an increase in the rate of heating and an increase in the final equilibrium temperature. [0339]
  • The potentiators of the present invention may serve to increase the acoustic heterogeneity and generate cavitation nuclei in tumors and tissues thereby acting as a potentiator of heating in ultrasonic hyperthermia. Because the gases and perfluorocarbons create an acoustic impedance mismatch between tissues and adjacent fluids, the perfluorocarbons and gas bubbles act similarly and increase the absorption of sound and conversion of the energy into heat. [0340]
  • The following examples are merely illustrative of the present invention and should not be considered as limiting the scope of the invention in any way. These examples and equivalents thereof will become more apparent to those versed in the art in light of the present disclosure, and the accompanying claims. [0341]
  • In all of the examples which follow, a 1.0 megahertz continuous wave ultrasonic transducer (Medco Mark IV Sonlator) was used to apply the ultrasonic energy. Degassing of the solution, that is, removal of the gas from the solution, was accomplished by using standard vaccum procedures. [0342]
  • Examples 25 through 31 are actual examples of the invention. Examples 32 through 40 are prophetic examples meant to be illustrative of how the invention would operate under the specified conditions. [0343]
    • EXAMPLE 25
  • A cooled degassed solution of phosphate buffered saline (PBS) was subjected to ultrasonic hyperthernia. Another equal volume of standard PBS was pressurized in a commercial soda syphon with carbon dioxide. The pressure was released and the solution was then subjected to ultrasound with identical parameters as for the previously described solution of PBS. The gassed solution reached a significantly higher temperature than the degassed solution. These results are illustrated in FIG. 1. [0344]
    • EXAMPLE 26
  • Gas bubbles of nitrogen were passed through a standard solution of PBS. A degassed solution of PBS was prepared. Ultrasound energy was applied to each solution, during which time the temperature was measured with a thermometer. The solution containing gas bubbles (Sample 2) reached a significantly higher temperature than the degassed solution (Sample 1). The results in this example are shown in FIG. 12, and are qualitatively similar to those observed in Example 25. [0345]
  • In both Examples 25 and 26, it should be noted that the ultrasonic hyperthermia was commenced immediately after gasing the solutions. When ultrasonic hyperthermia was delayed more than five minutes after the gasing step, the resultant temperature was only slightly greater than for the degassed PBS. This is attributed to the relatively rapid decay of the non-stabilized gas bubbles in solution. [0346]
    • EXAMPLE 27
  • Liposomes encapsulating gas were prepared via a pressurization process as previously described in applicant's copending application, U.S. Ser. No. 569,828, filed Aug. 20, 1990. A liposome without gas was also prepared. The two samples were exposed to ultrasonic energy as described above. The results revealed improved heating for the liposomes that encapsulated the gas similar to that shown in FIG. 12. The gas, whether or not entrapped in an outer stabilizing covering such as a liposome, serves to potentiates the heating. [0347]
  • The advantage of using liposomes or other such stabilizing methods is that in vivo the stabilized bubbles may perhaps be more readily directed to sites, e.g., tumors than unencapsulated bubbles. Note that the nonencapsulated bubbles as described in Examples 25 and 26 were only stable for several minutes in solution, whereas the liposomal bubbles will have a much longer stablilty. [0348]
    • EXAMPLE 28
  • Albumin microspheres were prepared as previously described U.S. Pat. No. 4,718,433 to encapsulate air. Two solutions of PBS were prepared, one containing albumin microspheres encapsulating gas and the other containing a solution of the same concentration of albumin in degassed PBS. The concentration of albumin in both cases was 1%. Ultrasonic energy was then applied as in Example 25. The solution containing the gas filled albumin microspheres reached a significantly higher temperature than the solution of albumin without gas. The temperature increase observed for the gassed solution was similar to that observed for the samples containing gas described in Examples 25 through 27. [0349]
    • EXAMPLE 29
  • Stabilized air bubbles were prepared as previously described using a mixture of the polymers polyoxyethylene and polyoxypropylene as in U.S. Pat. No. 4,466,442 in solution. Ultrasonic energy was applied. Again, the temperature measurements showed a higher temperature for the solution containing the stabilized air bubbles. [0350]
    • EXAMPLE 30
  • A solution containing emulsions of perfluoro-octylbromide (PFOB) was prepared as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,865,836 (Sample 1), and the solution was exposed to ultrasonic hyperthermia. Additionally, a second solution of PFOB emulsion was prepared following the same procedures, except that this second solution was gassed with oxygen as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,927,623 (Sample 2). [0351] Sample 2 was then exposed to ultrasonic hyperthermia. The Samples 1 and 2 containing the PFOB both achieved a higher temperature upon ultrasound treatment than the degassed PBS of Examples 25 and 26. In addition, Sample 2 reached an even higher temperature with ultrasonic hyperthermia than Sample 1.
    • EXAMPLE 31
  • A tissue equivalent phantom was prepared using low temperature agar gel with a 50° C. gelling temperature. A phantom was prepared from degassed PBS and 4% agar gel. Another phantom was prepared, but in this case the liquid gel was pressurized with nitrogen gas at 180 psi for 24 hours in a custom built pressurization chamber at 52° C. The pressure was released over a period of 5 seconds thus forming microbubbles in the liquid yet viscous gel. Both gel samples (degassed and that containing microbubbles) were allowed to gel and to cool to 37° C. The samples were then exposed to ultrasonic energy as above and the temperatures recorded. The sample containing microbubbles again had a much higher rate of heating than the gel prepared from the degassed solution. [0352]
  • The above was repeated but in this case liposomes entrapping gas were placed in the gel and the gel again cooled to 37° C. Ultrasonic heating again showed an improved rate of heating. The purpose of the tissue equivalent phantom was to demonstrate how the bubbles might potentiate heating in tissues, e.g., a tumor. [0353]
    • EXAMPLE 32
  • Two rats bearing C2 clonal derived epithelial carcinoma are treated with ultrasonic therapy. In one of these rats, 2 cc of nitrogen gas is injected into approximately 4 cc of tumor volume. Hyperthermia is administered to both rats and the intra-tumoral temperature monitored. The rat treated with an interstitial injection of nitrogen has a higher tumor temperature. [0354]
    • EXAMPLE 33
  • One group of rabbits bearing VX2 carcinoma of the brain are treated with ultrasonic hyperthermia while the tumor temperature and the temperature of the surrounding tissue is monitored with a probe. A volume of 3 to 5 cc of perfluorooctybromide emulsion is injected into a second group of rabbits in the carotid artery ipsilateral to the brain tumor, while monitoring the tumor and surrounding tissue. The rabbits treated with the PFOB show increased tumor temperatures and a more selective heating of the brain tumor as compared to the normal tissue. [0355]
    • EXAMPLE 34
  • The same experiment as in Example 33 is repeated using a 3 cc injection of liposomes encapsulating gas. Again temperature measurements of tumor and normal tissue show increased temperature in the tumor relative to normal tissue of the animal treated with the gas filled liposomes. [0356]
    • EXAMPLE 35
  • A solution of liposomes encapsulating the gaseous precursor methylactate is prepared and suspended in PBS. A control solution of PBS and the solution containing the liposomes encapsulating methylactate is heated with ultrasound and the temperature measured. The temperature of the solution containing the liposomes encapsulating methylactate has a biexponential rate of heating reflecting the improvement in heating efficiency past the point at which gas is formed from the gaseous precursor. [0357]
    • EXAMPLE 36
  • In a patient with cancer of the kidney, the left femoral artery is catheterized using standard technique. The renal artery is catheterized and 10 cc of a 1% solution of sonicated albumin microspheres entrapping gas is injected into the renal artery. Therapeutic ultrasound is used to heat the tumor and the microbubbles of gas delivered to the tumor cause improved tumor heating. [0358]
    • EXAMPLE 37
  • Example 36 is repeated in another patient but in this case gas bubbles encapsulated in the tensides polyoxyethylene and polyoxypropylene are used to embolize the kidney. Again therapeutic ultrasound is applied to the kidney and the result is improved heating of the tumor. [0359]
    • EXAMPLE 38
  • Example 37 is repeated but this time using liposomes encapsulating both chemotherapy and carbon dioxide gas. Again hyperthermia is applied to the tumor using ultrasound and not only is there improved tumor heating, but also improved tumor response caused by the interaction of simultaneous heating and chemotherapy. [0360]
    • EXAMPLE 39
  • Small liposomes, less than about 100 nm diameter, are prepared to entrap nitrogen gas under pressure. Phase sensitive lipids are selected with gel to liquid crystalline transition temperature of 42.5° C. These are administered intravenously to a patient with glioblastoma multiforme, which is a usually deadly brain tumor. Ultrasonic hyperthermia is applied to the region of the brain tumor through a skull flap which has been previously made surgically. The microbubbles entrapped in the liposomes accumulate in the patient's tumor because of the leakiness of the tumor vessels. The microbubbles are excluded from the normal brain because of the integrity of the blood-brain barrier. The ultrasonic energy raises the tumor temperature to 42.5 degrees centigrade and the liposomes underwent phase transition allowing the bubbles to expand. The intratumoral bubbles increases the effectiveness of heating in the tumor by the therapeutic ultrasound. [0361]
    • EXAMPLE 40
  • Air bubbles are entrapped in lipid monolayers as previously described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,684,479. In a patient with glioblastoma multiforme, these lipid monolayer stabilized air bubbles are administered I.V. every day for 7 days during daily treatments with ultrasonic hyperthermia. The stabilized air bubbles accumulate in the patient's tumor and the patient has improved response to treatment with ultrasonic hyperthermia. Various modifications in addition to those shown and described herein will be apparent to those skilled in the art from the foregoing description. Such modifications are also intended to fall within the scope of the appended claims. [0362]

Claims (1)

What is claimed is:
1. An ultrasound method comprising (i) administering to a patient a composition which comprises a gaseous precursor, and (ii) applying ultrasound to the patient, wherein said gaseous precursor forms a gas as a result of a change in temperature or pressure.
US10/113,577 1989-12-22 2002-04-02 Ultrasound imaging and treatment Abandoned US20020150539A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US10/113,577 US20020150539A1 (en) 1989-12-22 2002-04-02 Ultrasound imaging and treatment
US10/983,406 US7078015B2 (en) 1989-12-22 2004-11-08 Ultrasound imaging and treatment

Applications Claiming Priority (13)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US45570789A 1989-12-22 1989-12-22
US07/569,828 US5088499A (en) 1989-12-22 1990-08-20 Liposomes as contrast agents for ultrasonic imaging and methods for preparing the same
US07/581,027 US5149319A (en) 1990-09-11 1990-09-11 Methods for providing localized therapeutic heat to biological tissues and fluids
US71689991A 1991-06-18 1991-06-18
US07/717,084 US5228446A (en) 1989-12-22 1991-06-18 Gas filled liposomes and their use as ultrasonic contrast agents
US07/716,793 US5209720A (en) 1989-12-22 1991-06-18 Methods for providing localized therapeutic heat to biological tissues and fluids using gas filled liposomes
US08/076,239 US5469854A (en) 1989-12-22 1993-06-11 Methods of preparing gas-filled liposomes
US15967493A 1993-11-30 1993-11-30
US08/160,232 US5542935A (en) 1989-12-22 1993-11-30 Therapeutic delivery systems related applications
US08/159,687 US5585112A (en) 1989-12-22 1993-11-30 Method of preparing gas and gaseous precursor-filled microspheres
US08/487,230 US5853752A (en) 1989-12-22 1995-06-06 Methods of preparing gas and gaseous precursor-filled microspheres
US79679897A 1997-02-06 1997-02-06
US10/113,577 US20020150539A1 (en) 1989-12-22 2002-04-02 Ultrasound imaging and treatment

Related Parent Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US79679897A Division 1989-12-22 1997-02-06
US79679897A Continuation 1989-12-22 1997-02-06

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/983,406 Continuation US7078015B2 (en) 1989-12-22 2004-11-08 Ultrasound imaging and treatment

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20020150539A1 true US20020150539A1 (en) 2002-10-17

Family

ID=27583723

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/113,577 Abandoned US20020150539A1 (en) 1989-12-22 2002-04-02 Ultrasound imaging and treatment
US10/983,406 Expired - Fee Related US7078015B2 (en) 1989-12-22 2004-11-08 Ultrasound imaging and treatment

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/983,406 Expired - Fee Related US7078015B2 (en) 1989-12-22 2004-11-08 Ultrasound imaging and treatment

Country Status (1)

Country Link
US (2) US20020150539A1 (en)

Cited By (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20050084538A1 (en) * 2003-08-27 2005-04-21 The Regents Of The University Of California, A California Corporation Ultrasonic concentration of drug delivery capsules
WO2007015179A1 (en) * 2005-08-03 2007-02-08 Koninklijke Philips Electronics, N.V. Ultrasound monitoring and feedback for magnetic hyperthermia
US20070069725A1 (en) * 2005-09-24 2007-03-29 Bruker Biospin Mri Gmbh Configuration for nuclear magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) with an MRI phantom
US20070102279A1 (en) * 2006-02-02 2007-05-10 Novak John F Method and Apparatus for Microwave Reduction of Organic Compounds
US20070122529A1 (en) * 2003-08-21 2007-05-31 Advanced Nutri-Tech Systems Inc. Fruit sponge
US20090034360A1 (en) * 2005-04-08 2009-02-05 Commonwealth Scientific And Industrial Research Organisation Method for microfluidic mixing and mixing device
WO2009075583A1 (en) * 2007-12-10 2009-06-18 Epitarget As Use of particles comprising an alcohol
US20090177123A1 (en) * 2007-12-28 2009-07-09 Celleration, Inc. Methods for treating inflammatory disorders
US20100025304A1 (en) * 2005-12-14 2010-02-04 Global Resources Corporation Microwave-based recovery of hydrocarbons and fossil fuels
US8002736B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2011-08-23 Carticept Medical, Inc. Injection systems for delivery of fluids to joints
US8235919B2 (en) 2001-01-12 2012-08-07 Celleration, Inc. Ultrasonic method and device for wound treatment
WO2013043236A1 (en) * 2011-09-22 2013-03-28 Rockland Technimed, Ltd. Compositions and methods useful for realtime in situ physiological molecular imaging of oxygen metabolism
US8491521B2 (en) 2007-01-04 2013-07-23 Celleration, Inc. Removable multi-channel applicator nozzle
US8545440B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2013-10-01 Carticept Medical, Inc. Injection system for delivering multiple fluids within the anatomy
US9044542B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2015-06-02 Carticept Medical, Inc. Imaging-guided anesthesia injection systems and methods
CN105487560A (en) * 2014-09-17 2016-04-13 重庆海扶医疗科技股份有限公司 Water production system, ultrasonic medical system and water treatment method
US9910020B1 (en) 2005-03-30 2018-03-06 Copilot Ventures Fund Iii Llc Methods and articles for identifying objects using encapsulated perfluorocarbon tracers
CN110279432A (en) * 2019-07-26 2019-09-27 河南科技大学第一附属医院 A kind of TCD inspection microbubble contrast preparation and injection device
US11224767B2 (en) 2013-11-26 2022-01-18 Sanuwave Health, Inc. Systems and methods for producing and delivering ultrasonic therapies for wound treatment and healing
US20220161217A1 (en) * 2009-08-28 2022-05-26 Truly Oxygen Incorporated Systems, methods, and devices for production of gas-filled microbubbles
US11406722B2 (en) * 2017-03-16 2022-08-09 The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas System Nanodroplets with improved properties

Families Citing this family (36)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6989153B2 (en) * 1999-11-30 2006-01-24 Varian Medical Systems Technologies, Inc. Radiation sensitive liposomes
US7846096B2 (en) 2001-05-29 2010-12-07 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Method for monitoring of medical treatment using pulse-echo ultrasound
US20030069502A1 (en) 2001-05-29 2003-04-10 Makin Inder Raj. S. Ultrasound feedback in medically-treated patients
AU2003278807A1 (en) 2002-03-01 2004-08-13 Bracco International B.V. Kdr and vegf/kdr binding peptides and their use in diagnosis and therapy
US7794693B2 (en) 2002-03-01 2010-09-14 Bracco International B.V. Targeting vector-phospholipid conjugates
US7211240B2 (en) 2002-03-01 2007-05-01 Bracco International B.V. Multivalent constructs for therapeutic and diagnostic applications
US7261876B2 (en) 2002-03-01 2007-08-28 Bracco International Bv Multivalent constructs for therapeutic and diagnostic applications
US7985402B2 (en) * 2002-03-01 2011-07-26 Bracco Suisse Sa Targeting vector-phospholipid conjugates
US8623822B2 (en) 2002-03-01 2014-01-07 Bracco Suisse Sa KDR and VEGF/KDR binding peptides and their use in diagnosis and therapy
US7479112B2 (en) * 2003-08-26 2009-01-20 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Acoustic physiological sensor
US7247141B2 (en) * 2004-03-08 2007-07-24 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Intra-cavitary ultrasound medical system and method
US7883468B2 (en) 2004-05-18 2011-02-08 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Medical system having an ultrasound source and an acoustic coupling medium
US7951095B2 (en) 2004-05-20 2011-05-31 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Ultrasound medical system
US7695436B2 (en) 2004-05-21 2010-04-13 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Transmit apodization of an ultrasound transducer array
US7806839B2 (en) 2004-06-14 2010-10-05 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. System and method for ultrasound therapy using grating lobes
US20070016039A1 (en) * 2005-06-21 2007-01-18 Insightec-Image Guided Treatment Ltd. Controlled, non-linear focused ultrasound treatment
US20090149748A1 (en) * 2005-08-25 2009-06-11 Virginia Commonwealth University Portable Pulmonary Injury diagnostic Devices And Methods
US20080032030A1 (en) * 2006-08-15 2008-02-07 Eilaz Babaev Method and Apparatus for Producing Beverages from Coffee Beans Using Ultrasound Energy
US20080221382A1 (en) * 2007-03-09 2008-09-11 Sunnybrook Health Sciences Centre Method and system of radiotherapy enhancement through cellular perturbation using ultrasound and microbubbles
WO2009055720A1 (en) 2007-10-26 2009-04-30 University Of Virginia Patent Foundation System for treatment and imaging using ultrasonic energy and microbubbles and related method thereof
US9895158B2 (en) 2007-10-26 2018-02-20 University Of Virginia Patent Foundation Method and apparatus for accelerated disintegration of blood clot
DE102008032992B4 (en) * 2008-07-14 2010-05-12 Pro Thesis Gmbh Method and system for creating a 3D stem-stump model for producing a prosthesis stem
WO2010020938A1 (en) * 2008-08-18 2010-02-25 Koninklijke Philips Electronics, N.V. Ultrasound enhanced stem cell delivery device and method
WO2010041256A2 (en) * 2008-10-07 2010-04-15 Yissum Research Development Company Of The Hebrew University Of Jerusalem, Ltd. A composition of matter comprising liposomes embedded in a polymeric matrix and methods of using same
US20100113983A1 (en) * 2008-10-31 2010-05-06 Microsoft Corporation Utilizing ultrasound to disrupt pathogens
US20100305442A1 (en) * 2009-05-29 2010-12-02 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Systems and methods for implementing a data management system for catheter-based imaging systems
JP4988016B2 (en) * 2009-08-27 2012-08-01 韓國電子通信研究院 Finger motion detection apparatus and method
JP5463549B2 (en) * 2009-09-08 2014-04-09 学校法人福岡大学 Liposomes for ultrasound therapy and liposomes for promoting ultrasound therapy
JP5463548B2 (en) * 2009-09-08 2014-04-09 学校法人福岡大学 Liposomes for ultrasound therapy and liposomes for promoting ultrasound therapy
EP2488160B1 (en) * 2009-10-16 2020-07-01 Lifecare Innovations Pvt. Ltd. Liposomal amphotericin formulation comprising cholesterol for treating fungal infections
CN102834068B (en) * 2010-04-09 2015-11-25 株式会社日立制作所 Ultrasonic apparatus for diagnosis and therapy
EP2621542A4 (en) * 2010-09-28 2016-12-28 Siemens Medical Solutions Usa Inc Compositions useful for target, detection, imaging and treatment, and methods of production and use thereof
JP5851127B2 (en) * 2011-06-24 2016-02-03 オリンパス株式会社 Ultrasonic irradiation apparatus and method of operating ultrasonic irradiation apparatus
NZ709209A (en) 2012-12-20 2018-07-27 Smilesonica Inc Internal ultrasound gel
US11813123B2 (en) 2016-08-31 2023-11-14 The Regents Of The University Of California Ultrasound responsive micro-composite markers
CN109602450B (en) * 2019-01-29 2021-04-30 北京大学第三医院（北京大学第三临床医学院） Ultrasonic intracavity probe isolation and sound guide integrated device

Citations (96)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US467031A (en) * 1892-01-12 Vehicle-hub
US3015128A (en) * 1960-08-18 1962-01-02 Southwest Res Inst Encapsulating apparatus
US3488714A (en) * 1966-09-19 1970-01-06 Dow Chemical Co Formed laminate structure and method of preparation
US3557294A (en) * 1967-10-12 1971-01-19 Allied Chem Fluorinated ethers as inhalation convulsants
US3650831A (en) * 1969-03-10 1972-03-21 Armour Dial Inc Method of cleaning surfaces
US3873564A (en) * 1971-03-03 1975-03-25 Synvar Ass 2-Imidazolinyl-3-oxide-1-oxypropionic acid
US3945956A (en) * 1975-06-23 1976-03-23 The Dow Chemical Company Polymerization of styrene acrylonitrile expandable microspheres
US4138383A (en) * 1975-11-24 1979-02-06 California Institute Of Technology Preparation of small bio-compatible microspheres
US4192859A (en) * 1978-09-29 1980-03-11 E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. Contrast media containing liposomes as carriers
US4310505A (en) * 1979-11-08 1982-01-12 California Institute Of Technology Lipid vesicles bearing carbohydrate surfaces as lymphatic directed vehicles for therapeutic and diagnostic substances
US4310506A (en) * 1979-02-22 1982-01-12 California Institute Of Technology Means of preparation and applications of liposomes containing high concentrations of entrapped ionic species
US4315514A (en) * 1980-05-08 1982-02-16 William Drewes Method and apparatus for selective cell destruction
US4426330A (en) * 1981-07-20 1984-01-17 Lipid Specialties, Inc. Synthetic phospholipid compounds
US4427649A (en) * 1976-03-19 1984-01-24 Imperial Chemical Industries Limited Pharmaceutical compositions
US4428843A (en) * 1981-06-01 1984-01-31 Venture Chemicals, Inc. Well working compositions, method of decreasing the seepage loss from such compositions, and additive therefor
US4428924A (en) * 1977-02-02 1984-01-31 Linton Medical Services Limited Preparation for diagnostic radiology
US4442843A (en) * 1980-11-17 1984-04-17 Schering, Ag Microbubble precursors and methods for their production and use
US4569836A (en) * 1981-08-27 1986-02-11 Gordon Robert T Cancer treatment by intracellular hyperthermia
US4572203A (en) * 1983-01-27 1986-02-25 Feinstein Steven B Contact agents for ultrasonic imaging
US4582756A (en) * 1983-07-12 1986-04-15 Matsumoto Yushi-Seiyaku Co., Ltd. Organic microballoon
US4646756A (en) * 1982-10-26 1987-03-03 The University Of Aberdeen Ultra sound hyperthermia device
US4657756A (en) * 1980-11-17 1987-04-14 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Microbubble precursors and apparatus for their production and use
US4658828A (en) * 1984-05-03 1987-04-21 Jacques Dory Apparatus for examining and localizing tumors using ultra sounds, comprising a device for localized hyperthermia treatment
US4718433A (en) * 1983-01-27 1988-01-12 Feinstein Steven B Contrast agents for ultrasonic imaging
US4728578A (en) * 1986-08-13 1988-03-01 The Lubrizol Corporation Compositions containing basic metal salts and/or non-Newtonian colloidal disperse systems and vinyl aromatic containing polymers
US4728575A (en) * 1984-04-27 1988-03-01 Vestar, Inc. Contrast agents for NMR imaging
US4731239A (en) * 1983-01-10 1988-03-15 Gordon Robert T Method for enhancing NMR imaging; and diagnostic use
US4737323A (en) * 1986-02-13 1988-04-12 Liposome Technology, Inc. Liposome extrusion method
US4822534A (en) * 1987-03-05 1989-04-18 Lencki Robert W J Method of producing microspheres
US4891692A (en) * 1986-11-13 1990-01-02 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Color image reading apparatus having variable exposure control
US4893624A (en) * 1988-06-21 1990-01-16 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Diffuse focus ultrasound hyperthermia system
US4895876A (en) * 1987-03-20 1990-01-23 Air Products And Chemicals, Inc. Concentrated stable fluorochemical aqueous emulsions containing triglycerides
US4895719A (en) * 1985-05-22 1990-01-23 Liposome Technology, Inc. Method and apparatus for administering dehydrated liposomes by inhalation
US4898734A (en) * 1988-02-29 1990-02-06 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Polymer composite for controlled release or membrane formation
US4900540A (en) * 1983-06-20 1990-02-13 Trustees Of The University Of Massachusetts Lipisomes containing gas for ultrasound detection
US4918065A (en) * 1982-07-07 1990-04-17 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Corticoid-containing preparation for topical application
US4981692A (en) * 1983-03-24 1991-01-01 The Liposome Company, Inc. Therapeutic treatment by intramammary infusion
US4985550A (en) * 1986-07-29 1991-01-15 Alliance Pharmaceutical Corp. Polyhydroxylated and highly fluorinated compounds, their preparation and their use as surfactants
US4984573A (en) * 1987-06-23 1991-01-15 Hafslund Nycomed Innovation Ab Method of electron spin resonance enhanced magnetic resonance imaging
US4987154A (en) * 1986-01-14 1991-01-22 Alliance Pharmaceutical Corp. Biocompatible, stable and concentrated fluorocarbon emulsions for contrast enhancement and oxygen transport in internal animal use
US4993415A (en) * 1988-08-19 1991-02-19 Alliance Pharmaceutical Corp. Magnetic resonance imaging with perfluorocarbon hydrides
US4996041A (en) * 1988-08-19 1991-02-26 Toshiyuki Arai Method for introducing oxygen-17 into tissue for imaging in a magnetic resonance imaging system
US5000960A (en) * 1987-03-13 1991-03-19 Micro-Pak, Inc. Protein coupling to lipid vesicles
US5078994A (en) * 1990-04-12 1992-01-07 Eastman Kodak Company Microgel drug delivery system
US5080885A (en) * 1986-01-14 1992-01-14 Alliance Pharmaceutical Corp. Brominated perfluorocarbon emulsions for internal animal use for contrast enhancement and oxygen transport
US5088499A (en) * 1989-12-22 1992-02-18 Unger Evan C Liposomes as contrast agents for ultrasonic imaging and methods for preparing the same
US5186922A (en) * 1985-03-15 1993-02-16 See/Shell Biotechnology, Inc. Use of biodegradable microspheres labeled with imaging energy constrast materials
US5190766A (en) * 1990-04-16 1993-03-02 Ken Ishihara Method of controlling drug release by resonant sound wave
US5190982A (en) * 1990-04-26 1993-03-02 Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft Ultrasonic contrast agents, processes for their preparation and the use thereof as diagnostic and therapeutic agents
US5192549A (en) * 1988-09-28 1993-03-09 Yissum Research Development Company Of The Hebrew University Of Jerusalem Method of amphiphatic drug loading in liposomes by pH gradient
US5194266A (en) * 1989-08-08 1993-03-16 Liposome Technology, Inc. Amphotericin B/cholesterol sulfate composition and method
US5194188A (en) * 1989-07-05 1993-03-16 Patrinove Process and a device for the direct production of liposomes
US5196183A (en) * 1991-12-04 1993-03-23 Sterling Winthrop Inc. Contrast agents for ultrasound imaging
US5196348A (en) * 1990-06-11 1993-03-23 Air Products And Chemicals, Inc. Perfluoro-crown ethers in fluorine magnetic resonance spectroscopy of biopsied tissue
US5195520A (en) * 1986-11-05 1993-03-23 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Ultrasonic manometry process in a fluid by means of microbubbles
US5198225A (en) * 1988-10-03 1993-03-30 Lvmh Recherche Hydrated lipidic lamellar phases or liposomes based on ecdysteroids
US5281408A (en) * 1991-04-05 1994-01-25 Unger Evan C Low density microspheres and their use as contrast agents for computed tomography
US5283255A (en) * 1987-01-20 1994-02-01 The University Of British Columbia Wavelength-specific cytotoxic agents
US5288446A (en) * 1990-04-23 1994-02-22 Sumitomo Rubber Industries, Ltd. Production of rubber article
US5380411A (en) * 1987-12-02 1995-01-10 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Ultrasound or shock wave work process and preparation for carrying out same
US5380519A (en) * 1990-04-02 1995-01-10 Bracco International B.V. Stable microbubbles suspensions injectable into living organisms
US5393524A (en) * 1991-09-17 1995-02-28 Sonus Pharmaceuticals Inc. Methods for selecting and using gases as ultrasound contrast media
US5485839A (en) * 1992-02-28 1996-01-23 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Method and apparatus for ultrasonic wave medical treatment using computed tomography
US5487390A (en) * 1990-10-05 1996-01-30 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Gas-filled polymeric microbubbles for ultrasound imaging
US5496535A (en) * 1991-04-12 1996-03-05 Alliance Pharmaceutical Corp. Fluorocarbon contrast media for use with MRI and radiographic imaging
US5496536A (en) * 1989-05-30 1996-03-05 Wolf; Gerald Percutaneous lymphography
US5498421A (en) * 1993-02-22 1996-03-12 Vivorx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Composition useful for in vivo delivery of biologics and methods employing same
US5502094A (en) * 1994-05-20 1996-03-26 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Physiologically acceptable emulsions containing perfluorocarbon ether hydrides and methods for use
US5501863A (en) * 1990-02-09 1996-03-26 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Contrast media synthesized from polyaldehydes
US5593680A (en) * 1993-01-29 1997-01-14 L'oreal New cosmetic or dermopharmaceutical compositions in the form of aqueous gels modified by the addition of expanded microspheres
US5595723A (en) * 1993-01-25 1997-01-21 Sonus Pharmaceuticals Method for preparing storage stable colloids
US5605673A (en) * 1993-07-30 1997-02-25 Alliance Pharmaceutical Corp. Stabilized microbubble compositions for ultrasound
US5606973A (en) * 1995-06-07 1997-03-04 Molecular Biosystems, Inc. Liquid core microdroplets for ultrasound imaging
US5612057A (en) * 1992-04-09 1997-03-18 Northwestern University Acoustically reflective liposomes and methods to make and use same
US5612318A (en) * 1990-12-20 1997-03-18 Weichselbaum; Ralph R. Control of gene expression by ionizing radiation
US5614169A (en) * 1992-01-09 1997-03-25 Nycomed Imaging As Contrast agents, consisting of galactose particles and an amphilic carboxylic acid
US5705187A (en) * 1989-12-22 1998-01-06 Imarx Pharmaceutical Corp. Compositions of lipids and stabilizing materials
US5707352A (en) * 1989-08-28 1998-01-13 Alliance Pharmaceutical Corp. Pulmonary delivery of therapeutic agent
US5707607A (en) * 1993-01-25 1998-01-13 Sonus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Phase shift colloids as ultrasound contrast agents
US5711933A (en) * 1990-05-18 1998-01-27 Bracco International B.V. Method of making polymeric gas or air filled microballoons for ultrasonic echography
US5715824A (en) * 1989-12-22 1998-02-10 Imarx Pharmaceutical Corp. Methods of preparing gas-filled liposomes
US5716597A (en) * 1993-06-04 1998-02-10 Molecular Biosystems, Inc. Emulsions as contrast agents and method of use
US5732707A (en) * 1994-05-03 1998-03-31 Molecular Biosystems, Inc. Method of ultrasonically quantitating myocardial perfusion using as intravenously injected tracer
US5733572A (en) * 1989-12-22 1998-03-31 Imarx Pharmaceutical Corp. Gas and gaseous precursor filled microspheres as topical and subcutaneous delivery vehicles
US5733024A (en) * 1995-09-13 1998-03-31 Silicon Valley Group, Inc. Modular system
US5733527A (en) * 1994-09-28 1998-03-31 Alliance Pharmaceutical Corp. Methods for harmonic imaging with ultrasound
US5855865A (en) * 1993-07-02 1999-01-05 Molecular Biosystems, Inc. Method for making encapsulated gas microspheres from heat denatured protein in the absence of oxygen gas
US5874062A (en) * 1991-04-05 1999-02-23 Imarx Pharmaceutical Corp. Methods of computed tomography using perfluorocarbon gaseous filled microspheres as contrast agents
US6028066A (en) * 1997-05-06 2000-02-22 Imarx Pharmaceutical Corp. Prodrugs comprising fluorinated amphiphiles
US6033646A (en) * 1989-12-22 2000-03-07 Imarx Pharmaceutical Corp. Method of preparing fluorinated gas microspheres
US6033645A (en) * 1996-06-19 2000-03-07 Unger; Evan C. Methods for diagnostic imaging by regulating the administration rate of a contrast agent
US6039557A (en) * 1989-12-22 2000-03-21 Imarx Pharmaceutical Corp. Apparatus for making gas-filled vesicles of optimal size
US6521211B1 (en) * 1995-06-07 2003-02-18 Bristol-Myers Squibb Medical Imaging, Inc. Methods of imaging and treatment with targeted compositions
US6537246B1 (en) * 1997-06-18 2003-03-25 Imarx Therapeutics, Inc. Oxygen delivery agents and uses for the same
US6680047B2 (en) * 1996-10-28 2004-01-20 Amersham Health As Diagnostic/therapeutic agents
US6682502B2 (en) * 1999-03-26 2004-01-27 Transon, Llc Apparatus for emergency treatment of patients experiencing a thrombotic vascular occlusion

Family Cites Families (68)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3291843A (en) 1963-10-08 1966-12-13 Du Pont Fluorinated vinyl ethers and their preparation
BE661981A (en) 1964-04-03
US3594326A (en) 1964-12-03 1971-07-20 Ncr Co Method of making microscopic capsules
US3968203A (en) 1965-10-01 1976-07-06 Jerome G. Spitzer Aerosol astringent composition
US3615972A (en) 1967-04-28 1971-10-26 Dow Chemical Co Expansible thermoplastic polymer particles containing volatile fluid foaming agent and method of foaming the same
US3532500A (en) 1967-07-25 1970-10-06 Eastman Kodak Co Light sensitive vesicular composition comprising an azido-s-triazine compound
US3479811A (en) 1967-11-29 1969-11-25 Dow Chemical Co Yarn and method of making the same
US3732172A (en) 1968-02-28 1973-05-08 Ncr Co Process for making minute capsules and prefabricated system useful therein
US4027007A (en) 1970-12-09 1977-05-31 Colgate-Palmolive Company Antiperspirants formulated with borax
US4108806A (en) 1971-12-06 1978-08-22 The Dow Chemical Company Thermoplastic expandable microsphere process and product
US4179546A (en) 1972-08-28 1979-12-18 The Dow Chemical Company Method for expanding microspheres and expandable composition
US3960583A (en) 1974-05-02 1976-06-01 Philadelphia Quartz Company Method of preparing modified hollow, largely spherical particles by spray drying
CH588887A5 (en) 1974-07-19 1977-06-15 Battelle Memorial Institute
US4162282A (en) 1976-04-22 1979-07-24 Coulter Electronics, Inc. Method for producing uniform particles
CH621479A5 (en) 1977-08-05 1981-02-13 Battelle Memorial Institute
CH624011A5 (en) 1977-08-05 1981-07-15 Battelle Memorial Institute
US4276885A (en) 1979-05-04 1981-07-07 Rasor Associates, Inc Ultrasonic image enhancement
US4265251A (en) 1979-06-28 1981-05-05 Rasor Associates, Inc. Method of determining pressure within liquid containing vessel
US4303736A (en) 1979-07-20 1981-12-01 Leonard Torobin Hollow plastic microspheres
US4342826A (en) 1980-02-04 1982-08-03 Collaborative Research, Inc. Immunoassay products and methods
US4421562A (en) 1980-04-13 1983-12-20 Pq Corporation Manufacturing process for hollow microspheres
US4344929A (en) 1980-04-25 1982-08-17 Alza Corporation Method of delivering drug with aid of effervescent activity generated in environment of use
US4331654A (en) 1980-06-13 1982-05-25 Eli Lilly And Company Magnetically-localizable, biodegradable lipid microspheres
US4681119A (en) 1980-11-17 1987-07-21 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Method of production and use of microbubble precursors
US4420442A (en) 1981-04-13 1983-12-13 Pq Corporation Manufacturing process for hollow microspheres
US4533254A (en) 1981-04-17 1985-08-06 Biotechnology Development Corporation Apparatus for forming emulsions
EP0068961A3 (en) 1981-06-26 1983-02-02 Thomson-Csf Apparatus for the local heating of biological tissue
US4534899A (en) 1981-07-20 1985-08-13 Lipid Specialties, Inc. Synthetic phospholipid compounds
EP0088773B1 (en) 1981-09-23 1987-09-09 M.B. Fillers Pty. Ltd. Hollow, bilayered silicate microspheres
DE3141641A1 (en) 1981-10-16 1983-04-28 Schering Ag, 1000 Berlin Und 4619 Bergkamen ULTRASONIC CONTRAST AGENTS AND THEIR PRODUCTION
BR8107560A (en) 1981-11-19 1983-07-05 Luiz Romariz Duarte ULTRASONIC STIMULATION OF BONE FRACTURE CONSOLIDATION
US4540629A (en) 1982-04-08 1985-09-10 Pq Corporation Hollow microspheres with organosilicon-silicate walls
FR2534487B1 (en) 1982-10-15 1988-06-10 Dior Christian Parfums METHOD FOR THE HOMOGENEIZATION OF HYDRATED LIPIDAL LAMELLAR PHASE DISPERSIONS, AND SUSPENSIONS OBTAINED THEREBY
US4603044A (en) 1983-01-06 1986-07-29 Technology Unlimited, Inc. Hepatocyte Directed Vesicle delivery system
US4583512A (en) * 1983-02-22 1986-04-22 Gardner Paul R Fuel feed and fuel vaporization system
US4775522A (en) 1983-03-04 1988-10-04 Children's Hospital Research Foundation, A Division Of Children's Hospital Medical Center NMR compositions for indirectly detecting a dissolved gas in an animal
US4485193A (en) 1983-05-10 1984-11-27 The Dow Chemical Company Expandable synthetic resinous thermoplastic particles, method for the preparation thereof and the application therefor
US4544545A (en) 1983-06-20 1985-10-01 Trustees University Of Massachusetts Liposomes containing modified cholesterol for organ targeting
US4615879A (en) 1983-11-14 1986-10-07 Vanderbilt University Particulate NMR contrast agents for gastrointestinal application
GB8407557D0 (en) 1984-03-23 1984-05-02 Hayward J A Polymeric lipsomes
CH668554A5 (en) 1984-04-09 1989-01-13 Sandoz Ag LIPOSOMAS CONTAIN WHICH POLYPEPTIDES WITH INTERLEUKIN-2 ACTIVITY AND METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF.
US4620546A (en) 1984-06-30 1986-11-04 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Ultrasound hyperthermia apparatus
SE8403905D0 (en) 1984-07-30 1984-07-30 Draco Ab LIPOSOMES AND STEROID ESTERS
US4767610A (en) 1984-10-19 1988-08-30 The Regents Of The University Of California Method for detecting abnormal cell masses in animals
US4789501A (en) 1984-11-19 1988-12-06 The Curators Of The University Of Missouri Glass microspheres
US4921706A (en) 1984-11-20 1990-05-01 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Unilamellar lipid vesicles and method for their formation
US4830858A (en) 1985-02-11 1989-05-16 E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. Spray-drying method for preparing liposomes and products produced thereby
US4689986A (en) 1985-03-13 1987-09-01 The University Of Michigan Variable frequency gas-bubble-manipulating apparatus and method
US4692279A (en) * 1985-04-15 1987-09-08 Stepan Company Preparation of acyloxy benzene sulfonate
US4663161A (en) 1985-04-22 1987-05-05 Mannino Raphael J Liposome methods and compositions
US4684479A (en) 1985-08-14 1987-08-04 Arrigo Joseph S D Surfactant mixtures, stable gas-in-liquid emulsions, and methods for the production of such emulsions from said mixtures
US4938947A (en) 1985-11-01 1990-07-03 Centre National De La Recherche Scientifique (Cnrs) Aerosol composition for in vivo imaging
US4865836A (en) 1986-01-14 1989-09-12 Fluoromed Pharmaceutical, Inc. Brominated perfluorocarbon emulsions for internal animal use for contrast enhancement and oxygen transport
US4927623A (en) 1986-01-14 1990-05-22 Alliance Pharmaceutical Corp. Dissolution of gas in a fluorocarbon liquid
US4834964A (en) 1986-03-07 1989-05-30 M.R.I., Inc. Use of charged nitroxides as NMR image enhancing agents for CSF
JPH0751496B2 (en) 1986-04-02 1995-06-05 武田薬品工業株式会社 Manufacturing method of liposome
US4776991A (en) 1986-08-29 1988-10-11 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Navy Scaled-up production of liposome-encapsulated hemoglobin
US4781871A (en) 1986-09-18 1988-11-01 Liposome Technology, Inc. High-concentration liposome processing method
US4769241A (en) 1986-09-23 1988-09-06 Alpha Therapeutic Corporation Apparatus and process for oxygenation of liquid state dissolved oxygen-carrying formulation
ZW11287A1 (en) 1986-11-04 1989-01-25 Aeci Ltd Process for the production of an explosive
US4863717A (en) 1986-11-10 1989-09-05 The State Of Oregon Acting By And Through The State Board Of Higher Education On Behalf Of The University Of Oregon Methods for circumventing the problem of free radial reduction associated with the use of stable nitroxide free radicals as contrast agents for magnetic reasonance imaging
US4933121A (en) 1986-12-10 1990-06-12 Ciba Corning Diagnostics Corp. Process for forming liposomes
US4866096A (en) 1987-03-20 1989-09-12 Air Products And Chemicals, Inc. Stable fluorochemical aqueous emulsions
US4844882A (en) 1987-12-29 1989-07-04 Molecular Biosystems, Inc. Concentrated stabilized microbubble-type ultrasonic imaging agent
DE3824354A1 (en) 1988-07-19 1990-01-25 Basf Ag METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION OF CELL-CONTAINING PLASTICS BY THE POLYISOCYANATE-POLYADDITION PROCESS BY MEANS OF STORAGE-STABLE, FUEL-CONTAINING EMULSIONS AND THESE EMULSIONS
JPH0720857B2 (en) * 1988-08-11 1995-03-08 テルモ株式会社 Liposome and its manufacturing method
US4957656A (en) 1988-09-14 1990-09-18 Molecular Biosystems, Inc. Continuous sonication method for preparing protein encapsulated microbubbles
US5858399A (en) * 1992-04-09 1999-01-12 Northwestern University Acoustically reflective liposomes and methods to make and use the same

Patent Citations (99)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US467031A (en) * 1892-01-12 Vehicle-hub
US3015128A (en) * 1960-08-18 1962-01-02 Southwest Res Inst Encapsulating apparatus
US3488714A (en) * 1966-09-19 1970-01-06 Dow Chemical Co Formed laminate structure and method of preparation
US3557294A (en) * 1967-10-12 1971-01-19 Allied Chem Fluorinated ethers as inhalation convulsants
US3650831A (en) * 1969-03-10 1972-03-21 Armour Dial Inc Method of cleaning surfaces
US3873564A (en) * 1971-03-03 1975-03-25 Synvar Ass 2-Imidazolinyl-3-oxide-1-oxypropionic acid
US3945956A (en) * 1975-06-23 1976-03-23 The Dow Chemical Company Polymerization of styrene acrylonitrile expandable microspheres
US4138383A (en) * 1975-11-24 1979-02-06 California Institute Of Technology Preparation of small bio-compatible microspheres
US4427649A (en) * 1976-03-19 1984-01-24 Imperial Chemical Industries Limited Pharmaceutical compositions
US4428924A (en) * 1977-02-02 1984-01-31 Linton Medical Services Limited Preparation for diagnostic radiology
US4192859A (en) * 1978-09-29 1980-03-11 E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. Contrast media containing liposomes as carriers
US4310506A (en) * 1979-02-22 1982-01-12 California Institute Of Technology Means of preparation and applications of liposomes containing high concentrations of entrapped ionic species
US4310505A (en) * 1979-11-08 1982-01-12 California Institute Of Technology Lipid vesicles bearing carbohydrate surfaces as lymphatic directed vehicles for therapeutic and diagnostic substances
US4315514A (en) * 1980-05-08 1982-02-16 William Drewes Method and apparatus for selective cell destruction
US4657756A (en) * 1980-11-17 1987-04-14 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Microbubble precursors and apparatus for their production and use
US4442843A (en) * 1980-11-17 1984-04-17 Schering, Ag Microbubble precursors and methods for their production and use
US4428843A (en) * 1981-06-01 1984-01-31 Venture Chemicals, Inc. Well working compositions, method of decreasing the seepage loss from such compositions, and additive therefor
US4426330A (en) * 1981-07-20 1984-01-17 Lipid Specialties, Inc. Synthetic phospholipid compounds
US4569836A (en) * 1981-08-27 1986-02-11 Gordon Robert T Cancer treatment by intracellular hyperthermia
US4918065A (en) * 1982-07-07 1990-04-17 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Corticoid-containing preparation for topical application
US4646756A (en) * 1982-10-26 1987-03-03 The University Of Aberdeen Ultra sound hyperthermia device
US4731239A (en) * 1983-01-10 1988-03-15 Gordon Robert T Method for enhancing NMR imaging; and diagnostic use
US4572203A (en) * 1983-01-27 1986-02-25 Feinstein Steven B Contact agents for ultrasonic imaging
US4718433A (en) * 1983-01-27 1988-01-12 Feinstein Steven B Contrast agents for ultrasonic imaging
US4981692A (en) * 1983-03-24 1991-01-01 The Liposome Company, Inc. Therapeutic treatment by intramammary infusion
US4900540A (en) * 1983-06-20 1990-02-13 Trustees Of The University Of Massachusetts Lipisomes containing gas for ultrasound detection
US4582756A (en) * 1983-07-12 1986-04-15 Matsumoto Yushi-Seiyaku Co., Ltd. Organic microballoon
US4728575A (en) * 1984-04-27 1988-03-01 Vestar, Inc. Contrast agents for NMR imaging
US4658828A (en) * 1984-05-03 1987-04-21 Jacques Dory Apparatus for examining and localizing tumors using ultra sounds, comprising a device for localized hyperthermia treatment
US5186922A (en) * 1985-03-15 1993-02-16 See/Shell Biotechnology, Inc. Use of biodegradable microspheres labeled with imaging energy constrast materials
US4895719A (en) * 1985-05-22 1990-01-23 Liposome Technology, Inc. Method and apparatus for administering dehydrated liposomes by inhalation
US5080885A (en) * 1986-01-14 1992-01-14 Alliance Pharmaceutical Corp. Brominated perfluorocarbon emulsions for internal animal use for contrast enhancement and oxygen transport
US5393513A (en) * 1986-01-14 1995-02-28 Alliance Pharmaceutical Corp. Stable, highly concentrated fluoro carbon emulsions
US4987154A (en) * 1986-01-14 1991-01-22 Alliance Pharmaceutical Corp. Biocompatible, stable and concentrated fluorocarbon emulsions for contrast enhancement and oxygen transport in internal animal use
US4737323A (en) * 1986-02-13 1988-04-12 Liposome Technology, Inc. Liposome extrusion method
US4985550A (en) * 1986-07-29 1991-01-15 Alliance Pharmaceutical Corp. Polyhydroxylated and highly fluorinated compounds, their preparation and their use as surfactants
US4728578A (en) * 1986-08-13 1988-03-01 The Lubrizol Corporation Compositions containing basic metal salts and/or non-Newtonian colloidal disperse systems and vinyl aromatic containing polymers
US5195520A (en) * 1986-11-05 1993-03-23 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Ultrasonic manometry process in a fluid by means of microbubbles
US4891692A (en) * 1986-11-13 1990-01-02 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Color image reading apparatus having variable exposure control
US5283255A (en) * 1987-01-20 1994-02-01 The University Of British Columbia Wavelength-specific cytotoxic agents
US4822534A (en) * 1987-03-05 1989-04-18 Lencki Robert W J Method of producing microspheres
US5000960A (en) * 1987-03-13 1991-03-19 Micro-Pak, Inc. Protein coupling to lipid vesicles
US4895876A (en) * 1987-03-20 1990-01-23 Air Products And Chemicals, Inc. Concentrated stable fluorochemical aqueous emulsions containing triglycerides
US4984573A (en) * 1987-06-23 1991-01-15 Hafslund Nycomed Innovation Ab Method of electron spin resonance enhanced magnetic resonance imaging
US5380411A (en) * 1987-12-02 1995-01-10 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Ultrasound or shock wave work process and preparation for carrying out same
US4898734A (en) * 1988-02-29 1990-02-06 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Polymer composite for controlled release or membrane formation
US4893624A (en) * 1988-06-21 1990-01-16 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Diffuse focus ultrasound hyperthermia system
US4996041A (en) * 1988-08-19 1991-02-26 Toshiyuki Arai Method for introducing oxygen-17 into tissue for imaging in a magnetic resonance imaging system
US4993415A (en) * 1988-08-19 1991-02-19 Alliance Pharmaceutical Corp. Magnetic resonance imaging with perfluorocarbon hydrides
US5192549A (en) * 1988-09-28 1993-03-09 Yissum Research Development Company Of The Hebrew University Of Jerusalem Method of amphiphatic drug loading in liposomes by pH gradient
US5198225A (en) * 1988-10-03 1993-03-30 Lvmh Recherche Hydrated lipidic lamellar phases or liposomes based on ecdysteroids
US5496536A (en) * 1989-05-30 1996-03-05 Wolf; Gerald Percutaneous lymphography
US5194188A (en) * 1989-07-05 1993-03-16 Patrinove Process and a device for the direct production of liposomes
US5194266A (en) * 1989-08-08 1993-03-16 Liposome Technology, Inc. Amphotericin B/cholesterol sulfate composition and method
US5707352A (en) * 1989-08-28 1998-01-13 Alliance Pharmaceutical Corp. Pulmonary delivery of therapeutic agent
US6039557A (en) * 1989-12-22 2000-03-21 Imarx Pharmaceutical Corp. Apparatus for making gas-filled vesicles of optimal size
US5715824A (en) * 1989-12-22 1998-02-10 Imarx Pharmaceutical Corp. Methods of preparing gas-filled liposomes
US5733572A (en) * 1989-12-22 1998-03-31 Imarx Pharmaceutical Corp. Gas and gaseous precursor filled microspheres as topical and subcutaneous delivery vehicles
US6033646A (en) * 1989-12-22 2000-03-07 Imarx Pharmaceutical Corp. Method of preparing fluorinated gas microspheres
US5705187A (en) * 1989-12-22 1998-01-06 Imarx Pharmaceutical Corp. Compositions of lipids and stabilizing materials
US5088499A (en) * 1989-12-22 1992-02-18 Unger Evan C Liposomes as contrast agents for ultrasonic imaging and methods for preparing the same
US5501863A (en) * 1990-02-09 1996-03-26 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Contrast media synthesized from polyaldehydes
US5380519A (en) * 1990-04-02 1995-01-10 Bracco International B.V. Stable microbubbles suspensions injectable into living organisms
US5078994A (en) * 1990-04-12 1992-01-07 Eastman Kodak Company Microgel drug delivery system
US5190766A (en) * 1990-04-16 1993-03-02 Ken Ishihara Method of controlling drug release by resonant sound wave
US5288446A (en) * 1990-04-23 1994-02-22 Sumitomo Rubber Industries, Ltd. Production of rubber article
US5190982A (en) * 1990-04-26 1993-03-02 Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft Ultrasonic contrast agents, processes for their preparation and the use thereof as diagnostic and therapeutic agents
US5711933A (en) * 1990-05-18 1998-01-27 Bracco International B.V. Method of making polymeric gas or air filled microballoons for ultrasonic echography
US5196348A (en) * 1990-06-11 1993-03-23 Air Products And Chemicals, Inc. Perfluoro-crown ethers in fluorine magnetic resonance spectroscopy of biopsied tissue
US5487390A (en) * 1990-10-05 1996-01-30 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Gas-filled polymeric microbubbles for ultrasound imaging
US5612318A (en) * 1990-12-20 1997-03-18 Weichselbaum; Ralph R. Control of gene expression by ionizing radiation
US5874062A (en) * 1991-04-05 1999-02-23 Imarx Pharmaceutical Corp. Methods of computed tomography using perfluorocarbon gaseous filled microspheres as contrast agents
US6528039B2 (en) * 1991-04-05 2003-03-04 Bristol-Myers Squibb Medical Imaging, Inc. Low density microspheres and their use as contrast agents for computed tomography and in other applications
US5281408A (en) * 1991-04-05 1994-01-25 Unger Evan C Low density microspheres and their use as contrast agents for computed tomography
US5496535A (en) * 1991-04-12 1996-03-05 Alliance Pharmaceutical Corp. Fluorocarbon contrast media for use with MRI and radiographic imaging
US5393524A (en) * 1991-09-17 1995-02-28 Sonus Pharmaceuticals Inc. Methods for selecting and using gases as ultrasound contrast media
US5196183A (en) * 1991-12-04 1993-03-23 Sterling Winthrop Inc. Contrast agents for ultrasound imaging
US5614169A (en) * 1992-01-09 1997-03-25 Nycomed Imaging As Contrast agents, consisting of galactose particles and an amphilic carboxylic acid
US5485839A (en) * 1992-02-28 1996-01-23 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Method and apparatus for ultrasonic wave medical treatment using computed tomography
US5612057A (en) * 1992-04-09 1997-03-18 Northwestern University Acoustically reflective liposomes and methods to make and use same
US5707607A (en) * 1993-01-25 1998-01-13 Sonus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Phase shift colloids as ultrasound contrast agents
US5707606A (en) * 1993-01-25 1998-01-13 Sonus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Phase shift colloids as ultrasound contrast agents
US5595723A (en) * 1993-01-25 1997-01-21 Sonus Pharmaceuticals Method for preparing storage stable colloids
US5593680A (en) * 1993-01-29 1997-01-14 L'oreal New cosmetic or dermopharmaceutical compositions in the form of aqueous gels modified by the addition of expanded microspheres
US5498421A (en) * 1993-02-22 1996-03-12 Vivorx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Composition useful for in vivo delivery of biologics and methods employing same
US5716597A (en) * 1993-06-04 1998-02-10 Molecular Biosystems, Inc. Emulsions as contrast agents and method of use
US5855865A (en) * 1993-07-02 1999-01-05 Molecular Biosystems, Inc. Method for making encapsulated gas microspheres from heat denatured protein in the absence of oxygen gas
US5605673A (en) * 1993-07-30 1997-02-25 Alliance Pharmaceutical Corp. Stabilized microbubble compositions for ultrasound
US5732707A (en) * 1994-05-03 1998-03-31 Molecular Biosystems, Inc. Method of ultrasonically quantitating myocardial perfusion using as intravenously injected tracer
US5502094A (en) * 1994-05-20 1996-03-26 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Physiologically acceptable emulsions containing perfluorocarbon ether hydrides and methods for use
US5733527A (en) * 1994-09-28 1998-03-31 Alliance Pharmaceutical Corp. Methods for harmonic imaging with ultrasound
US6521211B1 (en) * 1995-06-07 2003-02-18 Bristol-Myers Squibb Medical Imaging, Inc. Methods of imaging and treatment with targeted compositions
US5606973A (en) * 1995-06-07 1997-03-04 Molecular Biosystems, Inc. Liquid core microdroplets for ultrasound imaging
US5733024A (en) * 1995-09-13 1998-03-31 Silicon Valley Group, Inc. Modular system
US6033645A (en) * 1996-06-19 2000-03-07 Unger; Evan C. Methods for diagnostic imaging by regulating the administration rate of a contrast agent
US6680047B2 (en) * 1996-10-28 2004-01-20 Amersham Health As Diagnostic/therapeutic agents
US6028066A (en) * 1997-05-06 2000-02-22 Imarx Pharmaceutical Corp. Prodrugs comprising fluorinated amphiphiles
US6537246B1 (en) * 1997-06-18 2003-03-25 Imarx Therapeutics, Inc. Oxygen delivery agents and uses for the same
US6682502B2 (en) * 1999-03-26 2004-01-27 Transon, Llc Apparatus for emergency treatment of patients experiencing a thrombotic vascular occlusion

Cited By (41)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8235919B2 (en) 2001-01-12 2012-08-07 Celleration, Inc. Ultrasonic method and device for wound treatment
US20070122529A1 (en) * 2003-08-21 2007-05-31 Advanced Nutri-Tech Systems Inc. Fruit sponge
US7358226B2 (en) 2003-08-27 2008-04-15 The Regents Of The University Of California Ultrasonic concentration of drug delivery capsules
US20050084538A1 (en) * 2003-08-27 2005-04-21 The Regents Of The University Of California, A California Corporation Ultrasonic concentration of drug delivery capsules
US9910020B1 (en) 2005-03-30 2018-03-06 Copilot Ventures Fund Iii Llc Methods and articles for identifying objects using encapsulated perfluorocarbon tracers
US20090034360A1 (en) * 2005-04-08 2009-02-05 Commonwealth Scientific And Industrial Research Organisation Method for microfluidic mixing and mixing device
US8449171B2 (en) * 2005-04-08 2013-05-28 Commonwealth Scientific And Industrial Research Organisation Method for microfluidic mixing and mixing device
US20090312637A1 (en) * 2005-08-03 2009-12-17 Koninklijke Philips Electronics, N.V. Ultrasound monitoring and feedback for magnetic hyperthermia
WO2007015179A1 (en) * 2005-08-03 2007-02-08 Koninklijke Philips Electronics, N.V. Ultrasound monitoring and feedback for magnetic hyperthermia
US20070069725A1 (en) * 2005-09-24 2007-03-29 Bruker Biospin Mri Gmbh Configuration for nuclear magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) with an MRI phantom
US7368912B2 (en) * 2005-09-24 2008-05-06 Bruker Biospin Mri Gmbh Configuration for nuclear magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) with an MRI phantom
US20100025304A1 (en) * 2005-12-14 2010-02-04 Global Resources Corporation Microwave-based recovery of hydrocarbons and fossil fuels
US20100092350A1 (en) * 2005-12-14 2010-04-15 Global Resource Corporation Microwave-based recovery of hydrocarbons and fossil fuels
US20100111780A1 (en) * 2005-12-14 2010-05-06 Global Resource Corporation Microwave-based recovery of hydrocarbons and fossil fuels
US20110048916A1 (en) * 2006-02-02 2011-03-03 Novak John F Method and apparatus for microwave reduction of organic compounds
US7927465B2 (en) 2006-02-02 2011-04-19 Novak John F Method and apparatus for microwave reduction of organic compounds
US8562793B2 (en) 2006-02-02 2013-10-22 John F. Novak Method and apparatus for microwave reduction of organic compounds
US8268133B2 (en) 2006-02-02 2012-09-18 Novak John F Method and apparatus for microwave reduction of organic compounds
US20070102279A1 (en) * 2006-02-02 2007-05-10 Novak John F Method and Apparatus for Microwave Reduction of Organic Compounds
US8491521B2 (en) 2007-01-04 2013-07-23 Celleration, Inc. Removable multi-channel applicator nozzle
WO2009075583A1 (en) * 2007-12-10 2009-06-18 Epitarget As Use of particles comprising an alcohol
US8425464B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2013-04-23 Carticept Medical, Inc. Imaging-guided anesthetic injection method
US9044542B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2015-06-02 Carticept Medical, Inc. Imaging-guided anesthesia injection systems and methods
US8425463B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2013-04-23 Carticept Medical, Inc. Anesthetic injection system
US8142414B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2012-03-27 Carticept Medical, Inc. Methods of injecting fluids into joints using a handpiece assembly
US8079976B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2011-12-20 Carticept Medical, Inc. Articular injection system
US8007487B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2011-08-30 Carticept Medical, Inc. Method of treating a joint using an articular injection system
US8545440B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2013-10-01 Carticept Medical, Inc. Injection system for delivering multiple fluids within the anatomy
US8002736B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2011-08-23 Carticept Medical, Inc. Injection systems for delivery of fluids to joints
US20140031751A1 (en) * 2007-12-21 2014-01-30 Carticept Medical, Inc. System for injecting fluids in a subject
US9398894B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2016-07-26 Carticept Medical, Inc. Removable cassette for articular injection system
US9067015B2 (en) * 2007-12-21 2015-06-30 Carticept Medical, Inc. System for injecting fluids in a subject
US20150297831A1 (en) * 2007-12-21 2015-10-22 Carticept Medical, Inc. Systems and methods for injecting and aspirating fluids
US20090177123A1 (en) * 2007-12-28 2009-07-09 Celleration, Inc. Methods for treating inflammatory disorders
US20220161217A1 (en) * 2009-08-28 2022-05-26 Truly Oxygen Incorporated Systems, methods, and devices for production of gas-filled microbubbles
WO2013043236A1 (en) * 2011-09-22 2013-03-28 Rockland Technimed, Ltd. Compositions and methods useful for realtime in situ physiological molecular imaging of oxygen metabolism
US11224767B2 (en) 2013-11-26 2022-01-18 Sanuwave Health, Inc. Systems and methods for producing and delivering ultrasonic therapies for wound treatment and healing
US11331520B2 (en) 2013-11-26 2022-05-17 Sanuwave Health, Inc. Systems and methods for producing and delivering ultrasonic therapies for wound treatment and healing
CN105487560A (en) * 2014-09-17 2016-04-13 重庆海扶医疗科技股份有限公司 Water production system, ultrasonic medical system and water treatment method
US11406722B2 (en) * 2017-03-16 2022-08-09 The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas System Nanodroplets with improved properties
CN110279432A (en) * 2019-07-26 2019-09-27 河南科技大学第一附属医院 A kind of TCD inspection microbubble contrast preparation and injection device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20050123482A1 (en) 2005-06-09
US7078015B2 (en) 2006-07-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7078015B2 (en) Ultrasound imaging and treatment
US6479034B1 (en) Method of preparing gas and gaseous precursor-filled microspheres
US6443898B1 (en) Therapeutic delivery systems
US7083572B2 (en) Therapeutic delivery systems
EP0711127B1 (en) Methods of preparing gas-filled liposomes
US5770222A (en) Therapeutic drug delivery systems
AU713127B2 (en) Methods of preparing gas and gaseous precursor-filled microspheres
AU732440B2 (en) Novel therapeutic delivery systems
AU731072B2 (en) Methods of preparing gas-filled liposomes

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION